Quality Policy of The Company

MIP (MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM) – PKG13
INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES

PROJECT QUALITY PLAN
Contract/BI No.: 660004453 / BI-10-09003-006 Period: 18-September-2019

Document No. : RTCC-1590-QM-GE-PLN-00001 Revision No. : C02
Page 1 of 84 MIP-PKG13 Industrial Security Facilities - Project Quality Plan

INDUSTRIAL SECURITY FACILITES

Document No : RTCC-1590-QM-GE-PLN-00001 Revision No. : C02
b) Revision Description Sheet
Rev. Paragraph Revision Description
00/CO1 - First submission for SAPMT review and approval.

Entire
The BI No. is Corrected as “10-09003-006” in PQP and Procedures
Document
Included SAEP 385- Preservation of Project Materials and Equipment’s in
2
Normative reference
Additional Quality Objectives are added as mentioned below :

1) SAEP -385 preservation Failure Rate (PFR) Shall be < 5%
6.2.4.d
2) Contractor Quality Notification : SA Quality Notification (Minor,
Moderate, Major ) Ratio Shall be 2:1
Add the following in PQP Clause 8.5.4 Preservation ;
The Contractor Shall plan , specify , implement ,measure , and Report

8.5.4
effective preservation of all project materials and Equipment through
company approved PQP, ITP, QCP, and Work Procedure in all Phases of the
Project
Add following in Clause No 8.6.4 Quality Control Testing Facilities ;
Test results produced by the Third party laboratories shall be received by the
8.6.4.5
Company at the same time Reports received by the RTCC Project Team , to
01 / CO2
ensure timely avoidance of using materials , products or work that failed in
tests performed
9.1.1.8.c Correct the Word as “ Non-conformance Reports” .
Corrected the Misspelled Word in section 9.1.3.2
9.1.3.2 RTCC Project QA manager and Site QC Manager with project manager shall
prepare and Submit a Quality management Report , and Attain the “ formal ”
approval by the Company Representative
NCR Form FM:QC:003 has revised. Signature for Saudi Aramco PMT and
Appendix 7
PID added.
Appendix 6
The Sentence has revised to get the proper meaning of the sentence “replay”
QA-PR-19 –
to “reply”
Section 4.1.7
Added the statement “Quality Plan, Quality Procedures, Method Statements
7.5.1 etc. shall be submitted for review and approval by the company prior to
distribution and implementation


TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. PURPOSE & SCOPE .......................................................................................................... 8

1.1 Purpose .................................................................................................................... 8
1.2 Scope........................................................................................................................ 8
1.2.1 Quality ......................................................................................................... 8
1.2.2 Project ......................................................................................................... 9
2. NORMATIVE REFERENCES .............................................................................................11
3. TERMS & DEFINITIONS................................................................................................... 12
3.1 Abbreviations .......................................................................................................... 14
4. CONTEXT OF ORGANIZATION ....................................................................................... 15
4.1 Understanding the organization and its Context ...................................................... 15
4.2 Understanding the needs and expectations of Interested Parties ........................... 16
4.3 Determine the scope of the Quality Management System ....................................... 16
4.4 Quality Management System and its Process ......................................................... 17
5. LEADERSHIP ................................................................................................................... 21
5.1 Leadership Commitment ......................................................................................... 21
5.1.1 General...................................................................................................... 21
5.1.2 Customer Focus ........................................................................................ 22
5.2 Policy ...................................................................................................................... 23
5.2.1 Establishing the Quality Policy ................................................................... 23
5.2.2 Communicating the Quality Policy ............................................................. 23
5.3 Organizations Roles, Responsibility, Authorities ...................................................... 23
6. PLANNING........................................................................................................................ 30
6.1 Actions to address risk & opportunities.................................................................... 30
6.2 Quality Objectives and planning to achieve them .................................................... 31
6.3 Planning of Changes ............................................................................................... 35
7. SUPPORT ......................................................................................................................... 36
7.1 Resources ............................................................................................................... 36
7.1.1 General...................................................................................................... 36
7.1.2 People ....................................................................................................... 37


7.1.3 Infrastructure ............................................................................................. 38

7.1.4 Environment for the operation of process .................................................. 38
7.1.5 Monitoring and Measuring Resources ....................................................... 39
7.1.6 Organizational Knowledge ......................................................................... 40
7.2 Competence............................................................................................................ 41
7.3 Awareness .............................................................................................................. 42
7.4 Communication ....................................................................................................... 42
7.5 Documented Information ......................................................................................... 44
7.5.1 General...................................................................................................... 44
7.5.2 Creating and Updating ............................................................................... 46
7.5.3 Control of Documented information ........................................................... 46
8. OPERATION ..................................................................................................................... 52
8.1 Operational Planning and control ............................................................................ 52
8.2 Requirements of Product and Services ................................................................... 53
8.2.1 Customer Communication ......................................................................... 53
8.2.2 Determining the Requirements for product and Services ........................... 53
8.2.3 Review the requirements for product and services .................................... 54
8.2.4 Changes to the requirements for product and Services ............................. 55
8.3 Design and Development of Product and Services.................................................. 55
8.3.1 General...................................................................................................... 55
8.3.2 Design and Development planning ............................................................ 55
8.3.3 Design and Development input .................................................................. 56
8.3.4 Design and Development Controls ............................................................ 56
8.3.5 Design and Development outputs .............................................................. 57
8.3.6 Design and Development Changes ........................................................... 58
8.4 Control of Externally provided processes, product and Services ............................. 58
8.4.1 General...................................................................................................... 58
8.4.2 Type and Extend of Control ....................................................................... 60
8.4.3 Information for External Providers.............................................................. 63
8.5 Production and Service Provision ............................................................................ 64
8.5.1 Control of Production and Service provision .............................................. 64


8.5.2 Identification and traceability...................................................................... 66

8.5.3 Property belonging to customer or External Providers ............................... 66
8.5.4 Preservation .............................................................................................. 67
8.5.5 Post Delivery activities ............................................................................... 68
8.5.6 Control of Changes .................................................................................... 69
8.6 Release of Product and Services ............................................................................ 69
8.7 Control of non-conforming outputs .......................................................................... 74
9. PERFORMANCE EVALUATION ....................................................................................... 75
9.1 Monitoring, Measurement, Analysis and evaluation ................................................. 75
9.1.1 General...................................................................................................... 75
9.1.2 Customer Satisfaction................................................................................ 77
9.1.3 Analysis and Evaluation ............................................................................. 78
9.2 Internal Audit ........................................................................................................... 80
9.3 Management Review .............................................................................................. 81
9.3.1 General...................................................................................................... 81
9.3.2 Management Review inputs....................................................................... 81
9.3.3 Management Review Outputs.................................................................... 82
10. IMPROVEMENT ............................................................................................................... 82
10.1 General ................................................................................................................... 82
10.2 Non Conformity and Corrective Action..................................................................... 83
10.3 Continual Improvement ........................................................................................... 83
11. LIST OF APPENDICES ..................................................................................................... 84
APPENDIX 1 PROJECT & QUALITY ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE

APPENDIX 2 QUALITY MOBILIZATION PLAN
APPENDIX 3 PROJECT QUALITY POLICY
APPENDIX 4 INTERNAL AUDIT & MRM SCHEDULE
APPENDIX 5 LIST OF QUALITY PROCEDURES
APPENDIX 6 QUALITY PROCEDURES
APPENDIX 7 LIST OF FORMS & PROJECT FORMS
APPENDIX 8 LIST OF INSPECTION CHECKLIST, TYPICAL INSPECTION TEST


PLAN & TEST REPORTS

APPENDIX 9 LIST OF METHOD STATEMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION ITP’S
APPENDIX 10 RTCC QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CERTIFICATE
APPENDIX 11 MANAGEMENT REPRESENTATIVE (MR) APPOINTMENT
APPENDIX 12 SCOPE OF WORKS.


1. PURPOSE & SCOPE
1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this Project Quality Plan (PQP) is to describe and set out the policies,
procedures & practices of Al-Rashid Trading & Contracting Co (RTCC) to maintain an
effective Project Quality Management System (PQMS) for execution of the project
“Marjan Increment Program – Package 13 Industrial Support Facilities". It is a
management tool to instruct and guide employees whose actions affect the quality, and
to inform the Company what controls is implemented, to assure construction quality.
This plan outlines how Quality will be achieved, controlled, assured, demonstrated and
managed in accordance to the Company requirements and ISO 9001 requirements. This
PQP is applicable to all phases within the remit of this project namely, Procurement,
construction, testing and commissioning. The intention is to ensure that:
a. All phases of the project are executed in accordance with the required standards
and regulatory requirements.
b. The end product meets all applicable standards and regulatory requirements.
c. Customer satisfaction is achieved through effective application of PQMS and a
system of continual improvement.
1.2 Scope
1.2.1 Quality
The project based Quality Management System that shall be implemented in this
project, “Marjan Increment Program – Package 13 Industrial Support Facilities",
will be identified, formulated and managed as described below and contains the
following documents:
a. Project Quality Plan (PQP)

b. Quality Procedures
c. Method Statements
d. Inspection & Test Plans
e. Contract Documents
f. Appropriate Drawings
g. Project Specifications
h. Standard Forms & Checklists
i. Documents of External Origin (e.g. Installation & Operation Manual from the
subcontractors/suppliers, Subcontractors’ Quality Documents, Standards,
etc.)
Above documents shall be submitted to the Company Representative for

approval, as appropriate, prior to utilization and implementation at site. Other
documents such as Method Statements, Inspection & Test Plans, and Checklists


will be provided separately as the project proceeds and documents are

developed. All documents of External Origin such as Suppliers / Subcontractor’s
Quality Documents shall be furnished as the work evolves.
This Project Quality Plan sets out the structure and the content of the project
quality system, linking the policy and objectives with project elements and
procedures including the contract requirements. The Plan sets out the Project’s
organization, responsibilities and authorities.
1.2.2 Project
As per the contract, the scope of “Marjan Increment Program – Package 13

Industrial Support Facilities" includes (but not limited to) Planning, Engineering,
Material procurement and Construction, Installation, Commissioning and Testing
of all activities of the project. It also includes provision of all materials,
equipment’s, machinery, labors, supervision, tools, technical support, etc. to carry
out the detailed procurement and execute the construction. The contract has:
a. Administration Building
b. Dining Building
c. Masjid
d. Medical Clinic
e. Fire station Facility
f. Equipment Shelter
g. Washing bay Shelter
h. Hose Drying Shelter
i. Test Pit Shelter
j. Fire training Tower
k. Central Maintenance Shop Building
l. Material Coordination Building & Associated Facilities
m. Fuel Station Facility
• Gas Station Building
• Sunshade over Fuel Dispenser
• Fuel Tanks yard
n. Maintenance Supporting Facility shelter and Yard
• Maintenance shop yard
• Sun Shelter for Maintenance shop yard
• Relief Valve shop Yard
• Relief Valve Shop
• T& I Yard
• T& I Shelter


• Major Equipment Tools and Special Tools Yard

• Major Equipment Tools ,Special Tools Shelter
• Paint Shelter
• Paint Shelter Yard
• Oil Shelter
• Oil Shelter Yard
• Waste Disposal Material Yard
• Future laydown storage yard
o. Common Facility
• Lift Stations
• Oil Water Holding Tank
p. Typical Buildings
• Bus Drop off Shelters
• Emergency Generator Building
• Shaded Car Parking
• Smoke Shelter
• Trash Enclosure
• Computer Gate truck Parking
This Project Quality Plan shall be applied in all activities at site, as specified at the
contract. Such activities are listed, but not limited to, as follows:
a. Surveying Works
b. Site Preparation Works:
 Site Rough Grading
 Site Clearance and Leveling
c. Architectural Works
d. Civil Works & Structural
e. Mechanical Works
f. External Site Coordination
g. Utility Water System
h. Irrigation System
i. Plumbing Works
j. Sanitary/oil Sewer System
k. Drainage Works
l. Storm Drainage system
m. Drinking Water System
n. Fire Water System
o. Electrical Works
p. Communication Works
q. Fire Alarm System


r. Instrumentation and Controls

s. Coating and Painting
t. Landscaping Works
u. Finishing Works
v. Equipment Installation
w. Furniture and office equipment provision
x. Preliminary Testing
y. Pre Commissioning
z. All works includes Roads, Area Paving, hardscape and Soft Landscaping,
Fencing etc. and all miscellaneous works as mention in the contract.
Detailed Scope of Work is mentioned Saudi Aramco Issued Document CE-

536390 Rev 00 – Scope of Work for the B.I/J.O.No BI-10-09003 and also
provided in this PQP the Appendix 12
2. NORMATIVE REFERENCES
Saudi ARAMCO Engineering Procedures:
SAEP-1638 – Site Acceptance Test Plan

SAEP-1636 – Installation & Checkout Plan
SAEP-1154 – Guidelines for Contractor’s Quality Plan
SAEP-1151 – Company Inspection Requirements
SAEP-1150 – Inspection Coverage on Projects
SAEP -385 – Preservation of Project Material & Equipment’s
0
SAEP-381 – Project Quality Issues Escalation Process
SAEP-379 – Quality Issues Notification
SAEP-303 – Engineering Reviews of Project Proposal & Detail Design Documentation
SAEP-302 – Instructions of Obtaining a Waiver Requirement
SAEP-127 – Security and Control of Saudi ARAMCO Engineering Data
SAEP-122 – Project Records
G.I.400-001 & G.I.2.710 – Saudi Aramco General Instructions
ISO References:
ISO 9000:2015 – Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals & Vocabulary

ISO 9001:2015 – Quality Management System-Requirements
ISO 10005:2018 – QMS Guidelines for Quality Plans
ISO 19011:2018 – Guidelines for Auditing Management Systems
Other Documents:
Schedule Q – Quality Requirements of BI-10-09003-006

Applicable SATIP’s and SAIC’s
RTCC Corporate Quality Manual (RTCC-QM-01)


RTCC Corporate Department Manual (RTCC-QD-QM--05)
3. TERMS & DEFINITIONS
Terms Definition
A binding agreement between Al-Rashid Trading and Contracting

Contract
Co. and the Customer/Company to perform a specific work.
Contractor Al Rashid Trading & Contracting Co. (RTCC)

Systematic ,independent and documented process for obtaining
Audit objective evidence and evaluating it objectively to determine the
extent to which the audit criteria are fulfilled
Action to eliminate a detected nonconformity (can be a rework or
Correction
regrade)
An action done after identification of the root cause of the problem
to properly correct and avoid future recurrence. Action taken to
Corrective Action
eliminate the causes of an existing non-conformity, defect or other
undesirable situation in order to prevent recurrence
Company The Client / SAUDI ARAMCO
Company
Consultant / The party authorized to act on behalf of the Company.
Representative
Information and the medium on which it is contained. Control of

Document
Document is expressed into Maintaining Documented Information
A strategic analysis to reveal areas that can be improved. It

Gap Analysis evaluates the actual performance against the potential or desired
performance.
Inspection or Test may not proceed without the QA/QC organization

Hold Point
representative in attendance.
Determination of conformity to specified requirements

Inspection
An approved document containing a guide on the proper checking

Inspection & Test
and inspection of a specified activity and corresponding action at
Plans
each point of inspection.


Terms Definition
Inspection A set of documents that include details of purchased

Assignment material/equipment and their quality requirements needed to
Package perform full inspection at the vendor/sub-vendor facility.
Person or organization that can affect, be affected by, or perceive

Interested Parties
themselves to be affected by a decision or activity; Stakeholder
An act of the company to verify whether the various quality system

Internal Audit elements set by the organization are effective and suitable in
achieving stated quality objectives
A formal examination of a project and its status, successes,

Management
problems encountered, etc., compared with set Quality
Review Meeting
Management System Requirements.
An approved document discussing the step-by-step procedure in

Method
the proper execution of works, starting from the initial approved
Statements
materials, execution and completion procedure.
A risk that would have a positive effect on one or more project

Opportunity
objectives.
Testing of system components for continuity, operability and in the

Pre- case of the process plants, their ability to withstand operating
commissioning pressure prior to the introduction of feedstock or other final products
into the facility.
Document specifying which processes, procedures and associated

Project Quality
resources will be applied by whom and when, to meet the
Plan
requirements of the Project.
The means of providing confidence that quality requirements will be

Quality Assurance
met
Mechanisms used, such as checks or tests, that are performed to

Quality Control
ensure that requirements are met
Quality
Management System to direct and control the Organization with
Management
regard to Quality.
System


Terms Definition
A designated area for damaged, out of standard and rejected

Quarantine Area
materials.
Effect of uncertainty; An uncertain event or condition that, if it

Risk occurs, has a positive or negative effect on one or more project
objectives.
Document stating results achieved or providing evidence of

Records activities performed; Control of Record is expressed into Retaining
Documented Information
Recurrence Repetition of certain incidents or events.
Shall Expresses a provision that is binding between two or more parties.
Should Expresses a recommendation among other possibilities
It defines a point that provides QA/QC organization with the

Witness Point
opportunity to attend the Inspection or Test, at their option.
Will Expresses a declaration of purpose or intent by one party.
External provider / Supplier / Subcontractor / Outsourced Process

Vendors
Provider
3.1 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Meaning
RTCC Al Rashid Trading and Contracting Co. (CJSC)
CCAR Correction and Corrective Action Request
ISO International Organization for Standardization
ITP Inspection and Test Plan
MIR Material Inspection Request


Abbreviation Meaning
MS Method Statement
NCR Non-Conformance Report
PCM Project Contracts Management - Primavera
PQP Project Quality Plan
QA Quality Assurance
QC Quality Control
QMS Quality Management System
RFI Request for Inspection
TC Technical Clarification
WI Work Instruction
4. CONTEXT OF ORGANIZATION
4.1 Understanding the organization and its Context
4.1.1 RTCC – MIP - PKG 13 Project Team is committed to defining RTCC’s position
in the market place and understanding how relevant factors arising from legal,
political, economic, social and technological issues influence RTCC strategic
direction and organizational context.
4.1.2 RTCC – MIP - PKG 13 Project Team, both Construction and Quality Team, shall
determine external and internal issues pertinent to the project purpose and
ability to achieve the goals of the Quality Management System. Issues can
include positive and negative factors or conditions for consideration. Those
relevant external and internal issues shall be monitored and reviewed by the
Project Team in accordance with Clause 9.1.1 to Clause 9.1.3 of this Project
Quality Plan.
4.1.3 To ensure that Project QMS is aligned with the strategy, satisfies the Company
and meet the SAPMT requirements. RTCC – MIP - PKG 13 Project Team shall
regularly analyze and review the external and internal issues as per
Management Review Meeting - Clause 9.3 of this Project Quality Plan.


4.2 Understanding the needs and expectations of Interested Parties
4.2.1 RTCC – MIP - PKG 13 Project Team shall determine interested parties (i.e.
customers) and its requirements that are relevant to the Project Quality
Management System. Project Team shall monitor and review information about
these parties and their requirements.
4.2.2 RTCC – MIP - PKG 13 Project Team shall be familiar with interested parties
whose needs and expectations change and develop over time, and that some
needs and expectations may not be applicable to the operations of the Project
Quality Management System.
4.2.3 To ensure that products and services continue to meet all relevant
requirements, Project Team will identify and assess the potential impact of any
relevant needs and expectations that may be acquired from the determined
interested parties.
4.2.4 Where appropriate, to ensure that Project QMS are aligned to deliver the
requirements of the interested parties, Project Team will adapt relevant needs
and expectations into requirements which become inputs to the Project QMS
and to the products and services.
4.3 Determine the scope of the Quality Management System
4.3.1 Based on the analysis of the issues and requirements identified in Clause 4.1
(Understanding the Organization and its context) and Clause 4.2
(Understanding the needs and expectations of Interested Parties), RTCC has
established the scope of Project Quality Management System in order to
implement the objectives and policies that are relevant to the project’s context,
products, services and any interested parties.
4.3.2 This Project Quality Plan defines and documents the quality policy and quality
objectives of the project “Marjan Increment Program – Package 13 Industrial
Support Facilities". In addition, it describes the project based QMS which was
generated in order to ensure that the quality of the product and services that will
be provided to the customers will meet their requirements. This Project Quality
Plan satisfies the Quality Management System requirements of the standard
ISO 9001:2015.
4.3.3 This Quality Plan Defines the Quality Requirements for mentioned Project which
falls under the contractual requirements and standards cutoff periods as defined
and written between SAUDI ARAMCO and AL Rashid Trading and Contracting
Company (RTCC), all standards and other requirements falls beyond this


contractual defined dates will be excluded and will be subject additional

assessment.
4.3.4 The requirements of the standard are applicable to “Marjan Increment Program
– Package 13 Industrial Support Facilities" as described in the various chapters
of this Project Quality Plan.
4.4 Quality Management System and its Process
4.4.1 RTCC has formulated this Project Quality Plan as a documented and project
based Quality Management System. This Project Quality Plan is in line with the
requirement of the standard ISO 9001:2015. The system is implemented in all
areas of the project. This system is improved on a continual basis. Moreover, this
is monitored and discussed on Project Management Review Meeting (refer to
Clause 9.3 of this PQP).
4.4.2 The processes that are involved in this project are identified and process
descriptions are prepared. The Quality System is clearly defined with the inter-
relation of the processes. The procedures like management review, internal
quality audit, document and record control, calibration and control, correction and
corrective action, improvement, etc. are applicable to this project, “Marjan
Increment Program – Package 13 Industrial Support Facilities". The criteria and
methods that are applicable to the inspection processes and their related
activities are made clear in the technical instructions.
4.4.3 All main activities of the system are defined as Quality System Processes and are
grouped into the following categories; Leadership, Planning, Support & Operation,
Performance Evaluation, and Improvement. The mentioned processes are
organized and flows in accordance to the “Plan-Do-Check-Act” (PDCA)
methodology as shown below.


Plan-Do-Check-Act Cycle:
Quality Management System (4)
Support (7),
Organization
Operation (8)
and its context
(4)
Plan Customer
Do Satisfaction
Customer Performance Result of

Planning (6) Leadership
Requirements Evaluation (9) QMS
(5)
Product and
Services
Act Check
Needs &
Expectations
of Relevented
Interseted Parties Improvement
(10)
4.4.4 In relation to the above cycle, the sequence and interrelation between the quality
procedures/processes are illustrated below in QMS Core Process Map.


QMS Core Process Map:
4.4.5 The Implementation of the Project Quality Plan and its Quality Procedures will
help to communicate all processes within the project. Project Quality Plan and its
procedures will be distributed to each department of project management as well
as Construction. Each process is inter-related as the output of other process is
the input of other processes. Identification and interactions of each process will be


discussed in Project Management Review Meeting. Project Manager and Project

QA Manager will monitor these processes with the project time frame to produce
the desired outcome.
List of PQP Holders:
No. Position Distribution
Saudi Aramco Representative

1 17 A
(SAPMT, SAPID and SAVID)
2 RTCC Project Manager 17 B
3 Project QA Manager 17 C
4 QC Manager 17 D
5 Construction Manager 17 E
6 Planning Engineer 17 F
6 Project Controls Manager 17 G
Procurement Manager
7 17 H
Store In-charge
8 Engineering Manager 17 I
9 Doc. Controller 17 J
10 HSE Manager 17 K
11 Construction Seniors 17 L
12 Laboratory in Charge 17 M


5. LEADERSHIP
5.1 Leadership Commitment
5.1.1 General
a. RTCC Senior Management is committed to acquire the product and service

quality, customer satisfaction, applicable requirements compliance and
continual improvement. This commitment is demonstrated through
application of the Project Quality Management System.
b. RTCC Senior Management is committed to provide direct leadership and

resources to ensure continued conformance with the requirements
specified in ISO 9001:2015 Standard and this Project Quality Plan. RTCC
Senior Management will support other relevant management roles to
demonstrate their leadership as it applies to their areas of responsibilities.
All requirements will be communicated to the Employees to assure their
awareness. RTCC Senior Management shall ensure that the importance of
effective Quality Management and of conforming to the QMS Requirements
is communicated.
c. RTCC – MIP - PKG 13 Project Management is committed to the principles

and practices of its Quality Program at the highest level. Project
Management recognizes and accepts its responsibility to identify Aramco
requirements, needs and expectations to create the customer satisfaction
and professional environment throughout the project. Also, RTCC – MIP -
PKG 13 Project Management shall promote and ensure that regulatory and
statutory requirements are met in this project
d. RTCC Senior Management shall review the project specific quality

Management system to ensure that the system is suitable, adequate and
effective. Senior Management Reviews as a minimum, addressing the
interactions provided in in paragraph 7.1.1 of schedule “Q”
e. RTCC – MIP - PKG 13 Project Management will promote the use of the
process approach and risk-based thinking. Project Quality Objectives will
be clearly defined and communicated to all employees at site to make sure
that the quality policy will be achieved. Objectives will be monitored and
measured directly by the Project QA Manager in collaboration with the Site
QC Manager and Project Manager.
f. This PQP, Quality Procedures, Policies and Objectives will be subject for
review every Six months parallel to the Management Review Meeting by
the Project Management Team, which includes all key personnel of
construction and quality team, to ensure the systems’ suitability and


effectiveness. All reviews and changes shall be implemented and

documented accordingly for continual improvement.
g. The resources required for the smooth and effective operation of the quality
system will be identified and made available from time to time. RTCC
Senior Management will ensure that audits and reviews of the Project
Quality System are carried out and that requests for resources in the form
of staff, labor, subcontractors and materials, etc. were given actions.
Management Reviews shall be conducted every Six months throughout the
project and Audit Schedule shall be submitted to the Company for
approval.
5.1.2 Customer Focus
RTCC – MIP - PKG 13 Project Management is committed to the achievement of

customer satisfaction, through the determination and meeting the Company
requirements and expectations, addressing risks and opportunities that will
affect product and service conformance, regulatory or statutory requirements,
and improving customer satisfaction.
Company requirements are determined and are met with the aim of enhancing
Company satisfaction. This is ensured through:
a. Company requirements are determined and are met with the aim of
enhancing customer satisfaction as described in Clause 8.2.2 (Determining
the requirements for Products & Services) and Clause 9.1.2 (Customer
Satisfaction) of this Project Quality Plan
b. Risk and opportunities that may affect conformity of the products/services
and enhancing Company satisfaction are determined and addressed.
c. A very high level of care is taken to make sure that the quality, reliability
and safety of service are met with.
d. Customer feedback is collected at every stage of the construction and
improvements are identified and implemented.
e. Customer satisfaction surveys are carried out; results are collected
scrutinized and analyzed to obtain information relating to customer
satisfaction. This information is used to evaluate decisions that affect
customer. It is also used to continually improve processes and systems to
increase customer satisfaction.
f. Review of Company requirements as per the contract, Quality Management
System and quality procedures for compatibility and propose revisions in
required.
g. By deploying competent personnel at site
h. Through the formal management reviews
i. Through measurement and analysis
j. Through Project auditing


5.2 Policy
5.2.1 Establishing the Quality Policy
a. RTCC will be committed in maintaining the effectiveness of, and continually

improving our Quality Management System (QMS) to respond to and meet
the expectations of the Company while remaining in compliance with the
applicable international codes and standards, and legal requirements of the
market we serve.
b. It is the policy of the RTCC that the assurance of quality is fundamental to the
work undertaken by all employees and its subcontractors. To achieve
uniformity of working methods, certain fundamental procedures will be
documented and followed without unauthorized deviation.
c. This Quality Policy will provide a framework for establishing and reviewing
the quality objectives so as to conform to the quality principles presented in
this Plan.
d. The effectiveness and efficiency of the project improvement shall be

evaluated and consideration shall be given for continual improvement of the
system.
5.2.2 Communicating the Quality Policy
a. RTCC, through its management team, shall ensure that the Quality Policy is
communicated and understood within the organization and its subcontractors
and shall available with interested parties.
b. It is ensured that this policy is understood, implemented and maintained at all

levels in the project by providing appropriate training for all personnel.
Statement of quality policy will be displayed at prominent locations to
increase awareness among the employees.
c. This quality policy is reviewed on Management Review Meetings and

ensured that it is appropriate to the current operations and all employees are
committed to comply with the requirements specified in the system.
5.3 Organizations Roles, Responsibility, Authorities
5.3.1 Responsibility & Authority
The responsibility and authority for different personnel within the organization are
detailed in the job descriptions for each position and further made clear in the
process descriptions.


The responsibility for compliance with the appropriate QMS requirements shall be
imposed on Vendor and Subcontractor, consistent with their scope of work,
through the terms and conditions included in purchase orders and subcontract.
A brief description of responsibilities and authority for effectively implementing and

maintaining the quality system are as shown below;
a. General Manager
The General Manager is responsible for providing direction to ensure that

quality objectives are being met and execution of contract is being fulfilled.
Attending corporate management review meeting to ensure all project
objectives and policies are met. Provide guidelines for continual
improvement.
b. Senior Management Representative
Senior Management Representative Report directly to RTCC Top

Management (General Manager) the performance of the quality
Management system , review and used as a basic for improvement on
Engineering ,Procurement and Construction Processes. He Ensure that
processes of required quality management system are established
implemented and maintained in accordance with ISO 9001:2015 and conduct
management review in behalf of general manager, during his absence.
Senior management representative may also liaise with external parties on
matters relating to the quality management system
c. Project Manager
The Project Manager is responsible for overall planning, control and

execution of the project in a cost-effective manner and shall ensure
compliance with the Contract technical specification, program, financial and
commercial policies and practices, quality requirements including the
development, coordination and authorization of the site specific management
plans.
This position has an authority in determination of all quality related matters

affecting the project. The Project Manager also has direct coordination to the
Project QA Manager to resolve quality issues should this be necessary.
The Project Manager shall respond in writing as necessary in case of any

received Quality concerns by the Project QA Manager or the Corporate PMO
Manager / Management Representative in relation to the Project Quality
Requirements.


d. Project QA Manager
The QA Manager shall act as the Management Representative for all Quality
Management areas of the project. He will focus on objective and methods of
implementation of quality management system. Check the effective
implementation and evaluate systematically its fitness for the company
needs. He shall assure that all Quality Documents are available and
communicated to all relevant personnel. This position ensures that all
activities are in accordance with the Approved Quality Documents, such as
this PQP and other related procedures applicable to the project, to meet the
Company requirements.
The Project QA Manager shall manage to meet the Company expectations

and requirements through management system audits, management
reviews, customer feedback, performance monitoring and continual
improvement to achieve customer satisfaction.
Project QA Manager shall Report to RTCC Corporate PMO Manager. He will

internally communicate with RTCC PMO Manager / Project Manager /
Construction Manager / Quality Dept. Project Coordinator and Site Quality
Team. He will also communicate externally with SAPMT, SAVID, SAPID
Subcontractor, Supplier Representatives and all external interested parties
related to the project.
The Project QA Manager have the rights to request and recall any records
might be retained by any involved personnel in the project, which might be
subject assessment and evaluation in all project areas and processes.
e. Site QC Manager
Site QC Manager is responsible to implement and control the requirements of

the Project Quality System. This position ensures that all approved and
related quality documents are implemented at site.
The Site QC Manager shall ensure that all appropriate testing and
inspections are conducted, to assure the conformance of the product as per
the contract, He shall report to the Project QA Manager.
f. Construction Manager
The Construction Manager is responsible to the Project Manager for overall

planning, control and execution of the project in a cost-effective manner and
shall ensure compliance with legislation, contract technical specification,
programs, quality, safety and environmental requirements to meet the


Company’s expectations and satisfactions.
This position has an authority in determination of all quality, safety &

environmental related matters affecting the Site. In addition, this position
collaborates with the Project QA Manager and Site QC Manager to maintain
quality of work and resolve quality issues should it be necessary.
g. Project Controls Manager
The Project Controls Manager is responsible for the project progress

monitoring, reporting to the Project Manager. He ensures that all contractual
requirements are complied. It is his responsibility to prepare and ensure that
master program of works/critical milestones are achieved, ensuring effective
planning and monitoring of site progress.
h. Engineering Manager
The Engineering Manager is responsible for all drawings are provided as per
the contract program, specifications requirements and standards. he will
ensure drawing production and management for the project are within
schedule and per the project specification and programme. He will ensure
accurateness of all trade drawings including coordination/composite shop
drawings and design drawings. He will be responsible for management and
coordination of configuration management, verification of calculation,
validation of all Designs, equipment schedules. He will coordinate with design
consultant for the project needs and evaluate them for improvements.
i. Procurement Manager
The procurement Manager is responsible for all necessary deliverables

related to materials, supplier and subcontractors that need to be submitted
and approved by the Company/Company Representative. He is responsible
in obtaining all quotations, preparation of Purchase Orders and follow up
deliveries as required.
j. HSE Manager
HSE Manager is responsible for ensure that all the construction activities are
in accordance to HSE Site Operational Manual. He coordinates with
Company with regards to safety issues and submits reports required by the
OHS Department in accordance to the ISO 45001:2018. Liaise with Project
Managers and other concerned parties in implementation of OH&S
Management System and issues safety directives accordingly. Responsible
in carrying out and ensuring the implementation of OH&S Management
System Procedures all throughout the construction operations. Make


recommendations to management for changes and improvements to the

safety management system Identify and Implement safety improvements
opportunities.
HSE Manager shall cooperate to maintain all Related Records for HSE
System to be retained with the QA records by the Project QA Manager and
Record Controller.
k. Subcontractor Quality Control Manager/Personnel
Sub Contractor’s Quality Control Manager is responsible for implementation

of Main Contractors management system as well as own management
system consistent with their scope of work. He will discuss all quality related
issues with Project QA Manager, Site QC Manager and Project Manager.
l. Procurement Quality Control Supervisor
The Procurement QC Supervisor is responsible for the inspection of all

delivered materials as per the Company/Company Representative
requirements. He is responsible for the quality control during purchasing all
fabricated, subcontracted or construction material required for the execution
of the project.
m. Lead Engineers
Coordinate all resources to ensure project execution and completion as per

agreed budget. Consolidate, review and verify document requirements as per
the Inspection and Test Plan (ITP), commissioning procedures, and plans,
prior to submission to the customer for final hand-over and acceptance.
Supervise site engineers in the implementation and execution of the project
activities based on approved method statements and ITPs .Ensure that the
measuring and testing equipment conforms to the employer’s specifications.
Prioritize the timely completion of correction and corrective actions on NCRs,
CARs and Customer Complaints raised. Verify accurateness of RFI’s prior to
inspection to QC and SAPMT.
n. Site Engineers
Site Engineer Provide support to Foremen to ensure contract specifications

requirements are met. Ensure that Work Procedures and Method Statements
for all work activities are prepared and followed during work execution.
Ensure that correct work processes are implemented to ensure work
completed is as per specifications. Ensure that work is constructed as per
approved drawings and specifications.


o. QA/QC Supervisor
The QC Supervisor is responsible for implementing and maintaining the

Company Quality System and project quality system/plan. He is in charge of
planning the Quality Control Inspections and preparation of appropriate
reports.
He will be monitoring the inspections progress, review reports and

documentation and verify, upon completion of the work, that all requirements
have been met and that the required quality records have been obtained and
filed.
p. QC Inspectors
The QC Inspectors are responsible for implementing the Quality System in

accordance with the Project Quality Plan. He ensures implementation of all
quality requirements of the contract and conduct inspection as per the
approved Inspection & Test Plan.
q. Vendors and Sub-Contractors
Vendors and subcontractors are responsible for implementation of project

quality system as per contractual requirements. Their activities are controlled
by project quality plan, Project Procurement Plan and Sub-contractor Control
procedure (QA-PR-05), Contract and consistent with their Scope of work
through the terms and conditions included in the purchase order and
Subcontracts. Vendors and subcontractors shall coordinate with project
manager and Project QA Manager and Site QC manager accordingly.
r. Vendor Inspectors
The vendor Inspectors are responsible for inspection of all inspectable

material based on IAP (Inspection Assignment Package). He will attend pre
inspection meeting and conducts all level of inspection based on inspection
and test plans and check list attached with each assignment package. He is
also responsible for implementing the Quality System in accordance with
the Project Quality Plan. He ensures implementation of all quality
requirements of the contract and conduct inspection as per the approved
Inspection & Test Plan. Vendor inspector will report to Site procurement
manager and Project manager. He will coordinate with Site Procurement QC
Supervisor
s. Store keeper
Store keeper is responsible for the coordination and supervision of all


incoming and outgoing materials. He is Responsible for ensuring that storing

facility is confirming to company warehouse standards and procedures.
Check and receive material for the project. Coordinate with QA and QC team
on matters pertaining to materials damages and non-conformance to
purchase order requirements. Ensure that stock and inventory control
records are being maintained for all materials purchased for the project.
Prepare Material receiving report. Ensure that Saudi ARAMCO or its
representative verifies receipt of all materials to comply with contractual
requirements.
Provide all cooperation with the Quality Team to review all records of stored
materials or any related records to the Store or other assets involved in the
Project to comply with the material preservation requirements and to
implement any further recommendations by the Project QA Manager and the
Quality Team.
t. Quality Records Controller
Ensures that all controlled Quality Documents related to the project are
maintained to the latest issue and that these documents are made available
in all appropriate locations. He shall ensure that all obsolete documents shall
be withdrawn from use and stamped as “superseded” if retained for record
purposes.
5.3.2 Organizational Chart
a. The Quality Organizational Chart is a dynamic document and it will be

updated as necessary during the execution of the work. The Revisions to the
organization chart shall be controlled independently and shall be updated
monthly or earlier as/if deemed necessary. The updated Quality
organizational Chart shall be attached with Monthly Quality Management
Report (MQMR). Every revision and/or updates on the organizational chart
shall be submitted to the Company/Company Representative for review and
approval.
b. Project Overall organization chart should be updated when deemed

necessary and to be submitted for SAUDI ARAMCO Company
Representative for review and approval. The Project QA Manager with the
Project Manager should review and submit the Project Organization Chart to
SAPMT for review and approval using the approved format; the Project QA
Manager should keep the records for the Organization charts controlled and
available at project site.


6. PLANNING
6.1 Actions to address risk & opportunities
6.1.1 The overall aim of risk and opportunity management within “Marjan Increment
Program – Package 13 Industrial Support Facilities" is to ensure that the Project
Team capabilities and resources are employed in an efficient and effective
manner to take advantage of opportunities and to mitigate risks.
6.1.2 Project Manager, Project QA Manager, Project Controls Manager are responsible
for incorporating risk based thinking into the Project. This includes the
establishment of risk management policies and targets to ensure effective
implementation of risk and opportunity management principles and activities.
However, all managers at all levels are responsible for implementing and
executing risk and opportunity management within their respective areas.
6.1.3 The scope of project risk and opportunity management process includes the
assessment of the internal and external issues identified in Clause 4.1, and the
assessment of the needs and expectations of any interested parties identified in
Clause 4.2. Risk and opportunity management is undertaken as part of project
day-to-day operations. Actions that will be taken to address risk and opportunities
will be proportionate to the potential impact on the conformity of the products and
services.
6.1.4 Deviations will be identified and assessed prior to the commencement and as the
work progresses. All recognized deviations will be reviewed and identified either
as Risk (negative) or Opportunity (positive). Accordingly, risk and its impact are
evaluated for its probability and severity. Appropriate Mitigation/Contingency Plan
are provided to minimize, or eliminate where practicable, the impact to the
product and services that RTCC provides.
6.1.5 Project shall use registers to record, assess, respond, review, report, monitor and
plan for the risks and opportunities that will perceive to be relevant. The registers
allow the concerned personnel to systematically assess each risk and to study
each opportunity associated with the organization context, and the needs and
expectations of the interested parties. Registers will be communicated to all
appropriate and related personnel. The register records the controls and
treatments of risks and opportunities and preserves this knowledge as record.
Moreover, all records pertaining to its communications will be retained.
6.1.6 Actions to eliminate potential non-conformity will be handled according to the

“Correction and Corrective Action Procedure (QA-PR-25) and Risk & Opportunity
Procedure (QA-PR-09) of Appendix 6”. This is to ensure that potential
nonconformities will be addressed by anticipating and resolving the potential
cause and prevent occurrence of nonconformities being practiced at site. Quality


team, Construction team and any appropriate personnel related to the project can
detect potential non conformities and study about its effects through lessons
learned from the other projects and possible potentials flaws / Risks of the project
6.1.7 The Project Manager, Project QA Manager, Construction Manager and Site QC
Manager are responsible for implementing the Actions to address Risk and
opportunity programme. Records of Risk and Opportunity and its result achieved
shall be maintained by Control of Quality Record Procedure (QA-PR- 07). Risk
and opportunities shall be monitored regularly and shall be reviewed in the
Project Management Review Meeting
6.2 Quality Objectives and planning to achieve them
6.2.1 RTCC – MIP - PKG 13 Project Management sets out the objectives and targets
annually. When setting objectives and targets, the Project Management ensures
consistency with the needs and expectations of the interested parties (as defined
in Clause 4.2) and to the quality policy (as defined in Clause 5.2). The project
objectives shall be:
a. Be measurable
b. Take into account applicable requirements
c. Be relevant to conformity of products and services and to enhance the
customer satisfaction
d. Be monitored
e. Be communicated
f. Be updated as appropriate
6.2.2 To ensure that the project is meeting the requirements of the interested parties,
while planning Quality Objectives, the Project Management ensures to determine:
a. What will be done

b. What resources will be required
c. Who will be responsible
d. When it will be completed
e. How the results will be evaluated
6.2.3 Primarily, the quality objective is to complete the project in accordance with the
contractual specifications, standards and approved quality procedures within the
schedule.
6.2.4 Each unit of the project organization has its own quality objectives but will not be
limited to the following:


a. Engineering & Document Control Objectives
 To meet the target date of submission of

Drawing Submission Rating ≥ 80%
drawings as per the Drawing Schedule
 Attain an overall 90% Approval rating of all

Approval Rating ≥ 90%
shop drawings submitted
100% of latest approved Drawings

 To be able to distribute copies of are distributed to authorized
engineering drawings to engineers and personnel.
retrieve old revised drawings to ensure
that only latest and approved drawings are 100% of Obsolete Drawings are
being used at site retrieved or discarded by authorized
personnel
 To be able to control Documents and
ensure that appropriate documents are
100 % of all Documents/Records are
distributed to relevant personnel and
intact
ensure that all related documents are
intact & safely secured.
b. Project Management Objectives
 Complete the Project on time with out

Master Plan Accomplishment <
Penalty / Delay and Achieve Contractual
Actual Accomplishment
Mile stone at each Stage of project
 Maximize the project productivity rate by

maximize the resources utilization and To attain project progress rate
recommend additional resources if greater than the previous Month
necessary
 To attain a high satisfaction rating from the

Company / SAPMT during the issuance of Satisfaction Rating ≥ 80%
customer satisfaction survey.
 To limit number of Site Instructions and To minimize Site

company complaints by achieving the Instructions/Company Complaints <
project Requirements 3 (per month)
 Successful monitor the performance of

Sub-contractor in conformity to the Quality
On-Schedule Percentage ≥ 85%
and established a maximum 15%
acceptable delay on the pace of execution
c. Project Planning Objectives


 To ensure the site progress does not

On-Schedule Percentage ≥ 85%
deviate more than the allowable
percentage from the projected
accomplishment, and make necessary
Off-Schedule Value is variable and
action in order to correct the said delay
must not exceed 15%
if it occurs.
 Cover all Approved RFI Quantities / area

Interim payment Certificated (IPC)
and MIR approved items to Interim
Quantities = RFI Approved and MIR
payment Certificate(IPC) Quantities every
Approved Quantities
month
 Monitor and Evaluate Project Progress

within reference to the following
Parameters Listed below by Every Month.
Monthly Monitoring Value ≥
1) Planned Schedule Projected Scheduled Value
2) Manpower Schedule
3) Equipment Schedule
4) Cash flow
d. Quality Objectives
 To review and monitor the quality system
at regular intervals throughout the contract
1 Management Review every 6
period, both to improve the system and,
months
detect and correct any adverse trends by
taking the necessary actions.
 Project Quality Index (PQI) Score shall be

PQI ≥ 94%
Minimum 94%.
 Utilization of QMIS shall be 100%. 100% Utilization of QMIS
Weld Rejection Rate

 To minimize Weld Rejection Rate Joint Basis < 5%
Linear weld < 0.2%
 To minimize RTFI Assessment RTFI Assessment Disagreement <
Disagreement 5%
 Equipment Deficiency Report (EDR) shall

EDR = 0
be Zero
 RFI Acceptance Rate shall be more than RFI Acceptance Rate

95%. > 95 %
 Valve Testing Acceptance Rate shall be VT Acceptance Rate

more than 95%. > 95%
 Repeated Violations for total violations

Repeated Violations Rate < 5%
reported shall be Max 5%.


 Acceptance of proposed QC Candidates QC Candidates acceptance Rating

shall be more than 90%. > 90%
 Document review rejection from Inspection

Document Review Rejection < 5%
Dept. shall be Max 5% per month.
 Non-Conformity Ratio (LBE/NCR/WS) Non Conformity Ratio

Company: Contractor shall be maintained (LBE/NCR/WS) Company:
to be (1: 10) (PID/VID/PMT: RTCC). Contractor should be (1:10)
 Closing LBE/NCR/WS within Agreed

100% Completion on the agreed
Completion Date (ACD) shall be 100% for
date
all reported LBE/NCR/WS.
 To ensure that all measuring equipment Measuring Equipment = 100%

being used at site are calibrated Calibrated
 Preservation Failure Rate (PFR) Shall be
PFR< 5%
< 5%
 Contractor Quality Notification : SA
0 RTCC Quality Notification : SA
Quality Notification (Minor, Moderate,
Quality Notification shall be 2:1
major ) Ratio Shall be 2:1
e. Procurement Objectives
 To utilize the Saudi Aramco Regulated
95% Utilization of SA RVL
Vendor’s List
 To attain at least 90% Approval Rating for Material Submittal Approval Rating ≥
all Material Submittals 90%
 To Attain at least 95% PO Issuance on the

PO issuance Rating ≥ 95% on
Approved Material Submittal / Item
Schedule
pertaining to the agreed Schedule
To meet at least 80% of on time

 To receive all procured Material on
Delivery on Specified time Frame
specified Period or agreed Schedule.
or Agreed Schedule
 To attain at least 90% Approval Rating for VID Material Inspections Rating ≥
all Material Inspections (MIR) from VID 90%
f. Site Engineer Objectives

 To be able to rectify pending and
disapproved RFI and be re-inspected at 100% Re-inspection shall be on
site on the agreed and specified schedule scheduled time
date of the Company Representative.
IAR ≥ 95%
 To attain at least 95% Approval Rating for
all RFI (Request for Inspection)
Inspection Approval Rating: IAR


g. Site Store Objectives

 To make a report on all problems with
materials (damages, certificates, 100% Report on Material related
quantities) and report them for appropriate Problems < 24 hours
action in less than 24 hours.
 To ensure all materials are being

monitored and issued accordingly without
100% No Expired Material
being expired
 To ensure all materials are initially

inspected prior to off load in order to avoid Rejected Materials at site ≤ 10%
rejected materials at site
 Material Prior to receive from the Vendor

and before storing ensure that it has at
Material Shelf life > 80% upon
least 80% the Shelf life remaining to avoid
Material Received
purchased items expired before the
planned use
6.2.5 Project Objectives shall be a regular topic of the Management Review Meeting
(Management Review Procedure (QA-PR-02)). Project Objectives shall be
reviewed regularly on yearly basis, or as needed, and shall be revised as
appropriate. Objectives shall be disseminated and discussed to all relevant
personnel.
6.2.6 Key Performance Indicators shall be initiated by the Project QA Manager to

monitor and measure if the Project Quality Objectives are being achieved. All
KPI’s will be issued monthly, internally within RTCC project team, and quarterly to
Company Representative (or up on SAPMT request) for monitoring.
6.3 Planning of Changes
6.3.1 The elements that comprise the quality process for implementation and
development are this Project Quality Plan, Inspection & Test Plans (SATIP’s,
SAIC’s & SATR’s provided by the Company), project organizational charts that
describe personnel allocations and mobilizations, titles of individuals,
subcontractors necessary to complete the work. The integration of the quality
improvement initiatives are described in Management Review, Monitoring &
Measurement and Improvements.
6.3.2 The planning of the Quality Management System involves establishing and
maintaining an integrated system that is based on the following strategies:
a. Recognize and eliminate the cause of potential non-conformities to prevent

their occurrence.
b. Careful review of Quality Procedures and Inspection & Test Plan prior to


granting approval
c. Ensure that only competent personnel are deployed at site
d. Increase and enhance contractor work quality and job site awareness
6.3.3 When conditions require changes, the process is controlled and the integrity of
the Quality Management System maintained.
6.3.4 Changes to the quality system are controlled. It is the responsibility of the Project
QA Manager that when the conditions require changes, the process is controlled
and the integrity of the Quality Management System maintained.
6.3.5 Whenever Project Quality Management System changes are planned, Project QA
Manager ensures that all personnel are made aware of any changes which affect
their process, and that subsequent monitoring is undertaken to ensure that PQMS
changes are effectively implemented.
6.3.6 Each change requests are managed from initiation through closure by the Project
QA Manager. All change requests are reviewed and approved by the Corporate
Management Representative and the Company, as required.
6.3.7 Approval of the requests considers the following:
a. The purpose of the changes and their potential consequences;

b. Integrity of the Project Quality Management System;
c. Availability of resources;
d. Allocation or reallocation of responsibilities and authorities.
6.3.8 The Project Management will strive to continually improve the effectiveness of the
Quality Management System through the use of the audit results, analysis of data
and undertaking correction & corrective actions resulting from Project
Management Review decisions.
7. SUPPORT
7.1 Resources
7.1.1 General
a. RTCC will supply adequate staffs, engineers, skilled workers, labors,

construction equipment, onsite transportation, consumables and offices for
the project to complete the requirements of the contracts within the project
time constraints.
b. The overall organization for the project shall be in accordance with the
organization charts included as an attachment to this Project Quality Plan.


RTCC will ensure that all resources required for the successful execution of
the project are provided within the stipulated time frame. These resources
include work force, equipment, temporary site facilities for RTCC, to ensure
proper performance for all quality personnel. All Quality personnel are
defined within appendix 2 of this PQP and to fulfill Saudi Aramco
requirements as mentioned in schedule Q attachment VI of this contract.
c. The construction team managers are responsible for ensuring that the
activities which they control, functions effectively in accordance with the
quality documents and the associated Procedures. Each team Managers
shall identify the resources needed for the successful completion and provide
the resources coordinating with top management to attain and/or improve the
customer satisfaction.
7.1.2 People
a. RTCC shall maintain the Minimum requirements of all quality personnel to

achieve the required ratio of schedule Q attachment I of required number of
inspectors’ project execution activities.
b. RTCC will assign Key Personnel and employees to the project in accordance
with the requirements of Schedule “Q”. All personnel that will be assigned in
the project shall meet the minimum qualification and experience levels as
required and specified in Schedule “Q”, The Project QA Manager will be
responsible to review the contract to determine the customer requirement for
competency level of the personnel assigned to the project and to ensure that
assignment of personnel including subcontractors meet the requirements.
CV’s of all quality personnel, including subcontractors’ quality personnel,
shall be submitted to the Company/Company Representative for review and
approval at least 2 weeks prior to start of work. All procedures and personnel
qualifications for special processes shall be submitted prior to start of work.
c. The Project QA Manager will be responsible for the development and

maintenance of the Project Quality System, and for ensuring that all
employees conform to its requirements. The Project QA Manager is
responsible to identify Quality problems, initiate solutions and eliminate
recurrence in collaboration with the Site Quality Team.
d. The need for effective communication within the organization and the
importance of meeting the Company, statutory and regulatory requirements
are stressed throughout the quality documentation.
e. RTCC shall notify Saudi Aramco for a sudden manpower changes due to
sickness or any other reasons like Annual vacation, Replacement of
personnel etc. The personnel who have right education, right training, and


right skills shall be replaced within the pre-determined period as per schedule
Q.
7.1.3 Infrastructure
a. Identify and provide needed Infrastructure
RTCC shall identify a work environment suitable to achieve its business

objective and satisfy project requirements. Buildings, Workplace and
associated facilities, equipment, hardware, software and support
administrative services shall be identified and provided as required for the
project. Accessibility to computers, appropriate software and other tools shall
be issued to authorized personnel. Transportation and communication of
Company shall be organized and provide without any delay which effect the
productivity
b. Equipment and Plant
The resources required in terms of heavy equipment and other necessary

equipment will be identified and provided at site. Mainly, the equipment that
will be used is owned by RTCC. However, if necessary, lease of other
equipment will be made to satisfy the project’s requirement.
RTCC Project Management Team will ensure that all required equipment and
plants will be made available and transferred to the site as planned.
Equipment will be transferred along with its competent operators with
certificates as required by the Company Representative and/or Saudi Arabia
laws. Competent maintenance crew will also be deployed to the site to
ensure reliability and perfect condition of the equipment. Maintenance of the
equipment will be ensured through the Preventive Maintenance Program of
the workshop.
Adequacy of the equipment and other essential requirements will be

reviewed, identified and addressed during the Project Management Review
Meeting.
c. Maintain infrastructure
RTCC shall properly maintain the above mentioned infrastructure. Proper

monitoring and handling. All Team Managers shall monitor and maintain the
infrastructure for proper utilization and unintended use to achieve the riskless
/ flawless project Completion.
7.1.4 Environment for the operation of process


a. A suitable environment for the operation of the processes is provided to

ensure that conformity to product & services requirements and quality
objectives are achieved. Operational environment requirements are
established during Operational Planning. Considerations are given to both
human and physical factors that can affect product & services conformity.
Safety and hygiene requirements are also identified, established and
maintained with the objective of meeting the requirements for employee’s
safety and comfort.
b. Proper infrastructure, safety tools and tackle, necessary rest / ablution

facilities and other requirement to provide a safe conducive work
environment will be provided. This will help to ensure provision of
construction services in compliance to the Company requirements and
contractual agreement. Necessary house procedures and relevant contract
requirements will be posted at pertinent locations.
7.1.5 Monitoring and Measuring Resources
a. Inspection, measuring and test equipment will be selected on the basis of

measurement to be made, test to be performed and the accuracy required as
per the project requirements. All inspection, measuring and test equipment
which will be used will be identified in order to ensure conformity of work as
required by the contract.
b. RTCC shall select the monitoring and measuring devices which meet the
requirements for proper monitoring and measuring of each system /process
of the project as per Saudi Aramco Standards. RTCC can outsource third
party agency or approved by Saudi Aramco for fulfill the requirement of
Contract and Scope of Work. It is the responsibility of Project Manager,
Project QA Manager, Site QC Manager and Lead Engineers to select the
monitoring and measuring devices
c. Required calibration for each equipment and instruments will also be

identified to ensure consistency and reliability of the result. RTCC Shall
Perform calibrations as specified in the most stringent applicable Saudi
Aramco standards and Site Calibration Procedure (QA-PR-24).Calibration
Cycle shall not exceed six months, if none of Aramco Standards are
applicable and no period is specified by the manufacturer. A register of the
equipment and instruments, along with its calibration status and calibration
frequency, will be maintained. Calibration frequency shall be based on
applicable standards or manufacturer recommendations. All equipment
calibration will be performed by Third Party approved by Saudi Aramco.
Calibration Certificates and other records will be maintained as per the
Control of Quality Records Procedure (QA-PR-07) and copies will be
provided to the Company Representative.


d. All the measuring and Monitoring Equipment shall protect from unauthorized
adjustments. The operators shall be well trained and unauthorized usage of
the equipment shall be prevented. Monitoring and measuring devises /
Equipment shall be stored in well protected area to avoid from damage and
deterioration it is the responsibility of lead Engineers & Quality Team to
monitor these devises.
e. After recalibration of each measuring instruments, the user is informed that it

is his responsibility to check validity of the measuring equipment each and
every use.
f. Software which are using in measuring and Monitoring Devices / equipment

shall be validated before use. Also, a revalidation shall be done when
necessary as per the recommendation of Supplier /Saudi Aramco.
g. Use observation and supervision activities using measuring and monitoring

devises. It involves measuring and testing at intervals, especially for the
purpose of Quality control and ensures the work meets the Requirements
mentioned in the project Scope.
7.1.6 Organizational Knowledge
7.1.6.1 RTCC recognizes that organizational knowledge is a valuable resource that

supports the quality management activities and ensures continual product
and service conformity. The Management believes that there is a strong link
between Organizational knowledge and the competence of the people, the
latter being peoples’ ability to apply knowledge to their work.
7.1.6.2 To ensure that Organizational knowledge is retained and transferred,

Organizational knowledge is recorded as documented information, and is
embedded in the processes, products and services.
7.1.6.3 Organizational knowledge includes:
a. Documented information regarding a process, product or service;

b. Previous specifications and work instructions;
c. The experience of skilled people and their processes and operations;
d. Knowledge of technologies and infrastructure relevant to our
Organization.
7.1.6.4 Sources of internal knowledge also include our intellectual property;

knowledge gained from experience and coaching; lessons learnt from
failures and successes; capturing and sharing undocumented knowledge
and experience; the results of improvements in processes, products and


services.
7.1.6.5 Sources of external knowledge include ISO standards; International &

National standards; or knowledge gathered from customers, stakeholders or
other external parties.
7.1.6.6 RTCC determines and reviews internal and external sources of knowledge,
such as:
a. Lessons learnt from non-conformities, corrective actions, and the

results of improvement;
b. Gathering knowledge from customers, suppliers and partners,
benchmarking against competitors;
c. Capturing knowledge existing within the Organization, e.g. through
mentoring/succession planning;
d. Sharing knowledge with relevant interested parties to ensure
sustainability of the Organization;
e. Knowledge from conferences, trainings, workshops or other external
events.
7.2 Competence
7.2.1 The competence is the ability of an Employee to do his intended work by utilizing
the proper input with in a determined time to get the maximum output by utilizing
his knowledge and skills. RTCC shall maintain competency of employees for
getting proper output for Successful Completion of the project.
7.2.2 RTCC will provide training for their Project team for the work quality basis in
accordance to the “Quality Training Procedure” (QA-PR-27). This is to improve
the culture and awareness of the team about the project scope of work and the
activities.
7.2.3 The Project Manager shall ensure that project personnel undertaking work that
may influence the quality of the work, have appropriate qualifications, training and
experience. The Project Manager shall assess the training needs for the Project
Team under their direct control and, if required, provide or arrange training to
meet specific project requirements. Unless otherwise specified, personnel
suitability shall be assessed on the basis of qualifications and/or experience as
required by individual position descriptions and job specifications.
7.2.4 The Project QA Manager shall also prepare a Training Plan on the basis of Annual
Gap Analysis, result of Project Management Review Meeting, periodic
assessment and other similar methods.
7.2.5 Training courses shall also be carried out in, but not limited to the following areas,


as and when required:
a. Site Orientation/Induction;
b. QMS Awareness (Awareness to all approved Plans, Procedures and WIs)
c. Other trainings as needed
7.2.6 All new employees will be given an orientation training (to an extent necessary as
per their responsibilities) regarding Company Quality & Safety Policies, Quality
Assurance System, everyone’s’ role in the appropriate system and their jobs.
Process description and appropriate instructions relevant to them will be issued to
them. Additionally, new employees will be assigned to an existing employee for
“on the job training” to an extent deemed necessary by the department head.
7.2.7 All training records shall be maintained by the Project QA Manager and Document
Controller, indicating the trainings provided for all employees. It is the
responsibility of the department heads to evaluate the effectiveness of the
trainings provided and future training needs to the employee. Records (including
resumes, qualification reports, inductions, etc.) substantiating qualifications of
new employees or additional qualifications/experience of existing employees,
shall be maintained.
7.3 Awareness
7.3.1 RTCC ensures the necessary competence has been achieved; ensure that all
employees working in this project are aware of the relevance and importance of
their activities and how they contribute to the achievement of the quality policies
and objectives. RTCC Management ensures that all workers under the company’s
control are aware of:
a. Quality Policy
b. Relevant Quality Objectives
c. Their contribution to the effectiveness of the QMS, including the benefits of
improved performance
d. The implications of not conforming with the QMS requirements
7.3.2 RTCC shall ensure that all employees within the project are adequately trained to
enable them to perform their assigned duties. This is ensured and carried out as
described in Clause 7.2 (Competence) and 7.4.2 (Internal Communication) of this
manual.
7.4 Communication
7.4.1 Effective and appropriate communications between functions and levels regarding
QMS effectiveness shall be promoted by project Senior Management.
Communication may be initiated by any employee or external provider. Specific


communications interfaces are defined within the Project Process Descriptions

and Procedures. Communication may include:
a. Induction, Awareness & Trainings

b. Letters / Memos
c. Emails
d. Website / Intranet
e. Meetings
f. CCAR (Correction and Corrective Action Request)
Communication shall be determined, internal and external, relevant to the quality

management system.
7.4.2 Internal Communication
7.4.2.1 RTCC has established the processes for assuring that all employees are
aware of the quality system. The QA Manager ensures the processes of the
Quality Management System and their effectiveness are communicated
throughout the organization by best suitable methods of communication
such as quality workshops, Internal Quality Meetings, distribution of audit
reports, management review procedures and work instructions.
Communication of the project shall be in line with the Project
Communication Procedure (QA-PR-20) and Project Communication Matrix
(if any).
7.4.2.2 Internal communications are implemented to ensure that all personnel, at

each relevant level and functions, are aware of the following:
a. Quality Management System

b. Quality Policy, Objectives, Target and Program
c. Individual responsibilities in achieving conformance with quality
system
d. Significant feedbacks from interested parties
e. Quality Performance and the appropriate actions that needs to be
taken
f. Risk & opportunities and necessary actions that needs to be taken
g. Potential consequences of system non-conformance
7.4.2.3 Internal communications are carried as per the process descriptions

through different stages, Induction for the new employees and others are
on regular basis and/or as need arise.
7.4.3 External Communication
a. RTCC determines the need to communicate information externally to the


Company and other interested parties, as defined in Section 4.2, regarding

the effectives of the QMS.
b. The Project Team ensures that all external communications are authorized
prior to release. Where required, advice and/or approval of the Top
management may be acquired concerning the content and dissemination of
certain external communications. Responses to external communications are
recorded if they are transmitted by email or letter. In each case the response
is retained and controlled in accordance with the requirements for
documented information.
c. Refer to Clause 8.2.1 of this manual for Customer Communication.
7.5 Documented Information
7.5.1 General
The project quality system documentation of RTCC consists of four levels as

described below:
Level 1: Project Quality Plan
The Project Quality Plan is the primary document of the project quality system.
Each requirement of ISO 10005:2005 has been individually addressed in this
plan, in accordance with ISO 9001:2015 standards. This plan defines and
documents the quality policy and quality objectives of the project, “Marjan
Increment Program – Package 13 Industrial Support Facilities". In addition, it
describes the Quality System which has been established and shall be
implemented in order to ensure that the quality of services provided to the
customers and their requirements in the field of construction are being met.
With our commitment to focus on high quality products and workmanship for the
execution, construction, integration, testing, pre-commissioning and
commissioning of “Marjan Increment Program – Package 13 Industrial Support
Facilities", RTCC developed a documented Quality Management System (QMS)
in line with the requirement of the ISO 9001 Standard and Schedule Q, to satisfy
the requirements of the Company. The system is implemented in all areas that
have a relation to the quality of the construction services provided by RTCC. This
system is improved on a continual basis and this is monitored during the
management review meetings.
The purpose of this plan is to document the project quality system, to instruct and
guide employees whose actions affect the Procurement and construction, and to
inform the Company what controls are implemented to assure the best quality.


Level 2: Quality Procedures
Requirements relevant to the different processes in the plan have been identified
and Quality Procedures have been prepared as required. These form the second
level of the quality system. The Quality Procedures describe the process
sequence of how the system is implemented, operating controls for the
processes, and system for interdepartmental flows and control.
RTCC has established and documented 22 procedures for the project, “Marjan
Increment Program – Package 13 Industrial Support Facilities", to be
implemented at site and to be used as a guideline of the Employees to control
different processes. These procedures are subject to Audit during the project
period as per Audit Plan. These Quality Procedures are attached with this Project
Quality Plan as appendix. (Refer Appendix – 6)
Quality Procedures can be revised. Where revisions or improvement to the

procedures are required, the Project QA Manager should initiate to prepare a
draft of the amendments. All drafts for the amendment on the Project Quality
Procedures shall be reviewed thoroughly by the Site QC Manager in coordination
with the Project Manager. If draft has been finalized, the draft of the amended
procedures, along with the filled Document Change Form shall be submitted to
the Corporate PMO Department for review, prior to the review and approval of the
Corporate Management Representative, to ensure the compliance as per the ISO
9001 requirements. After finalization of the procedures, it will be submitted to
SAPMT for approval prior to implementation.
Quality Record Controller will distribute the Latest revision of Procedures to the
relevant authorities under the supervision of Project QA Manager.
Level 3: Work & Technical Instructions, Project & Material Specifications
These form the third level of documented quality plan. All work activities,
inspection and testing processes are carried out as per documented
instructions/methodologies. Project specifications and material specifications are
available and controlled internally. References to the relevant third level
documents are made in the documented instructions/methodologies and related
documents.
Level 4: Forms, Files, Records, Registers etc.
These form the fourth level of the quality system documentation. They are
generated and maintained as per system requirements. They provide evidence
that the quality system has been followed effectively. The particular record to be
generated and the standard formats to be used are detailed under the relevant
process descriptions and technical instructions.


Project Quality Plan, Quality Procedures, method of Statements etc. shall be

submitted for review and approval by the company prior to distribution and
0 implementation
7.5.2 Creating and Updating
7.5.2.1 When there is a requirement to create and update documented information,

RTCC ensures appropriate identification and description (e.g. title, date,
author, and reference number), appropriate format (e.g. language, software
version, graphics, etc.) and appropriate media (e.g. paper, electronic). All
documented information is reviewed and approved for suitability and
adequacy.
a. All Documented Information carries unique identification number,

document title, date of revision, revision status and signatures of
related persons who have prepared, reviewed and approved.
b. Preparation of Documented Information is carried out by the person

responsible for its implementation in collaboration to the Quality
Team. These are then reviewed by the appropriate personnel.
c. Changes to the Documented Information related to the system can be

requested by any user, by filling up a Document Change Request
Form and sending it to the Management Representative /Corporate
PMO Manager for review.
7.5.2.2 The Project Quality Plan and procedures may be revised if necessary.
Where a revision or improvement to the PQP and procedures is required,
the revision shall be processed according to the Control of Documents
Procedure (QA-PR-01). The Project QA Manager should initiate to prepare a
draft of the amendments. All drafts for the amendment shall be reviewed
thoroughly by the Project QA Manager in coordination with the Project
Manager. The revision history shall be documented in the Revision
Description Sheet and shall be submitted to the Company Representative
for approval prior to implementation.
7.5.3 Control of Documented information
7.5.3.1 Document Control
a. Documentation applicable to this contract shall be maintained based on

“Document Control Procedure (QA-PR-01)”. Documents and data shall
be maintained, as defined below, to ensure that:
1) All Documents shall be in English, be legible and Good Quality


2) All documents and changes are in writing, reviewed and approved

and promptly implemented;
3) The dates of issue and receipt of documents and amendments
are recorded;
4) Obsolete documents are promptly removed from issue or use;
5) Documents of external origin are identified and maintained.
b. Documents to be maintained include but not limited to:
1) Project Quality Plan (PQP)

2) Quality Procedures
3) Method Statements
4) Inspection & Test Plans
5) Contracts
6) Drawings (whether internally or externally produced)
7) Project Specifications
8) Documents of External Origin (e.g. Installation & Operation
Manual from the subcontractors/suppliers, Subcontractors’ Quality
Documents, Standards, etc.)
c. Prior to the distribution of documents to any parties, all documents

including drawings, specifications, procedures, and so forth, shall be
verified as approved for use by relevant authorized persons, e.g. signed
and stamped drawings and specifications used for construction will be
marked, “Approved: Issued for Construction.”
d. All controlled documents should be coded and have the revision status
marked on them. The coding shall be complying with the company
standards, project specific requirements. The revisions shall be marked
on each document and signed by the responsible Authorities.
e. In order to maintain the documents, a distribution matrix shall be issued

and maintained covering all address and types of Controlled
documents.
f. RTCC shall ensure all referenced documents are available for Saudi
Aramco‘s use at procurement, fabrication and construction locations.
g. All Quality Documents that will be distributed to the site shall be

maintained by the Quality Record Controller in coordination and
supervision of Project QA Manager. The Project QA Manager shall
ensure:
1) The control over preparation, approval, distribution and handling of

the documents and its revisions


2) Coding System is being followed to all documents prepared by

RTCC
3) Document contains unique identification number, document title,
date of revision, revision status and signatures of persons who have
prepared, reviewed and approved the document.
4) The new/revised document has been reviewed by the authorized
reviewer prior to its distribution.
5) All documents not authorized for use, voided and superseded
documents are not being used at site, and stamped obsolete.
Copies of superseded documents shall be destroyed superseded
masters shall be marked “superseded” and Archive separately.
6) Documents and records are well maintained and retained in a
secured area.
7.5.3.2 Control of Records
a. During the Project Proposal and/or Execution stage of project, a list of

proposed Project Records, their format, their contents and the number
of copies must be identified depending on project's specific
requirement. These records shall be identified, provided and retained
as per Saudi Aramco standards and requirements
b. Identification, collection, indexing, filing, storage, retaining and

disposition of Contract specific records shall be carried out in
accordance with the “Control of Quality Records Procedure (QA-PR-
07)” and SAEP 122. Control of all records shall be the responsibility of
the Quality Record Controller in coordination to and supervision of the
Project QA Manager. The Project QA Manager and the Quality Record
Controller shall retain the latest & approved records and shall ensure
efficient retrieval and adequate security into it.
c. Project Records shall be retained in suitable environment to prevent

damage or deterioration and to prevent loss. Records shall be filed by
subject, date, fill category, etc. as per Para 5.4.2.3 & 5.4.2.4 of SAEP
1154. RTCC records that provide evidence of conformity to requirement
and of the effective operation of the Quality Management System shall
be identified, stored, protected and retained.
d. Records include:
1) Design Calculation Books

2) Material Testing results
3) Distribution Records
4) Calibration Records
5) Drawings Records /Books


6) Construction inspection Records

7) Authorized Signatories
8) Snag List Records
9) Internal Audit reports
10) Non Conformance Reports
11) NCR Status Log
12) Correction & Corrective Action Reports
13) CCAR Register
14) Master list of Quality System Documents
15) Sub Contractor’s List
16) Vendor/Supplier’s List
17) Vendor inspection Record books
18) Request for Inspections (RFI) and Request for Inspections (RFI)
Submittal Log
19) Technical Clarification
20) Material Submittal Log
21) Project Management Review Records
22) Other Verified Inspection Records
23) Operating instruction Manuals
24) Vendor operating instructions and Maintenance manuals
25) Pre commissioning Record books
26) Corrosion management program manual (if any)
27) External Origin Records
 Customer complaints
 Supplier’s Plant and Equipment Commissioning Records (if
any)
e. Project Records shall be retained in archive storage after the final

hand-over for Five years or as required by the contract.
1) Drawings
All drawings shall be controlled as per the “Drawing Control

Procedure”. Drawings shall be controlled by the Document
Controller / Drawing Custodian in the supervision of the Engineering
Manager and to be ensured by the Project QA Manager and Site
QC Manager. All Drawing Schedule, Drawing Submittal Log,
Distribution List and other drawing records shall be kept updated,
retained and readily available at site. All Discipline Shall
Communicate and Share the related information and Drawings
accordingly
Note: Engineering manager Will Assign Drawing Custodian to co-ordinate the

Distribution of controlled drawing in collaboration with QAM and QCM to
maintain proper Records and Distribution of the Drawings and to update the
Master Sets.


RTCC shall prepare all detailed Shop Drawing for all required works
or ordered by the Company Representative with all engineering
calculations. All Shop Drawings shall be submitted and approved by
the Company Representative prior to its execution at site. These
drawings that will be used for construction shall be signed and
stamped “Approved: Issued for Construction.”
All Shop Drawings reflected information should be in compliance

with the final release IFC and the project Specifications prior to the
final release to Construction
All As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Company through

the Company Representative, after acquiring Company
Representative’s approval. Refer to As-built Drawing Procedure
(QA-PR-33) for details. All drawings for Civil, Architectural,
Electrical, Mechanical and Plumbing As-Built Drawings shall be
submitted in hard and soft copies. Hard Copies shall be One (1)
copy in AO Size and One (1) copy in A1 Size, and one (1) set of
Soft Copies in CD.
 As-Built Drawings shall be stamped as “As-Built Drawings”

 All Approved Shop Drawings, stamped with “Issued for
Construction” and other related approved and/or revised
technical design shall be the basis of preparing the As-Built
Drawings.
 As-Built Drawing shall contain all the equipment and fixtures
installed in actual condition, considering the approved recorded
documents.
2) Purchase Orders
RTCC will prepare and provide List of all supplies and its Suppliers,
to the Company Representative, for all materials and equipment
covered by the contract and actually installed at site. The list will be
as per the Purchase Order to reflect the actual source of the
material and equipment.
3) External Origin Records
RTCC will monitor reference documents from external origin

necessary for planning and operation of each process to ensure the
company and contractual requirements. These documents shall
include but not limited to Saudi Aramco Standards, National or
international standards etc. These documents will be carried out in


accordance with the “Control of Quality Records Procedure (QA-

PR-07)”. Retaining all records shall be the responsibility of the
Quality Record Controller in coordination to and supervision of the
Project QA Manager.
RTCC will provide all appropriate Records/Documents of External

Origin to the Company Representative. Records/Documents of
External Origin are Vendor's reproducible drawings and/or
specification sheets of the purchased equipment, Test Reports,
Performance Curves, O&M Manuals, Installation Manuals, Spare
Parts List and other documents/records that may be useful to
operate and maintain the installed equipment at the project.
4) Quality Records
RTCC will prepare and provide all appropriate Quality Records to

the Company Representative such as complete Approved
Inspection Records, Testing & Commissioning Records, etc. All
these Quality Records shall be retained in a secured area at all
times during the execution of the work.
All these inspection formats that will be utilized at site shall be

prepared and approved by the Company Representative before its
use.
7.5.3.3 Storing Files Methods
a. There are three basic ways of storing files: the lateral, vertical and
stacking. Lateral filing is usually done in four-drawer filing cabinets,
with the files held upright on their long narrow edge, often within a
‘hanging folder’. Vertical filing, where files are held upright on their
short narrow edge with their ‘spines’ facing outwards, is done in
cupboards (which may or may not be enclosed) or on racking or
shelves. The stacking method stores files flat, one on top of the other,
with the spines of the files facing out.
b. Files stored vertically on open shelves may slip down unless the
shelves have moveable dividers that can support the files and keep
them upright. However, vertical storage is suitable for records with rigid
covers or binders, such as files held in ring binders.
c. Sufficient and appropriate equipment shall be provided for the safe

handling and secure storage of records within the records office. Where
appropriate, supports will be provided to prevent files from slipping
down. Shelves and cabinet drawers shall be clearly labeled to indicate


the indexes and file number ranges. Adequate space should be left on
shelves or in drawers to allow for easy withdrawal and replacement of
files. An adequate stock of file covers, forms, registers for control
documentation and other stationery should be maintained.
d. All records shall be stored in the records office and ensured to be

readily available when required. Again, shelves and cabinet drawers
should be clearly labeled, and labeling must be kept up-to-date.
7.5.4 All the External and Internal Documents pertaining to any department shall be
provided to the project Quality Team upon request for continual improvement of
the Project and to increase proactive Approach as well. Quality Assurance
Manager (QAM) can access and review every Department documents for
improvement of Quality management System without any Constraint.
8. OPERATION
8.1 Operational Planning and control
The project will be executed strictly in accordance with the specification and drawings,
approved procedures, programs, and shall comply with the following requirements of
Project Execution Phase:
Quality Objectives:
The quality objectives are identified, communicated to the project team, monitored as
per the frequency established, updated based on the performance. The following are
proactive objectives intended to be used in the project:
 On-time completion of project deliverables to commit

 Request for Inspection % (RFI) pass rate from the Company
 On-time delivery procurement
 Customer satisfaction
The whole processes of project/construction operations can be split into the following
phases:
a. Design Control – Detail design computations, drawings and shop drawings (if
applicable) shall be submitted to the Company for review and approval. RTCC shall
perform design verification at appropriate and agreed stages during the design
phase.
b. Procurement and Purchasing Control – Use of approved supplier/vendor, materials

and subcontractors and store control. Inspection and Testing of materials and
equipment at vendor premises.


c. Construction Control – Inspection and Testing including material inspection at site,

in-process inspection and testing
d. Pre-commissioning Control – Prior to the completion of work, RTCC shall perform

the inspection required as per Schedule “B” to complete the pre-commissioning
activities and documents.
Project QA Manager in collaboration with the team managers shall monitor the output of
the planning process if it is in a suitable form for the project organizations method of
operation. If any improvements are required to obtain the desired output, it shall be
discussed in management review meeting for implementation.
8.2 Requirements of Product and Services
8.2.1 Customer Communication
a. RTCC will supply adequate staffs, engineers, skilled workers, labors,

construction equipment, onsite transportation, consumables and offices for
the project to complete the requirements of the contracts within the project
time constraints.
b. The Project Manager will be responsible for implementing effective

communication with the Company and/or the Company Representative. The
Project Manager is responsible for authorizing all outgoing communication for
the Project including the communication to the various departments and third
parties. Also Implement Saudi Aramco Communication Process throughout
the project. The Project QA Manager might recommend improvements or
highlight his concerns on the performance of the implemented
communications and to address those concerns in writing to the Project
Manager or to escalate as necessary.
c. The Project Manager may appoint qualified personnel to communicate on his

behalf for the daily flow of information to related matters including quality,
environmental, health and safety, and others.
d. Quality Management team will closely coordinate and work together with the
Company Representative's Quality team in order to develop a healthy
relationship and collaboration to ensure that the Project is completed as per
the requirements of the Company.
8.2.2 Determining the Requirements for product and Services
a. The contract shall be reviewed to ensure that the Company requirements are
adequately defined and documented and that the construction team has the


capability to meet these contractual requirements with suitable resources. It

is the responsibility of the Project Manager to review the contract thoroughly
and identify all the submittals and deliverables that will be submitted and
conveyed to the Company Representative.
b. Project Manager shall identify requirements imposed by external agencies

(SASO, MEPA, etc.), statutory & regulatory requirements, and RTCC’s own
wishes.
c. The Contract is formally reviewed before and after Contract award to ensure
that the proposal and award requirements of the Contract are identical, and,
where they differ, differences are resolved through the initiation of the
Contract Administrator. Also identify all the necessary additional requirements
not identified by Saudi Aramco
d. At project level, review meetings are normally conducted monthly with the
Company/Company Representative, and actions are circulated as required
by the Project Manager. Items of discussion/review include schedule,
progress, resources, changes, (manpower, materials, scope of work) and
quality.
e. The general specifications of the “Marjan Increment Program – Package 13

Industrial Support Facilities" are the general technical specifications issued
by the Saudi Aramco.
8.2.3 Review the requirements for product and services
RTCC has assigned the responsibility to review the contract to the Project
Manager. The Project Manager shall ensure that the requirements are
understood, that we have the capability of performing the work. The contract shall
be reviewed by the Project Manager to ensure any agreed to changes have been
incorporated. The contract review shall be documented and records are
maintained. Much of the information in the contract will be relevant to the Project
Quality Plan.
a. Documenting discrepancies – Any disagreements to the contract document

shall be identified and recorded. This shall be conveyed to the Company to
be resolved in a timely manner
b. Technical Requirements – All technical requirements forming part of the
contract shall be identified, reviewed, confirmed as acceptable.
c. Vendor / Subcontractor Approval – If the vendor/subcontractor is not
approved by the Company, RTCC shall propose at least 3 subcontractors /
vendors, and submit all appropriate documents to the Company
Representative for approval.
d. Document Approvals


e. Resources allocation
8.2.4 Changes to the requirements for product and Services
RTCC ensures that all relevant documents and records relating to changes in
product or service requirements, is authorized and amended where necessary,
and that all relevant personnel are made aware of the documented requirement
changes. Moreover, that the changes are approved by the Company as
necessary.
8.3 Design and Development of Product and Services
8.3.1 General
a. There are no detailed engineering and design responsibilities on the part of

the Contract. Only the engineering and design-related obligations set forth in
this Schedule “A”, including those in Paragraphs 2.2.2 and 11.1.1(a) and (b),
shall be limited to the scope of engineering and design work
b. The Design and Development Procedures will be implemented by the

affiliated contractor as required by Company requirements in the Project.
c. The Engineering Manager and Project Manager in collaboration with the

Affiliated Designer or Contractor / Aramco will address the above
requirements as well as any of the following project specific requirements
from the commencement of design activities.
d. RTCC will collect all list of Deliverables from the Affiliated design Contractor
before work starts or as per the requirements of SAPMT.
8.3.2 Design and Development planning
a. Prior to generation of any design document (drawing, calculations, etc.), all

regulatory, statutory and Company requirements shall be considered and
agreed upon between Affiliated Designer/Contractor and the Company
Representative to meet the desired output of this project, “Marjan Increment
Program – Package 13 Industrial Support Facilities".
b. All achieved design document shall be finalized and distributed to the

Company Representative. Any amendment, that may elevate the quality of
the design and/or may lessen any form of expenses (but will not affect the
quality), shall be discussed in the design meeting and a revision shall then be
generated. In the event that an issue is not closed during this process, it shall
be brought up in the design meeting, whereas the Company shall be invited
for further clarification and final decision.


c. A final review and initial approval on completed design documents shall be

conducted by the Company Representative. Once approved, it shall be
submitted to the Company for final approval. it will direct to RTCC for further
proceedings
8.3.3 Design and Development input
a. The design requirements are defined by the Company project specifications,

drawings and relevant codes and industry standards. The Company provides
necessary specifications and standards to be applied and implemented. The
affiliated designer / Contractor shall be responsible to develop and transmit
written design criteria to the design staff.
b. All design calculations shall be developed to written criteria. Calculations that

require confirmation before finalization shall be identified.
c. All applicable Company codes, International Codes & Standards, regulations

required for this project shall be maintained and specified by the affiliated
designer/Contractor in their Project Quality Plan.
8.3.4 Design and Development Controls
Design and Development process controls shall be applied to ensure that planned
results will be achieved, and following process shall be observed and
documented.
a. Design and Development Review
Affiliated Designer/Contractor’s Designer’s Quality Plan describes the

development of drawing and specifications in detail. The review process shall
address the ability of the design to fulfill requirements and identify problem
areas and proposed corrective actions.
The Company comments and any RTCC comments shall be addressed in

written form and records of resolution kept until completion of the project.
Records of Design reviews shall be maintained by the Affiliated
Designer/Contractor.
Violations / deviations / non-compliance to applicable Company, International

Codes and Standards, regulations observed during design reviews or any
other problems shall be identified and its disposition , necessary corrective
actions shall be carried out as per their approved project quality plan within
the agreed timeframe


Record all Project design and Development reviews shall be collected and
retained in accordance with the Control of Records Procedure.
b. Design and Development Verification
The Project Manager is responsible to assure that the output meets the
design inputs/ Project requirements. Records of verification activities shall be
maintained by the Affiliated designer/contractor and indicate the Verification
for Value Engineering
In coordination with the affiliated Designer/Contractor, RTCC shall plan and

carryout periodic meeting for design and development verification to
ascertain that the outputs meets the inputs by carrying out the reviews,
performing alternate calculations, review of design output documents,
comparing design specification with similar proven design specification,
sealing of design drawings, etc. and the records produced shall be
maintained by both the parties.
c. Design and Development Validation
Design validation verifies that user’s needs are met. These shall be
performed in accordance with planned arrangements mentioned in Design
and Development Planning, to ensure that the resulting product shall meet
the specified requirements. This will be achieved by ensuring completed
works are checked, tested, commissioned and the Company user
department/authorities have accepted the work.
For the nature of construction industry, the design validation documents will
be the inspection reports, snag lists, testing & commissioning reports and the
provisional and final acceptance certificate.
Records of the result of validation and any necessary actions shall be

maintained in accordance with the Control of Records Procedure.
8.3.5 Design and Development outputs
The design output will be agreed with the Company/Company Representative

Affiliated Design Contractor will include the transfer of documents at the various
stages and levels of design, in particular with respect to:
a. Review, verification and validation against the contractual requirements

b. Transfer of design documentation to and from relevant parties
Design output in the form of Calculations, Drawings and Specifications shall be

submitted, reviewed and verified by the Company/Company Representative. The


signature of the authorized reviewer shall be documented to reflect any reviews

and approvals.
8.3.6 Design and Development Changes
Changes, deviations and substitutions will follow requirements of contract and are
addressed in detail in the “Change Management Plan” .
Should there be any deviation or substitution required during execution of the

project, deviation and/or substitution shall be identified, documented, reviewed
relative to original specification and/or contract. It shall be formally submitted to
the Company for approval through the Company Representative where
contractually required.
Any requested substitutions shall include a description of the benefit that it will
provide to the Company. If appropriate, product data sheets for the original
product and the proposed product shall be submitted to the Company for
evaluation. Moreover, technical justification shall be submitted as necessary.
Engineering Field Changes shall be initiated and Submitted through Technical

Query (TQ) Or (Field Change Notice) FCN as applicable, and Submitted to
SAPMT for Approval. TQ Records shall be maintained by QAM and
Communicated with Concerned Disciplines.
8.4 Control of Externally provided processes, product and Services
8.4.1 General
8.4.1.1 The Procurement Manager in coordination with the Project Manager (PM)
and Corporate PMO Manager (QAM) will optimize purchasing during the
project, establishing rules that guarantee that the products and services
purchased meet the contract requirements of the project, taking into
consideration the quality, schedule, price and overall best value. The
Procurement Manager will report to the Project Manager, will be responsible
to produce, maintain and enforce the procurement policy.
8.4.1.2 To ensure that the project requirements are met, materials shall comply with
the project specifications and shall be delivered according to the planned
schedules. Moreover, Procurement and Purchasing shall be made in
compliance to the approved Procurement Plan. Materials and Services will
be purchased / awarded only from the suppliers / subcontractors who are
able to demonstrate capability to meet requirements of the projects. Such
materials and services will only be purchased / awarded to the Approved
Vendors/Subcontractors of RTCC which has been assessed and approved
by RTCC’s Procurement Department and in addition, approved by the


Company/Company Representative.
8.4.1.3 All Inspectable Materials shall only be purchased from the Supplier currently
listed on Saudi Aramco Approved Manufactures list. The current versions of
these lists shall be collected from Company Representative by giving written
request.
8.4.1.4 Inspection Assignment Package Should be approved prior to the first

inspection notification of Inspectable material and Equipment
8.4.1.5 No Manufacture can start fabrication for inspect able materials Level 2 and
above without conducting the Pre- inspection meeting
8.4.1.6 To ensure the quality of the material/services, following methods of

purchasing will be monitored:
a. Supplier/Subcontractor Approval – Mainly, the supplier / subcontractor

will be taken from the Approved Suppliers /Subcontractors’ List of
RTCC which shall follow SAUDI ARAMCO SAP Vendor Number and
Material Custody (RVL & 9 Com Lists). In case there is a new potential
supplier/subcontractor, then it will be assessed according to the
Procurement Procedure prior to be added on the list.
b. Technical evaluation and approval of materials – Prior to submission to

the Company Representative for approval, materials should be
technically evaluated and passed as per the project requirement.
c. Delivery – Suppliers / Subcontractors will be assessed according to

their capability to deliver the material / product on time without taking
the quality at stake.
d. Company Representative Approval – Acquiring necessary approvals of

the material and supplier/subcontractor from the Company
Representative.
e. Company Access – Company will be given right to access to all

purchase order inspection report files. Moreover, RTCC will stipulate in
the Purchase Order as one of the Terms & Conditions, “Company has
the right to access the manufacturers’ facilities and suborder locations”.
8.4.1.7 In addition, all materials that will be delivered on site shall be subjected to
the quality procedures such as Material Testing, Material Scheduling,
Material Receipt and Control, Non-Conforming Material, Handling and
Storage and Stock Records.


8.4.1.8 On weekly basis, Inspection/Fabrication Status Reports shall be generated

parallel from the issuance of first Purchase Order and Manufacturing
process for a specific supplied material. The Inspection / Fabrication Status
Report shall be in an electronic format acceptable to the Company
8.4.1.9 A report on monthly basis, or as required by the Company Representative,

will be furnished to show the Procurement Status. The report will contain the
material approval status, purchase requisition status and purchase order
status. The report will also trace the procurement of all materials, tools and
equipment including schedule, forecast and actual procurement milestone
dates and specifically identify all long lead items.
8.4.2 Type and Extend of Control
8.4.2.1 Services will be subcontracted as per the requirement of the project (i.e.
Contracts, Project Specifications, Drawings, etc.) from reputed
subcontractors. Subcontractors’ submittals will be prepared and get
approved from the Company/Company Representative before awarding of
any works. An approved subcontractor list will be maintained and used as
the basic source of information.
8.4.2.2 The process of assessment of subcontractor, and their inclusion or deletion

in the approved subcontractors’ list will be carried out as per the “Sub-
Contractor Control Procedure” (QA-PR-05) and “Procurement Plan (RTCC-
1590-CP-GE-PLN-00001)” in accordance with this Project Quality Plan.
Materials and Services will be purchased only from the
suppliers/subcontractors who are able to demonstrate capability to meet
requirements of the projects.
8.4.2.3 When processes that affect product conformity are outsourced, special
controls are implemented to ensure that these processes meet specified
requirements. Such controls may include, as appropriate:
a. Pre-qualification of suppliers
b. Assessment of supplier realization processes and quality system
c. Monitoring of supplier quality performance
d. Requirements for inspection, testing or other records demonstrating
product conformity
e. Control and verification of the supplied product
f. Purchasing Control System defined in “Control of Externally Provided
Processes, product and Services” of this Project Quality Plan
g. And some related quality procedures such as Subcontractor Control
Procedure (QA-PR-05), Quality Inspection Procedure (QA-PR-08),
Material Control Procedure (QA-PR-13), etc.


8.4.2.4 Prior to the commencement of any subcontracting work at site, the

Subcontractor shall submit a complete Quality Documents for the
subcontractor’s scope of work.
in case of the Proposed Vendor scope is limited only to:
 Supply of as specific Materials and Equipment’s,

 Erection of a specific portion of scope of work,
 Manpower Supply for specific discipline
 Rentals, or similar.
Then; the submission of the Quality Documents will not be applicable, the
assessment and the evaluation of the QAM shall be conducted in those
cases to address the Quality Requirements and to be provided through
RTCC Quality Team subject this PQP implementation.
Note: “the contractual definition of a Sub-contractor is to provide Engineering, Supply,

Complete Execution, and Testing & Pre-Commissioning of a specific Scope of work
which will be finally handed over to RTCC for SAUDI ARAMCO.
If the Proposed Vendor categorized/classified as a Sub-Contractor as

mentioned above, The Quality Documents shall include, but not limited to
Quality Plan, Method Statements & ITP’s, Proposed Project Organizational
Chart, Project Schedule Baseline, Manpower & Equipment Plan, etc. The
Construction Manager, Senior Engineer and the Site Quality Team shall
review the Subcontractor’s Quality Documents, specifically the Quality Plan,
Method Statement and ITP’s, and assess whether it is in accordance with
project specifications and requirements. In addition, these will be submitted
to the Company Representative for review and approval. Those might be
covered under Vendor Pre-Qualification Package as required.
8.4.2.5 Subcontractors will be monitored to ensure compliance with this Project

Quality Plan, other related quality procedures and Company/Company
Representative’s requirements.
8.4.2.6 All major equipment manufacturers shall be required to submit evidence of a

quality assurance program satisfactory to RTCC and the Company. Such
Quality Assurance program shall be in accordance with the Company
requirements; reviewed and approved by the Company. All major material
equipment for the project shall be procured from the company qualified and
approved by RTCC and the Company.
8.4.2.7 Inspection Level Shall be assigned on materials and Equipment to specify

the minimum amount of inspection Coverage deemed necessary by the
company to ensure that a product or Service conforms to specifications at a


specific Supplier’s and /or Sub Suppliers factory or Fabrication Site.
8.4.2.8 The following system of coding the level of planned inspections shall be
used to define the inspection requirements:
Level 0: Documentation requirements only; no vendor inspection

required.
Level 1: Only final inspection is required prior to shipping.
Level 2: Includes pre-inspection meetings, one or more unspecified “in
progress” surveillance visit/s, all witness and hold points, final
inspection, and release for shipment.
Level 3: Includes pre-inspection meetings, one or more unspecified “in
progress” surveillance visits, all witness and hold points, final
inspection, and release for shipment. Inspections shall be on a
regular basis (daily, weekly or bi-weekly).
Level 4: Resident inspector continually monitoring the work
8.4.2.9 The Minimum inspection Levels of different materials and equipment are
explained on SAEP 1151 Appendix A
8.4.2.10 A set of documents that include details of purchased material / equipment

and their quality requirements needed to perform full inspection at the
vendor/sub-vendor facility. Inspection Assignment Package (IAP) for all
equipment and material shall be prepared by contractor and submitted to
the Company with the inspection assignment package. Electronic version of
IAP Shall be forwarded to the company prior to start pre inspection Meeting
for Inspection Level 2 and above.
8.4.2.11 Only Saudi Aramco approved third party inspectors (TPI) can do vendor
inspections. TPI shall be fully conversant with applicable industry standards,
Specifications, and fabrication methods and shall perform a variety of
inspection function with minimal supervision as required to verify supplier
compliance with purchase order requirements. CV of TPI shall be submitted
to Saudi Aramco for review and examination /interview if required.
8.4.2.12 Non-conforming material shall be returned to originator or marked in a

manner that shall prevent its use.
8.4.2.13 A list of materials which are required to be inspected at the Manufacturer /

Vendor premises as per approved vendor ITP per applicable SA-175 will be
maintained. The inspection requirements will be notified to the manufacturer/
supplier during initial order. Manufacturer/ supplier are instructed to inform
well in advance of such inspection. RTCC shall submit each week a two-
week look-a-head schedule of all planned vendor inspections electronically
in a format acceptable by the Company


8.4.2.14 Records of supplier’s inspections shall be prepared following each

inspection or weekly for resident inspectors and submitted to the Company
as per Schedule “Q”. Inspection disposition report shall be prepared After
material delivery and submitted to the Company
8.4.2.15 A Final Disposition Report shall be prepared after export packing has been
inspected and accepted. Packing shall be verified as per Saudi Aramco
packing Specifications “MS 8314-02 and MS 8314-04”.
8.4.3 Information for External Providers
8.4.3.1 RTCC Engineering /Procurement Department shall identify, take off and
prepare a list of all the materials and equipment required as per the contract
scope of work.
8.4.3.2 RTCC Procurement Department shall select qualified Saudi Aramco

approved vendors (Regulated Vendor List as provided by Saudi Aramco),
Sub-Vendors, Manufacturers & Subcontractors provided to RTCC. In case
the Procurement Manager fails to locate an Approved Vendor, the
Procurement Department shall be responsible to find an alternative vendor
and get it qualified as per the ARAMCO requirements.
8.4.3.3 Selection shall be based on their ability to meet specifications, project

schedule, and inspection and non-material requirements. Vendor
qualification will be submitted to Saudi Aramco for their review.
8.4.3.4 RTCC shall obtain approval or confirmation on the Level of Inspection for all
commodities (Bulk & Lead) with the corresponding vendors / manufacturers
from SAPMT. The levels of Inspection shall be referenced in each RFQ
Requisition Submittal.
8.4.3.5 In accordance with the Schedule of the contract, purchase orders with the
vendors and sub-contractor shall be defined services and/ or product
requirements. All requisitions shall be reviewed by RTCC for technical and
quality requirements prior to submitting to the Company for review.
8.4.3.6 The Purchase Order shall include the following information:
a. Test & Calibration Certificate requirements (if any)

b. Submittal Reference
c. Description of the purchase item
d. Nomenclature
e. Quantity
f. Expected Delivery Date


8.4.3.7 The Quality documents, if any, shall be requested from the suppliers and be
specified on the PO:
a. Quality Plan
b. ITP’s
c. Delivery Schedule
8.4.3.8 Following will be attached in the Purchased Order, if necessary:
a. Specifications and drawings

b. Contractual Requirements
8.4.3.9 Order to the subcontractor shall attach the following information:
a. Contractual requirements
b. Scope of work – Work Breakdown Structure
c. Specifications and Drawings
d. Schedule
e. Description of resources needed
f. Quality requirements
8.4.3.10 The Company requirements on Procurement and Purchasing in terms of

timely deliveries will be complied with critical milestones on procurement of
long lead items and necessary follow up will be done to meet the milestone
deadlines.
8.5 Production and Service Provision
8.5.1 Control of Production and Service provision
8.5.1.1 The construction activities shall be controlled by the use of this Project
Quality Plan, Procurement Plan, Contractor’s Site safety Program, Project
Execution Plan, the Company Inspection and Test Plans and Checklists,
Operating Procedures, Method Statements together with the project
Drawings and Specifications.
8.5.1.2 On award of a contract, a Project Manager is assigned and he will be

responsible for the control of the project. The contract is studied in detail
with the Project Controls Manager and project schedule is prepared/finalized
detailing the major activities and the time frame for the completion of those
activities. The project schedules prepared are updated periodically.
8.5.1.3 All survey, construction, installation, repair and maintenance work are
carried out as per documented process descriptions, work / technical


instructions, specifications and Quality plan, which shall be ensured by the

key personnel of the project.
8.5.1.4 A pre activity Inspection Meeting shall conduct prior to start each activity of
project. Availability of Specifications and Drawings Prior Activity Start is a
mandatory to avoid rework .Construction Team shall maintain continual
attendance for the Pre activity inspection meeting which is continuously
arranged by the Quality Team. This shall assure that the Quality
requirements shall be implemented by the Construction team during the
execution and to avoid / Minimize the violations
8.5.1.5 Inspection and Testing shall be done as per the approved ITP’s and shall be
conducted with the calibrated instruments as pre-defined inspection times
as per the ITP’s.
8.5.1.6 Contract requirements on planning, progress reporting and construction

management will be complied with. Work progress is monitored on a daily/
weekly basis and progress reporting is done as per contract requirements.
Suitable actions shall be taken to accelerate progress to take care of
slippages. Where required, the schedules will be modified as agreed with
the Company. The planning engineer is responsible in planning, progress
reporting and to modify the schedules to accelerate progress to take care of
slippages as agreed with the Company.
8.5.1.7 All Operation and Maintenance Manuals and Spare Parts Lists and Spares
as applicable for the project shall be submitted to the Company for approval
sufficiently in advance of completion and handover stage. The Company
comments shall be incorporated and all submissions will be done
accordingly in compliance with SAEP-122, Project Records and SAEP-329,
Project Close-out Report
8.5.1.8 The validation of certain construction processes can only be ascertained

when load is applied or operation is initiated. For the project, these
processes include as necessary. Application of load and operations would
only be allowed if the mentioned processes have been applied /completed
successfully, which will be proved before operations by suitable approved
testing.
a. Positive Material Identification (PMI) where applicable.

b. Structural concrete placement
c. Coating
d. High voltage cable splicing/termination
e. Cable and Conduit seal installation.
8.5.1.9 RTCC assures these processes can achieve planned results through


following documented procedures, Inspection Checklist and Inspection and

Test Plans referenced in this
a. Process qualification
b. Equipment and personnel qualification
c. Defined methods and procedures
d. Records shall be maintained and revalidation performed as necessary.
8.5.2 Identification and traceability
8.5.2.1 All contract related documents, products (where practical) or service shall
be identified with a unique Number. Identification and traceability will be
managed in a controlled manner. It will be maintained on all equipment,
materials, parts and components in accordance with Project requirements,
specifications and relevant Codes. Records for the traceability of the
material will be maintained during fabrication and construction. Identification
of a material will be addressed, if necessary, either by using tags, stamps,
and labels or by records traceable to a specific item.
8.5.2.2 Traceability, other than that described herein is not required by this contract
except to satisfy regulatory requirements and codes, where applicable. The
extent of traceability required shall be defined in the product specification
document attached to the Purchase Order.
8.5.3 Property belonging to customer or External Providers
8.5.3.1 This is applicable to the materials / assets of the Company and the design
and related documents received from them.
8.5.3.2 Materials are received from Company only in exceptional cases, and if
received it undergoes to all procedures required for any incoming materials.
8.5.3.3 The documents and drawings received from Company will be controlled,
protected and kept in a secured and safe area in a way which would prevent
damage, deterioration or Loss.
8.5.3.4 Only authorized, trained and qualified personnel will be assigned to the jobs
in proper handling and safeguarding the Company property. Any approvals
from the Company/Company Representative, if required, regarding the
appointed personnel will be obtained at the beginning stage of any project.
8.5.3.5 The rules and regulations to be followed at the premises of the Company
are communicated to the involved personnel.
8.5.3.6 All Company supplied materials, in the form of consumables, to the


contractor shall be strictly controlled. And when required, traceability shall

be maintained.
8.5.3.7 When applicable, all Company supplied materials (free issue material) shall
be subjected to the quality procedures such as Material Testing, Material
Scheduling, Material Receipt and Control, Non-Conforming Material,
Handling and Storage and Stock Records.
8.5.3.8 When the property of the Company is lost, damage or otherwise found to be
unsuitable for use RTCC shall maintain Records of this properties
8.5.3.9 On receipt of non-conforming material and shortage in the delivered

quantities, the Project Manager shall immediately inform the Company in
writing, to resolve the matter. All materials where the storekeeper is in any
doubt regarding the acceptance, he shall quarantine the material and seek
the advice of the Project Manager. On the completion of the project, any
surplus or unused customer supplied materials shall be returned to the
Company custody as good as received.
8.5.3.10 All records of the Company supplied material shall be kept and maintained
according to the “Control of Quality Records Procedure (QA-PR-07)”.
8.5.4 Preservation
RTCC project team shall plan, Specify, implement, measure and report effective
preservation of all project materials and equipment through company approved
0 PQP, ITP’s , QCPs and Work Procedures in all phase of the Project
The handling of different materials at all stages of the project, from receipt through
storage, construction, handing over is carried out as per the defined Handling &
Storage System of the “Material Control Procedure (QA-PR-13)” , The objective is
to prevent damage / deterioration of the material at any part and stages of the
project.
a. Control of Procured/Purchased Product
All procured / purchased materials will be handled in compliance to “Material

Control Procedure”. Each material will be inspected, properly identified and
stored as per manufacturer recommendations. All materials with limited
material shelf-life shall be arranged and have the expiry date recorded at the
time of receipt. Where appropriate, First IN – First Out (FIFO) principle will be
used for issue.
Material placed in an outside environment shall not be laid directly on sand

but should be laid on sleepers or pallets to avoid soil contamination.


Materials such as reinforcing bars and metallic pipes, waterproofing

materials, cable tiles, and galvanized items will be covered by polyethylene
sheet to protect such materials from dampness, corrosion and
weather/elements.
Most of the construction materials are identifiable by means of labels and

packaging by the vendor/ supplier. Where not available, materials will be
suitably identified by using colored markers and/ or tags. Vendor/ supplier will
be consulted for storage arrangements requiring special conditions of
temperature and environment.
Inflammable materials are stored in well ventilated areas, with suitable

segregation of areas for different kind of materials, e.g. Oil, Diesel, Gas
cylinders, etc. are kept in separate areas.
b. Material Handling and Storage
At all stages of the project, all materials are handled only by storekeeper /
authorized personnel to prevent theft, loss, damage, deterioration and to
protect the material against climatic conditions. And when necessary,
materials will be handled and stored according to the manufacturer’s
provision or recommendation.
In all cases, materials shall be suitably tagged or marked for identification

purposes. Materials stored shall be documented and shall be subject to
regular monitoring in order to establish their continuing fitness for use.
Nonconforming materials shall be identified, segregated and processed in

compliance to Nonconforming Material as per “Control of Non-Conformance
Procedure (QA-PR-19)”.
c. Preservation
All Plant / Scope of Work and equipment installed shall be protected to

ensure no deterioration occurs prior to handover to the Company. It is the
responsibility of the Project Manager to ensure adequate temporary
protections for the installed, previously inspected and accepted sections of
work. Preservation and storage shall be done by the qualified personnel of
RTCC Project team. All information and material status shall be included on
the monthly Materials Procurement Status Report and to be available at
project site at time of material receiving.
8.5.5 Post Delivery activities
RTCC – MIP - PKG 13 Project Management shall identify the requirements

specified by the Company for delivery and post-delivery of product and services.


All phases of the project shall be executed in accordance with the required
standards and regulatory requirements. Post-delivery items like actions under
warranty provisions, contractual obligations such as maintenance services, and
supplementary services such as recycling or final disposal shall be discussed in
the Management Review Meeting and Project Progress Meeting.
Any additional requirements that will be identified during the course of the project
which is not identified by the Company, RTCC will communicate to Company
Representative for further proceedings.
Determination of the extent of post-delivery activities considers:
a. Statutory and regulatory requirements

b. Potential undesired consequences associated with the products and
services
c. Nature, use and intended lifetime of the products and services
d. Customer requirements
e. Customer feedback
8.5.6 Control of Changes
Changes for the production and service provision are identified and recorded. Any
changes are reviewed, verified, validated and approved, to the extent necessary,
to ensure conformity with the requirements. Any changes related to Production
and Service must be controlled. Changes shall be clearly communicated to all
relevant personnel to avoid confusion. All related records (including Red Line
Drawing, Technical Clarifications, etc.) shall be retained describing the results of
the review; the person(s) authorized the change; and further necessary actions.
8.6 Release of Product and Services
RTCC implements planned arrangements, at appropriate stages, to verify that the

product and service requirements have been met. The release of products and services
to the Company does not proceed until the planned arrangements have been
satisfactorily completed, unless otherwise agreed and approved by Company.
8.6.1 Monitoring & Measurement of the Work
8.6.1.1 Evaluation shall be done through project KPI’s or Project Management

Review Meetings conducted at project site for different operations like
concreting, welding, coatings or as per project scope of work.
8.6.1.2 The measurement of product parameters is carried out at different stages

such as; receiving of materials, construction and handing over of the project,
to ensure that project requirements and contractual agreements are being


met. The measurement and monitoring shall be performed through the

following controls, but not limited to:
a. Material Inspections – Incoming Material Inspection will be carried out

on site to verify compliance with procurement and project requirements.
Material inspection will be carried out by the Site Quality Engineer
and/or Authorized Material Inspector.
Note: Material Delivery documentation should be prepared prior the arrival of the
material at job site to avoid delaying the inspection considering Saudi Aramco
Inspection cut off “7 days” relative to Delivery note date.
b. Site Work Inspections – Site Work Inspection will be carried out in

accordance with ITPs duly approved by the Company Representative
prior to commencing any activities. Surveillance, witness and hold
activities will be in accordance with the requirements marked up on the
relevant ITP.
c. Material Testing / Laboratory Test Results – the Project QA Manager

shall request the Site QC Manager to coordinate with the appropriate
personnel, shall formulate Material Testing Program for the project in
accordance with the required project specification and/or as per
approved standard. Tests shall be conducted, monitored and witnessed
by the Site Quality Engineer / Authorized Signatories and Company
Representative in accordance with Material Testing Program and the
laid down procedures.
d. Testing & Commissioning – Testing & Commissioning shall be carried

out by the Project Manager/Construction Manager, Site Quality Team
and relevant subcontractors/suppliers in accordance with the approved
Method Statement, Inspection Test Plan and Project Commissioning
Procedure.
e. Completion/Hand-over Inspection – As detailed by the relevant ITP’s,

any specified final inspection to be conducted shall be at the point of
handover to ensure that all sections of the contract have been
completed in accordance with Company’s specification, approved shop
drawings and quality standards. This inspection shall be conducted by
the Site Quality Team, Site Engineers, headed by the Project Manager
and witnessed by the Company/Company Representative.
8.6.1.3 All records as a result of the above project monitoring and measuring
activities shall be retained and secured by the Quality Record Controller with
the supervision of the Project QA Manager. (Refer to Clause 7.5.3.2 “Control
of Records” of this Plan)


8.6.2 Inspection and Testing
8.6.2.1 Every major activity will be provided with Inspection & Test Plan (ITP)
“Quality Inspection Procedure QA-PR-08“, to the format approved by the
Company Representative, which will detail the inspections, tests and
surveys to be undertaken, its frequency and the acceptance criteria.
8.6.2.2 The Project QA Manager will maintain a status register of all ITP’s of the
project and he is responsible in maintaining the original and approved ITP.
8.6.2.3 Each organization involved in the inspection process will have its inspection
responsibilities. Such responsibilities will be detailed in ITP and coded as
the following:
a. S (Surveillance) – Random attendance at site, no signature required.
b. W (Witness) – Attendance at site is expected, signature is required on

check sheet or Request for Inspections (RFI), but if the signatory is not
present to sign at the time, follow on work may proceed and the
document(s) may be signed later.
c. H (Hold Point) – Attendance at site is mandatory and signature is

required on the check sheet or Request for Inspections (RFI) at the
time of the inspection to proceed to the following work/activities.
d. R (Review) – Documents to be reviewed, no signature required
8.6.2.4 As a minimum, each ITP will include the following information:
a. Activity Description
b. Inspection Method / Method of Testing
c. Acceptance Criteria
d. Document Reference
e. Testing / Inspection Frequency
f. Responsible Person for Inspection
g. Inspection Responsibilities (Review, Witness and Hold points)
8.6.2.5 In relation to the Inspection & Test Plan, the Site QC Manager will maintain
Request for Inspections (RFI) Register and monitor its statistics. Copies of
the register will be provided to the Company Representative and members
of the project team on monthly basis or as required. The QA Manager shall
assure that all records are maintained as desired and to recommend more
improvements as required.


8.6.2.6 RTCC Project QA Manager with Site QC Manager Assistant shall supervise
RTCC construction team to prepare a regular two-week look-ahead
schedule for all planned vendors inspections and tests specified in the
approved Vendor ITP, this schedule shall be submitted in electronic format
(as per Company acceptance). Commissioning works shall be maintained
as per project requirements and as per “Project Commissioning Procedure
QA-PR-10”
8.6.3 Request for Inspection
8.6.3.1 As part of the Project Quality System, it is necessary to perform different

tests in order to ensure that the work executed or being executed conforms
to the codes, standards and specifications of the contract.
8.6.3.2 RFI’s shall be raised only through the QMIS (Quality Management
Information System) as per SAEP-1150 para. 8.5. / EPM (Enterprise Project
Management) The electronic System that Saudi Aramco has Specially
identified in the job Specification that are used to record, track, measure and
/or control the work performed pursuant to this contract.. This can be
initiated by the RFI Initiator, and all mandatory steps shall be adhered as per
QMIS / EPM User Manual.
8.6.3.3 RFI’s in QMIS / EPM has five (5) categories. The selection of the
appropriate category by PID Inspector is based on RFI inspection result of
the issued RFI. These Categories are as follows:
a. Inspected and Accepted: PID Inspector shall select this category if the
RFI was physically inspected and accepted the inspection point. At this
point the RFI is closed.
b. Job Not Ready: PID Inspector shall reject the issued RFI if the activity
is not ready for inspection. The RFI will be in open rejected disposition
status in QMIS and will be closed when the final inspection is
completed and accepted.
c. Violation: PID Inspector shall reject the issued RFI if inspection resulted
in violation to Saudi Aramco Standards, Procedures and International
Code and RFI will be kept open and will be closed when the corrective
action is completed and accepted.
d. On Hold: PID Inspector may place the issued RFI “On Hold” status if
there deficiency is minor and can be rectified within few hours.
e. Work Not Inspected and Accepted: PID Inspector shall select this
category if he is not able to attend the requested RFI due to urgent


mandatory management matter but decided to accept the RFI. The RFI
is closed in this instance.
8.6.3.4 Test Reports will be accumulated and submitted to the Company

Representative every week. A summary of the Test Reports will be included
in the Project Monthly Report.
8.6.4 Quality Control Testing Facilities
8.6.4.1 Laboratory/Testing Facilities will be submitted to the Company

Representative for approval. The plan of the facility, equipment to be used
and all qualifications of the personnel, who will carry out the testing, will be
submitted to the Company Representative for approval.
8.6.4.2 Laboratory/Testing Facility will perform all tests and carry out inspections
according to the Contract and relevant Standard procedures.
Laboratory/Testing facility will be established to the site. The
Laboratory/Testing Facility will be equipped to carry out the tests required as
per the approved ITPs. However, some special tests may be undertaken by
an approved independent or 3rd Party Laboratory.
8.6.4.3 The Company Representative has the right to instruct using an approved
third party, if he finds that the quality control activities in the
laboratory/testing facilities are insufficient. The Company Representative’s
decision related to the method of performing the required tests will be final.
8.6.4.4 The laboratory / testing facility /Third Party will issue all original test
certificates to the Project QA Manager who will supervise the Quality Record
Controller to compile, arrange and submit the reports to the
Company/Company Representative. The Quality Record Controller will
maintain a copy of the report for quality records.
8.6.4.5 Test results produced by the Third party laboratories shall be received by the
Company at the same time Reports received by the RTCC Project team , to
0 ensure timely avoidance of using materials , products or work that failed in
tests performed
8.6.4.6 The testing and inspection that will be undertaken to the laboratory/testing
facility will be sufficient to cover all construction operations.
8.6.5 Testing, Inspection and Pre-Commissioning
8.6.5.1 Testing, Inspection, Pre-Commissioning and Commissioning will be carried

out by RTCC with the relevant Vendors/Subcontractors and Suppliers in
accordance with the approved ITP’s. Surveillance, witness and hold


activities by the relevant parties will be in accordance with the requirements

stipulated on the relevant ITP.
8.6.5.2 All Plants and Equipment supplied and installed will be inspected, tested,
pre-commissioned and commissioned as per approved procedures. A
detailed plan and schedule for the pre-commissioning/commissioning of
each plant and equipments will be submitted for the Company
Representative's approval. The plan and schedule will identify the activities,
procedure, duration time, and location of the activities.
8.6.5.3 Each item of the Plant & Equipment will be Tested, Pre-commissioned and
Commissioned in the presence of concerned parties. Competent engineers
and/or personnel will carry out the tests. Furthermore, the
testing/commissioning activity for the specialized systems will be carried out
by the supplier/manufacturer's specialists as per recommended procedures,
who will also train RTCC Personnel to ensure satisfactory operation and
performance of the systems.
8.6.5.4 All the records during the Testing and Commissioning will be preserved and
maintained as per the “Control of Quality Records Procedure (QA-PR-07)”
and copies of such records will be provided to the Company Representative.
8.7 Control of non-conforming outputs
8.7.1 Non-conforming Product shall be controlled in conformance to “Control of Non-

Conformance Procedure (QA-PR-19)” as came with schedule Q paragraph 7.4.
The procedure was established to prevent the inadvertent further process of
materials, construction activities, design documents, workmanship, etc. that are
not conforming to specified requirements.
8.7.2 Non-conformities may be identified and issued by the Company, Company

Representative, Site Quality Team, Auditor and Corporate PMO Department
Personnel. Where nonconforming product/work is identified, Non-Conformance
Report will be raised and Correction and Corrective Actions will be implemented.
Project QA Manager Collaboration with Site QC Manager will maintain a summary
of nonconformities through the NCR Log. NCR’s, Discrepancy Reports, Logs and
Status Report will be submitted to the Company Representative on monthly basis,
or as requested. Proactive or Avoidance of Non-Conformance Notifications
(SORs) to be maintained updated/controlled through SOR Log and subject
escalation to NCR as applicable and subject the Majority of the case addressed
within issued SOR. The QAM might recommend escalation in case of repetition or
any additional necessity observed later on.
8.7.3 Non conformity of Delivered / installed Equipment or material shall also be

controlled by Correction / Corrective Action Procedure (QA-PR-25) of this Quality


plan. RTCC Quality Team shall issue CCAR to prevent occurrence of non-
conformities or recurrence of potential non-conformities being practiced at site.
8.7.4 RTCC Quality team shall investigate the root cause of nonconformities and initiate
correction and corrective actions within maximum of seven (7) calendar days from
issuance date.
8.7.5 Nonconforming products or materials shall be appropriately identified, segregated

and/or quarantined to prevent inadvertent use until appropriate disposition has
been effected. Site QCM/QCS will monitor and track the condition of the
appropriate actions to close the issues.
8.7.6 In such case that NCR is issued by the Company/Company Representative, or

Internal NCR received from Quality Team, the Project Manager (Collaboration
With the Department Manager) is responsible to maintain the reply on any issued
NCR (Internally / externally) within 48 Hours from the receipt of notification of Non
conformances, including proposed Correction & Corrective action as per NCR
Procedure (QA-PR-19) and Contract Requirements.
8.7.7 After the Correction and Corrective Action has been taken and verification of the
Site QC Manager has been made on the agreed completion date (ACD), the
Company Representative shall be notified for final closure of the Non-
Conformance Report. In case of Internal NCR (INCR) the Site QC Manager
collaboration with Project QA Manager shall Close the NCR and the Copies shall
be forwarded to the Project Manager/Action Owner. The QAM final acceptance
and evaluation prior closure is necessary to evaluate the validity of the proposed
Corrective Action and the Preventive Action to avoid repetition or further
escalation; this shall be accomplished through the Project NCR form and NCR
Procedure (QA-PR-19).
8.7.8 After the signature of SAPMT Inspector on Aramco issued NCR the Records shall
keep as per Control of Quality Records Procedure (QA-PR-07) as per this Quality
plan. The Copies of all Internal and External NCR Shall be forwarded to SAPMT
for Records.
9. PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
9.1 Monitoring, Measurement, Analysis and evaluation
9.1.1 General
9.1.1.1 RTCC will plan and implement the monitoring, measurement, analysis and
improvement processes to demonstrate with the conformity to contract
requirements, process performance objectives, conformity of the planned


quality management system, and for the continuous improvement of the

9.1.1.2 Monitoring, measurement and analysis processes are indicated below:
a. Customer/Company Satisfaction
b. Internal and External quality audit of the quality management system
and the processes.
c. Internal & external nonconformities
d. Repeated violations
e. Process performance measures
f. Analysis of data
g. Management review
9.1.1.3 The improvement process includes:
a. Correction / Remedial Action

b. Corrective Action
c. Risk Mitigation
d. Continuous Improvement
9.1.1.4 It is the policy of RTCC to achieve and complete work right first time and in
order to prevent defects, the procedures for handling remedial works shall
be in accordance with the process of addressing the Risk (Clause 6.1),
Control of Non-conforming Product (Clause 8.3), Corrective Action (Clause
8.5.2) and requirements of the Contract.
9.1.1.5 Remedial measures and actions can be identified through:
• Management Reviews
• Quality Audits
• Regular Inspections
• Regular Meetings (including meeting with the client/Company)
9.1.1.6 Once these remedial measures and actions are identified, it shall be listed
on the Correction and Corrective Action Plan. The Steps shall consist of
the following:
a. Identification of work items requiring remedial works through the In-

process inspection and testing.
b. Record work items requiring remedial works using the Non-
Conformance Report (Clause 8.3) and Corrective Action (Clause 8.5.2).
c. Agree on the method of remedial works and gain the approval of the
SAPMT as deemed necessary.
d. Submit Inspection request to the SAPMT prior to cover-up with


subsequent activity.
e. Take preventive measures to prevent recurrence.
f. Maintain a log of all remedial/corrective actions for monitoring and
follow-up.
9.1.1.7 Status and result of Action Plans shall be discussed on the Management
Review Meeting to address further actions required such as revising
Quality Procedures and provision of additional controls, to improve the
9.1.1.8 Monitoring and Measurement Process
Quality team shall ensure that all Quality Processes, activities and
construction works are monitored and measured as per project
requirements. The Project QA Manager shall supervise the Quality Team to
monitor all site construction activities carried out by RTCC Construction
team or subcontractors, to achieve all planned results for all works as per
the Company and Contract Requirements. Methods to monitor and measure
the processes are:
a. Project Internal Audits – Quality Audits shall be performed in

accordance with the “Internal Audit Procedure”. This will be held in
accordance with the Annual Project Audit Schedule and as considered
necessary.
b. Customer Satisfaction Survey – Satisfaction Survey shall be carried out

at least annually in conformance to the “Satisfaction Survey
Procedure”. Results are collected, scrutinized and analyzed to obtain
information relating to customer satisfaction. This is used to improve
processes and systems to increase customer satisfaction.
0 c. Non-Conformance Reports
d. Analysis of Data
All subjects will be discussed through Management Review and/or through

regular quality meetings. Should there be any deficiencies on the result from
the target/objectives, root cause analysis shall be conducted and Correction
/ Corrective Action shall be raised if needed. (Refer to Clause 10.2 and 6.1
of this Plan)
9.1.2 Customer Satisfaction
9.1.2.1 The principal objective of the Quality Management System is to focus our
organization on the customer, and in particular, on enhancing customer


satisfaction. The key to achieving high customer satisfaction is an accurate

determination of customer requirements and an effective verification that
the requirements are met.
9.1.2.2 As described in the RTCC QMS and Procedure for Customer Satisfaction
in accordance with ISO 9001 requirement, the Project QA Manager shall
ensure the following:
a. The Company, through the Company Representative, will closely

monitor the progress and quality of work through the periodic
submissions of the Monthly Report from the RTCC.
b. At any given time throughout the project lifespan, the Company, through
the Company Representative, will have direct access to the Primavera
Contract Management System (or equivalent software as appropriate to
the site implementation) for real-time evaluation of all of the Project's
critical parameters.
c. At the practical completion of the permanent works the contractor will
forward to the Company a questionnaire form for his input with regards
to:
 The Evaluation of the overall performance of the organization

 The response of the Contractor to serve contractual obligations
 The quality of the Project
9.1.2.3 The Project QA Manager will ensure that customer satisfaction is

systematically monitored as a measure of performance in determining and
meeting customer requirements through customer satisfaction Survey (QA-
PR-26) and other related data provided by the Aramco. He will adapt
improvements as remedial process for improve the Quality management
system.
9.1.3 Analysis and Evaluation
9.1.3.1 The Project QA Manager is responsible for gathering and analyzing factual
data from all relevant sources to demonstrate that the Project Quality
System is effective. Sources may include, but not limited to the following:
 Internal Quality Audits

 Non-Conformance Reports
 Subcontractor/Supplier Performance Evaluation
 Company/Company Representative Complaints
 Conformity of Products to requirements
 Data based on adherence to schedule
 Trends of Compliance
 Measuring and Monitoring Data


 Customer Satisfaction
9.1.3.2 RTCC Project QA Manager and Site QC Manager with RTCC Project
Manager shall prepare and submit a Quality Management Report, and
attain the formal approval by The Company Representative. This report will
0
be used to demonstrate effective implementation of the quality system
being carried by RTCC team.
9.1.3.3 The following items shall be included in this report:
a. General Items:
 Listing of quality audits completed (internal and subcontractor), in

progress, and planned for the next month
 Status of open corrective actions for non-conformities (NCRs,
Discrepancy Reports, COMPANY Logbook entries, etc.), audits and
management reviews.
 Quality Personnel Listing by Discipline as specified in Paragraph 8
of Schedule Q
 Listing and status of engineering waivers requested
b. Design and Procurement Phase Items:
 Listing of supplier surveys performed and results

 Planned surveys for the next month
 Listing of Pre-inspection Meetings conducted and planned for the
next month
 Listing of supplier inspections performed and those planned for the
next month
c. Construction Phase Items:
 Listing and disposition of all defective or rejected material or

equipment received at jobsite by RTCC and subcontractor(s)
 Welding rejection rate with chart showing the historical performance
during the project shall be included.
9.1.3.4 Review of the analysis shall be reported to the Corporate PMO Department
Manager and Management Representative. The results of the analysis will
be included in the Quality Performance Analysis. Correction and corrective
actions shall be initiated for any negative trends. Potential improvement
shall be identified and discussed during the management review meetings.
9.1.3.5 RTCC Shall Provide Monthly Quality Management Report (MQMR)

regarding the Quality activities done at site and the information’s related to


Customers, Suppliers, product and process. MQMR shall be complying

with Schedule” Q” and other Contractual obligations.
9.2 Internal Audit
9.2.1 Internal Audits will be performed in accordance with the “Internal Audit Procedure”
to ensure that the Project Quality System is in place and functioning to specified
requirements, and to confirm its continued suitability.
9.2.2 The audit will be carried out in accordance with the project audit schedule and as
considered necessary. The frequency of audits will be at least annually. All areas
of the project sites will be audited and will be assessed against their plans,
procedures and this PQP.
9.2.3 An Internal Audit will be conducted by individuals (auditor/s) duly assigned by the
Corporate Management Representative. The Internal Audit will be performed by
qualified and certified auditors (qualified in accordance with Attachment I to
Schedule Q), independent of the activity. (Please refer to Internal Audit Procedure
(QA-PR-04) of Appendix 6).
9.2.4 The audit findings are analyzed and data is used for the continual improvement of
the Project Quality System. The results of the audits will be documented and
brought to the attention of the Corporate PMO Department Manager, Corporate
Management Representative and other relative and appropriate personnel for
timely Corrective Action. Copies are also distributed to the General Manager. The
Auditor on the instruction of the Corporate Management Representative and/or
Corporate PMO Department Manager may perform an unscheduled audit under
special circumstances.
9.2.5 Subcontractors and suppliers with work scheduled to exceed six months in
duration will also be subject for Quality System Audit. During the audit, they
should make all records necessary to demonstrate that the Contract Works have
been executed in accordance with the Contract Documents available. They
should also provide the documents to demonstrate that the Work is progressing in
accordance with the specified requirements.
9.2.6 The Internal Audit Schedule for the project will be submitted to the Company
Representative twenty one (21) calendar days from effective date of contract and
will furnish a Detailed Audit Plan at least fourteen (14) calendar days prior to the
actual audit date. For a minimum, full quality system audits shall be carried out at
fifteen percent (15%) and sixty percent (60%) of completion stage for the
Procurement and Construction work phases. RTCC audits may be rescheduled
only with the concurrence of Saudi Aramco. The Company Representative will be
invited to participate in all audits. RTCC shall ensure that auditor qualifications are


in accordance with schedule Q of the contract as specified in Para 5.8.2.2 of

SAEP 1154.
9.2.7 RTCC Project QA Manager and RTCC Project Manager shall investigate root
causes and initiate corrective actions for nonconformities identified in each audit.
Contractor shall verify implementation and closeout of corrective actions prior to
the next scheduled audit. A copy of the audit report shall be submitted to the
Company Representative within fourteen (14) calendar days of audit completion.
9.2.8 The Project Manager and Project QA Manager will review all Internal Audit
Reports and interact with the auditors for suitable corrective actions. Results of
the Internal Audits are reviewed during the Management Review.
9.2.9 Follow-up internal audit shall be conducted as appropriate, to ensure the

implementation of corrective action, and the results reported to RTCC PMO
Department (RTCC Management) and Saudi Aramco.
9.2.10 All responsibilities of the audit process shall be cleared in Internal Audit
Procedure (QA-PR-04) in Appendix 6 in this PQP.
9.3 Management Review
9.3.1 General
9.3.1.1 To ensure effectiveness, adequacy and continued suitability of the Quality

Management System, Management Review Meeting will be held at least
twice a year with 6 months interval. This meeting shall be attended by the
senior Management Representative, Project Manager, Project QA
Manager, Site QC Manager and all other related key personnel. The
Management review shall include a review and evaluation of the
performance of Project Quality System.
9.3.1.2 After fourteen (14) calendar days of the scheduled review date, RTCC shall
provide results and recommended actions of such review, in writing, to the
Company/Company Representative. In such case that changes to the
Quality Management System is required, it shall be incorporated to the
Project Quality Plan, which will be provided to the Company/Company
Representative for approval prior to its distribution and implementation.
9.3.1.3 Please refer to the Management Review Procedure (QA-PR-02) of the

Quality Procedures in Appendix 6.
9.3.2 Management Review inputs
As minimum, the review inputs are:


a. Pending actions from the previous management review meeting

b. Results of Internal and/or External Quality system audits
c. customer feedback and complaints
d. Non-conformance reports related to projects, materials and processes
e. Status of correction and corrective actions
f. Adequacy of resources and additions required
g. Potential improvements planned.
h. Targets in quality objectives and departmental objectives
i. Process performance and product conformance results
j. Other changes that could affect the QMS
9.3.3 Management Review Outputs
a. Improvements in the QMS and its processes

b. Improvements in project related to the Company requirements
c. Agreed correction and corrective action
d. Resource needs
Action items should be followed up on at subsequent management reviews to

ensure closure. A copy of the results of this Management Review shall be
forwarded to the Company/Company Representative within two weeks after the
management review meeting.
10. IMPROVEMENT
10.1 General
10.1.1 The Project Management System is implemented within all functions and this is
accomplished within a total quality environment, which promotes continual quality
improvement through active employee involvement and utilization of
measurement data from both internal and external sources.
10.1.2 RTCC procedure(s) for Preventive Actions (where "Preventive Action" is defined
as an action to eliminate the cause of a potential Non-conformance or other
undesirable potential situation) shall describe the requirements for evaluating the
need for actions to prevent occurrence of Non-conformances and the
implementation of applicable Lessons Learned (where "Lessons Learned" is
defined as knowledge gained from experience successful or otherwise, for the
purpose of improving future performance) on previous projects.
10.1.3 For any nonconformity, Correction and Corrective Action Reports shall be
prepared, evaluated and implemented to be applicable lessons learned for future
improvement.


10.1.4 Continual improvement in each area is part of the quality policy and objectives.
These are achieved through analysis of the results and addressing the
appropriate correction and corrective actions.
10.2 Non Conformity and Corrective Action
10.2.1 When nonconformity of product or services occurs, which also includes

complaints, Senior Management in collaboration with Quality team shall take the
appropriate actions as follows:
a. React to the nonconformity and, as applicable, take action to control and

correct it, and deal with the consequences
b. Evaluate the need for action to eliminate the cause(s) of the nonconformity,
in order that it does not recur or occur elsewhere, by:
 Reviewing and analyzing the nonconformity
 Determining the causes of the nonconformity
 Determining if similar nonconformities exist, or could potentially occur
c. Implement any action needed
d. Review the effectiveness of any corrective action taken
e. Update risks and opportunities determined during planning, if necessary
f. Make changes to the Quality Management System, if necessary
10.2.2 Corrective Action will be handled according to the “Correction & Corrective action
Procedure (QA-PR-25)”. This is to ensure that nonconformities will be addressed
appropriately by determining and resolving the root cause of the issues, and to
prevent recurrence of the potential non-conformities being practiced at site.
10.2.3 Appropriate Corrective Action will be provided according to the severity of the
identified nonconformity and proposed corrective action will be subject to the
Company Representative's review and approval.
10.2.4 For Company complaint, this will be handled in accordance with the Customer
Complaint Process as per “Communication Procedure (QA-PR-20)”.
10.2.5 The Project Manager, Construction Manager, Project QA Manager and Site QC
Manager are responsible for implementing the corrective action programme.
10.3 Continual Improvement
10.3.1 Continual improvement in each area is part of the quality policy and objectives of
RTCC. These are achieved through the continual improvement of the Quality
Management effectiveness through the use of:
 Audits
 Quality data


 Quality policy
 Quality objectives
 Management reviews
 Corrective action
 Correction
 Saudi Aramco lessons learned
10.3.2 The Quality Management System is implemented within all functions and this is
accomplished within a total quality environment which promotes continuous
quality improvement through active employee involvement and utilization of
measurement data from both internal and external sources.
11. LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX 1 PROJECT & QUALITY ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE

APPENDIX 2 QUALITY MOBILIZATION PLAN
APPENDIX 3 PROJECT QUALITY POLICY
APPENDIX 4 INTERNAL AUDIT & MRM SCHEDULE
APPENDIX 5 LIST OF QUALITY PROCEDURES
APPENDIX 6 QUALITY PROCEDURES
APPENDIX 7 LIST OF FORMS & PROJECT FORMS
APPENDIX 8 LIST OF INSPECTION TEST PLAN, CHECKLISTS & TEST REPORTS
APPENDIX 9 LIST OF METHOD STATEMENTS, CHECKLISTS AND
CONSTRUCTION ITP’S
APPENDIX 10 RTCC QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CERTIFICATE
APPENDIX 11 MANAGEMENT REPRESENTATIVE (MR) APPOINTMENT
APPENDIX 12 SCOPE OF WORKS

BI/JO No.: 660004453 / BI-10-09003-0006 Contract No.: 660004453
APPENDIX 1
PROJECT & QUALITY ORGANIZATION

STRUCTURE
RTCC MIP ( MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM ) PKG -13 INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES
í×ËÏÚíÛâ^ŠÚíÒ† l÷æ^{Ï¹]æì…^rj×Ö‚]†Ö]íÒ†{ PROJECT ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE
Al Rashid Trading & Contracting Co. CJSC
CSP-1590 / BI-10-09003-0006
SAPMT RTCC General

Project Management Manager
SAUDI ARAMCO Mubarak Al Majed
Corporate PMO
Manager, MR
Shady Mohamed
Contractor
Representative
PMO REPORTING
Corporate Head Office
Quality Assurance
Project Manager
Manager
Bilal Obeidat
Randy Villaruel
Document
Mgmt. / QRC
Engineering Sub-Contracts Construction Interface Project Control HSE Procurement Procurement Pre-Comm. QC Managers
HR & ADMIN QC Manager
Manager Manager Manager Manager Manager Manager Manager QC Supervisor Manager Sub-Con
Lead Inst. & Lead Mech. & Lead Vendor

Electrical Lead Civil/Arch Lead Electrical Lead Piping Planning Lead Supervisor Procurement Electrical QC Architect/Civil Mechanical QC Subcontractor’s
HR Assistant Process Control
Engineer
Rotating Equipt.
Engineer
Coomunication Cost Control Inspectors Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisors
Engineer Engineer
Engineer
Engineer Engineer Engineer HSE Supervisor
Draftsman Administrator Process Control Structure/Civil Elec./Power Mechanical Mech. Piping Telecom. Environmental Mechanical Piping / Subcontractor’s
QS Civil Electrical QCI Civil/Structural
(s) Specialist Engr. (s) Engineer Process Engr. Engineer Engineer Coordinator Engr. Plumbing QCI QC Inspectors
Mech.
Mechanical Admin QS
Instrumentation Plumbing/FFS Instrumentation QCI Lab/
Coordinator Mechanical HVAC / PU QCI
Engineer Engineer Engineer Safety Officer(s) Civil Engr. QCI Batch Plan
SA-IDs
Chief
Surveyor
Administrator QS Electrical
Gates Access Telecom QCI Civil /Arch. QCI Welding QCI
Draftsman Safety
Electrical Engr.
Supervisor(s)
Surveyor(s)
Cathodic Civil/Struc. QCI Coating QCI

Design Material Protection
Coordiantion Expeditor
Rotating Equipt./
Mech QCI
SPDP
Coordinator
NDT Coordinator
Project QA Mgr. PMO Mgr, MR

CSP-1590 / BI-10-09003-0006 General Manager
Engr.Randy Engr.Shady Zaawel Engr. Mubarak Al Majed
Rev: Date : Doc. Title Villaruel
Project Overall
0 18‐Sep‐19
Organization Structure
RTCC MIP PACKAGE 13 – INDUSTRIAL SECURITY FACILITIES
í×ËÏÚíÛâ^ŠÚíÒ† l÷æ^{Ï¹]æì…^rj×Ö‚]†Ö]íÒ†{ QUALITY ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE
Al Rashid Trading & Contracting Co. CJSC CSP-1590 / BI-10-09003-0006
RTCC General Manager

Mubarak Al Majed
RTCC PMO Director ,

MR
Shady Mohamed
Corporate Head Office
Quality Assurance
Project Manager
Manager
Bilal Obeidat
Randy Villaruel
Document
Mgmt. / QRC
Pre-Comm. Procurement
QC Manager QC Managers
Manager QC Supervisor
TBA Sub-Con
TBA TBA
Electrical QC Mechanical QC Architect/Civil Subcontractor’s

Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Supervisors
TBA TBA TBA
Vendor
Electrical QCI Piping / Civil/Structural Subcontractor’s
Inspectors TBA Plumbing QCI TBA QC Inspectors
Instrumentation QCI Lab/

HVAC / PU QCI
QCI Batch Plan
TBA
TBA TBA
Telecom QCI Welding QCI Civil /Arch. QCI

TBA TBA TBA
Cathodic Civil/Struc. QCI

Coating QCI
Protection TBA
TBA
TBA
Rotating Equipt./
Mech QCI
TBA
SUBMITTED BY REVIEWED BY APPROVED BY DATE REV. NO.
Legend : NDT Coordinator

Project QA Mngr. PMO Manager , MR General Manager C.S.
Engr. Randy Villaruel Engr. Shady Zaawel Engr. Mubarak Al Majed
Hierarchy Link : TBA 00
18-09-2019
Coordination Link :
APPENDIX 2
QUALITY MOBILIZATION PLAN

MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM - PKG 13 INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES
RTCC Quality Personnel Mobilization and Demobilization Plan. - Rev.00
Contract No. 660004453 / BI /JO No : BI-10-09003-0006
Nationalities:
Filipinos
Indians
Pakistans
Sri Lankans
1,125 100
1,000 976 90
883
875 80
821
799 799 801
775
731 70
750
Cumilative Man months %

647 636
624 60
Men
625 591
532 531 531 531 531 531 531 534 533
517 515 50
492
No .of
500 462
454 449
40
377
375 333
325 325
264 264 274 30

238
250
178 178 166 157 20
125 109
70 70 71 71
47
10
0
Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb
Duration
2019 2020 2021 2022
Month: Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb
Project Planned Man Months 47 70 70 71 71 264 264 274 325 333 325 377 454 449 517 532 462 515 531 531 531 531 531 531 591 624 731 775 799 799 976 883 801 821 647 636 534 533 492 238 178 178 166 157 109
Direct Man Months 16 16 16 16 16 161 161 170 218 225 218 269 344 348 415 428 361 413 428 428 428 428 428 428 485 518 622 665 688 688 861 769 690 710 540 529 430 430 390 143 86 86 74 74 40
Indirect Man Months 31 54 54 55 55 103 103 104 107 108 107 108 110 101 102 104 101 102 103 103 103 103 103 103 106 106 109 110 111 111 115 114 111 111 107 107 104 103 102 95 92 92 92 83 69
QA Manager 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
QC Manager 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
Pre Commissioning Manager 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Quality Procurement Control Supervisor 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
Quality Record Controller 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
QC Laboratory incharge 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Civil/ Arch QC Supervisor 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Mech QC Supervisor 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Elec QC Supervisor 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
QC Inspector Civil - Laboratory 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
QC Inspector Civil - Structure 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
QC Inspector Civil -UG Works 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
QC Inspector Mech - piping ,Plumbing 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
QC Inspector Mech -HVAC/ Pakage units 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

QC Inspector Mech - Coating /insulations /
Testing 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
QC Inspector Mech - Rotating Insrument 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
NDT Coordinator 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
QC Inspector Electrical 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
QC Inspector Instrumentation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0
Telecommunication 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
QC Inspector Elec -Cath-Protection 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total QC personnel 0 2 2 2 3 8 14 17 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 21 21 21 21 23 21 21 21 22 27 27 27 27 27 27 25 26 26 26 26 26 21 19 14 11 8 8 7 7 4
APPENDIX 3
PROJECT QUALITY POLICY

Notes:
- Signature of PM shall be included in Project Quality Policy after PM got approval from Saudi Aramco.
- Document shall revise as required/Necessary
APPENDIX 4
INTERNAL AUDIT & MRM SCHEDULE

SAUDI ARAMCO
BI-10-09003-0006 - MIP( MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM) - PKG 13 INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITES
QMS PLANNED INTERNAL AUDIT & MANAGEMENT REVIEW
2 0 1 9 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 1 2 0 2 2 2013
NO. DESCRIPTION J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F
U U U E C O E A E A P A U U U E C O E A E A P A U U U E C O E A E A P A U U U E C O E A E
N L G P T V C N B R R Y N L G P T V C N B R R Y N L G P T V C N B R R Y N L G P T V C N B
Planned
1 15% Procurement
Actual
Planned
2 60% Procurement
Actual
Planned
3 15% Construction
Actual
Planned
4 60% Construction
Actual
Planned
5 Management Review 1
Actual
Planned
Actual
Planned
Actual
Planned
Actual
Planned
Actual
Planned
Actual
NOTES : (a) All dates are forecasted according to the actual status of the project as of this date. Should there be any revision to the planned dates of the audit, SAPMT will be informed through the regular progress meeting and/or in writing.
(b) Actual Audit Dates will depend on the Actual Progress of the execution and will be submitted to SAPMT in advance for approval.
LEGEND :
PLANNED
Project QA Manager ACTUAL
Page 1 of 1
APPENDIX 5
LIST OF QUALITY PROCEDURES

BI/JO No.: 660004453 / BI-10-09003-0006 Date : 18 September 2019

PROCEDURE REV
SN PROCEDURE DESCRIPTION
NUMBER STATUS
1 QA-PR-01 Document Control Procedure 00
2 QA-PR-02 Project Management Review Meeting 00
3 QA-PR-03 Continual Improvement Procedure 00
4 QA-PR-04 Internal Audit Procedure 00
5 QA-PR-05 Subcontractor Control Procedure 00
6 QA-PR-06 Project Control Procedure 00
7 QA-PR-07 Control of Quality Records Procedure 00
8 QA-PR-08 Quality Inspection Procedure 00
9 QA-PR-09 Managing Risk and Opportunities Procedure 00
10 QA-PR-10 Project Commissioning Procedure 00
11 QA-PR-11 Managing Issues and Interested Parties Procedure 00
12 QA-PR-12 Lessons Learned Procedure 00
13 QA-PR-13 Material Control Procedure 00
14 QA-PR-19 Handling of Non-Conformance Procedure 01
15 QA-PR-20 Communication Procedure 00
16 QA-PR-24 Site Calibration Procedure 00
17 QA-PR-25 Correction & Corrective Action Procedure 00
18 QA-PR-26 Customer Satisfaction Survey Procedure 00
19 QA-PR-27 Quality Training Procedure 00
20 QA-PR-28 Measuring Quality Performance (KPI) 00
21 QA-PR-30 Project Hand-Over Procedure 00
22 QA-PR-33 As-Built Drawing Procedure 00
Page 1 of 1
APPENDIX 6
QUALITY PROCEDURES
DOCUMENT CONTROL PROCEDURE

Document No. : QA-PR-01 Revision No. : 00
Page 1 of 13

Table of Contents
I. REVISION HISTORY & SIGNATORIES: .............................................................................. 2

II. DOCUMENT CONTROL PROCEDURE ............................................................................. 4
1 Objectives ........................................................................................................................ 4
2 References ....................................................................................................................... 4
3 Persons Involved .............................................................................................................. 4
4 Process Flow ................................................................................................................... 4
4.1 Operation of Project Quality System .......................................................................... 4
4.2 Document Control ...................................................................................................... 6
4.3 Document Submittal ................................................................................................... 6
4.4 Drawing Control ......................................................................................................... 8
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................... 13
Page 3 of 13

II. DOCUMENT CONTROL PROCEDURE
1 Objectives
In establishing and maintaining procedures to control documents and data of relevance to the
Quality System, these document control procedures will ensure:
a. That the relevant documents are available at the locations at which they are needed;
b. That the obsolete documents are removed from the system and replaced with the new
versions to avoid inadvertent use. These may be kept for reference but must be suitably
marked as “SUPERSEDED”.
2 References
ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management System Requirements

ISO 9000:2015 QMS - Fundamentals and Vocabulary
Project Quality Plan
Contracts & its Enclosures
Saudi ARAMCO Engineering Procedures
Schedule Q – Project Specific Quality Requirements
3 Persons Involved
PM Project Manager
CM Construction Manager
QAM Project Quality Assurance (QA) Manager
QCM Site Quality Control (QC) Manager
SQS Site Quality Supervisor
QRC Quality Record Controller
DCC Document Controller
DC Drawing custodian
4 Process Flow
4.1 Operation of Project Quality System
4.1.1 The Corporate Quality Department / Project Management office shall develop and
provide the Project Quality Plan that fits the Project’s Requirements and
Specifications.
4.1.2 The generated Project Quality Plan shall be transmitted to the Project Site for
review of the Project QA Manager and for implementation.
Page 4 of 13

*Note: In cases where the organization has yet to appoint the Project Quality Assurance Manager,
the Project Manager or equivalent, shall review and approve the initial Project Quality Plan.
Succeeding revisions shall depend upon the Site Quality Manager‘s initiative.
4.1.3 Whereas requested by the Company/Company Representative, the Project QA

Manager in accordance to the Project Quality Plan may entertain and employ the
Company Representative procedures or forms. Where this applies, the Project QA
Manager shall raise a New Document / Document Change Proposal (FM:QA:02)
for the Company Representative’s procedures or forms to the RTCC Corporate
Management Representative.
4.1.4 Approved Company Representative’s procedures or forms shall be part of the

Quality Plan and copies shall be maintained by the QAM. All superseded Forms /
Documents shall be removed from the Quality Plan and other related procedures.
4.1.5 The QAM shall instruct the Quality Record Controller (QRC)maintain the latest
and approved copies of the following documents, but not limited to :
a. Project Quality Plan

b. Quality Procedures including All Approved Forms
c. Method Statements and Inspection & Test Plans
d. Shop Drawings
e. External Documents
 Installation, Operation & Maintenance Manual from the supplied plant &
equipments including Spare Parts
 Supplier documents relating to warranties of the supplied equipments
 Data Sheet of the supplied material
 All Sub-Contractors Quality Documents
4.1.6 Where a revision or improvement to the procedures and/or forms of the Project
Quality Plan is required, the QAM should initiate to prepare a draft of the
amendments. All drafts for the amendment on the Project Quality Plan (PQP)
shall be reviewed thoroughly by the Site Quality Manager in coordination with the
Project Manager.
4.1.7 If draft has been finalized, the draft of the amended procedure and/or forms, along
with the filled Document Change Form(FM :QA:02) shall be submitted to the
Corporate Quality Department / Team for review, prior to the review and approval
of the Corporate Management Representative.
4.1.8 The Project QA Manager shall maintain a Master list Quality Documents of the
latest and approved documents. Current Revision status, Date, Previous revision
details shall be updated frequently or as needed in the Master list. This master list
Page 5 of 13

shall be the reference of all Quality Documents using at site.
*Note
1. All amendments to the Quality Plan (PQP) shall be reviewed and approved by the Corporate
Management Representative to ensure that all changes remain in compliance with the ISO
9001 Standard. If found incorrect, the draft of the amendments will be sent back to the
originator/requestor.
2. This procedure may also apply for the New and Revision of Forms & Procedures that have to
be raised in result of the Management Review Meetings.
4.2 Document Control
4.2.1 Documents to be controlled include but not limited to:

a. Project Quality Plan (PQP)
b. Quality Procedures
c. Quality Forms
d. Method Statements
e. Inspection & Test Plans
f. Drawings (whether internally or externally produced)
4.2.2 All Quality Documents that will be distributed to the site shall be controlled by the
Quality Record Controller in coordination and supervision to the Project Quality
Assurance Manager who will ensure:
a. Distributed documents have receiving copy, signed by the recipient.
b. All distribution copies are maintained in Site Quality Office.
c. Once new revision has been issued, the obsolete document shall be
retrieved from its use and marked as “superseded” or “obsolete”.
4.3 Document Submittal
4.3.1 RTCC personnel shall review, prepare and complete all necessary requirements
for a submittal to be forwarded to the Company Representative whether for
Approval, Information and/or Coordination.
4.3.2 All document that has been prepared for submission to the Company / Company
Representative, whether for approval or information, shall be reviewed by the
QRC/DCC.
4.3.3 If the QRC/DCC notices any inaccuracy, he shall return the documents to the
responsible RTCC personnel for correction.
4.3.4 The QRC/DCC shall ensure that the following information shall be provided and
incorporated in all submittal forms;
Page 6 of 13

 Project Number  Description
 Location  Submittal Number
 Site Name  Date and time
 Location Code  Company addressed to
 Site Number  Submittal originator
 Location Number  Signatures of originator
 Engineer to be addressed with  Discipline
 Type of Submittal  Identify enclosure
 Purpose of Submittal (Approval, Information, Coordination)
4.3.5 The QRC/DCC shall also ensure that the attachments of the submittal contain the
appropriate details, and has been filled accurately for easy tracking and
identification of the document. Such details are, but not limited to:
 Project Code
 Document Type
 Site Number
 Job Number
 Discipline
 Current Year
 Sequence Number
 Revision Number
 Supplier Code enclosed in ( ), if necessary
 Specification Index, if necessary
*Note Refer to Coding System for details applicable for each type of document
4.3.6 Once completed, the QRC/DCC shall scan the submittal along with the
corresponding attachments and upload the scanned copies in a sophisticated
Management Software with multi-user function, Quality Management Information
System (QMIS) or any other applicable software (decided by
SAPMT/SAPID/SAVID and in coordination with RTCC management). This
software shall be used to centralize the way of storing, organizing, and tracking
project information to ensure accurate and up-to-date information is always
accessible.
4.3.7 Whilst uploading the scanned documents in the QMIS, the QRC shall also
prepare the Hard Copies which will be forwarded to the Company/Company
Representative.
4.3.8 If the Company Representative rejects the submittal, the Company

Representative DCC will communicate with QRC/DCC to resolve the issue.
Note: Rejection may due to cases of inconsistency and/or inadequate information. PCM status shall be changed
Page 7 of 13

to unsubmitted by the Company Representative DCC and the previous submitted rejected submittal shall be
deleted or removed from the PCM by QRC.
4.3.9 If closure of issue involves other Departments and/or RTCC Engineers, the QRC
shall relay the concerns accordingly.
4.3.10 Once rectified, the QRC/DCC shall collect the documents and upload it to the
PCM ( if PCM is Implemented in project).
4.3.11 All responses coming from the Company/Company Representative on the

document submittals (such as receiving and/or approvals status) shall be
monitored, retained and maintained by QRC. Copies of these responses shall be
directly communicated and forwarded to the appropriate personnel.
4.4 Drawing Control
Drawing Control shall be monitored and maintained by the RTCC Drawing Custodian,
whom will be closely monitored by the QCM and QAM.
4.4.1 Drawing Distribution
Distribution of Drawing and information need to be maintained by Quality Team

and Engineering Team. All Discipline shall communicate and Share the
information and Drawing accordingly.
4.4.1.1 Hard Copy Drawing Distribution
a. On receipt of all Approved IFC Drawings, the RTCC Drawing Custodian

shall date-stamp the drawings and enter the following details into the IFC
Drawing Register.
• Discipline • Revision Status

• Drawing Number • Date Received
• Drawing Title • Drawing Status
• Revision Date
Note: Information on the Shop Drawing Register shall match the details in the PCM. Only the latest
revision of approved drawings shall be downloaded / extracted from the PCM for site implementation.
b. The RTCC Drawing Custodian shall sign the Shop Drawing Register
indicating receipt of the drawings
c. One Master Set of Drawings to the latest issue shall be maintained in the
RTCC Drawing Custodian site office and marked as ‘MASTER SET’.
Drawings from the Master Set shall not be removed from the RTCC
Drawing Custodian site office and shall be available anytime for
Page 8 of 13

comparison and verification.
d. RTCC Drawing Custodian shall identify the drawing status whether it was
first issue or a revision of current drawings.
e. RTCC Drawing Custodian shall distribute the Approved Shop Drawings to

the Company Representative DCC, Construction Manager and
appropriate Senior Engineers.
Note: In case that an electronic copy has been received along with the hard copy, the Drawing
Custodian shall only provide the e- files to the Quantity Surveyor (CADD & PDF Format) and Site
Quality Team (PDF Format). To maintain control of all drawings, providing electronic copies other than
the Quantity Surveyor and Site Quality Personnel is strictly prohibited.
f. Whereas a received drawing was a revised edition, the RTCC Drawing

Custodian shall administer the Obsolete Drawing Retrieval process (refer
to 4.4.3 of this procedure)
g. The RTCC Drawing Custodian shall ensure that the recipient of drawings
(Construction Manager and appropriate Senior Engineers) signs the Shop
Drawing Distribution List.
Note: The RTCC Drawing Custodian shall hand over copies of Approved Shop Drawings to the
Company Representative provided that the attached transmittal has been signed by the same.
h. QAM shall be the last signatory of the Shop Drawing Distribution List to
acknowledge the drawing distribution and ensure that all recipients have
signed.
i. RTCC Drawing Custodian shall provide a copy of the signed Shop

Drawing Distribution List to the Site Quality Office for quality
documentations.
j. The QAM shall direct the QRC to maintain a record of the site personnel
who received copies of the Approved Drawings.
k. The QRC shall also maintain a log of all approved As-Built drawings and
the equivalent approved IFC Drawings for reference. The RTCC Drawing
Custodian shall upload all approved Shop and As-Built Drawings in PCM(
If PCM is implemented in project)
l. All approved Shop Drawings and As Built Drawings shall be readily

available upon request of the Company/Company Representative, Auditor
and Quality Department Engineers either for review or verification at any
given period.
m. Quality records shall be kept in accordance with Control of Quality
Records Procedure of Project Quality Plan
Page 9 of 13

4.4.1.2 Electronic Copy Drawing Distribution
a. On receipt of all soft copies of the Approved Shop Drawings along with
Hard Copies from the Concerned Authority, the Drawing Custodian shall
enter the following Details into Shop Drawing Register.
• Discipline • Revision Status

• Drawing Number • Date Received
• Drawing Title • Drawing Status
• Revision Date •
Note: Information on the Shop Drawing Register shall match the details in the PCM. Only the latest
revision of approved drawings shall be downloaded / extracted from the PCM for site
implementation. (If PCM is implemented in project)
b. The DCC shall update Shop Drawing Register whenever a new Batch of
Drawing comes, indicating receipt of the drawings.
c. Upon entering all the necessary information to the Drawing Register, the
Drawing Custodian shall forward the received drawings and the updated
Shop Drawing Register to the Engineering Manager for his information
and record.
d. Drawing Custodian shall store the drawings in a dedicated shared folder in

PDF and DWG formats which can be viewed by every user.
e. Drawing Custodian and Engineering Manager are the only authorized

personnel to update drawings in dedicated shared folder.
f. Whenever a new set of approved drawing arrives, Drawing Custodian

shall send an official memo/letter/email/notification along with the latest
Shop Drawing Register to all related personnel. Receiving records shall be
maintained by the Drawing Custodian.
g. Key personnel may print the received drawings for their official use.
However, a Validation Stamp/Signature shall be obtained through Drawing
Custodian/ Engineering Manager before its use. Drawings without
Validation Stamp/Signature shall not be used and distributed to site for
construction.
Note: In case that A0 or A1 Copies are required to be distributed for execution of the project, Hard
Copy Drawing Distribution in clause 4.4.1.1 of this procedure shall be applied.
h. Whenever new revision of drawing arrives, Clause 4.4.1.2.f shall be

administered.
Page 10 of 13

i. As much as necessary, all superseded drawings shall be removed from
the Shared Folder.
j. If superseded drawings need to be retained in the Shared Folder for any

reference purpose, Drawing Custodian shall put watermark in all
superseded / obsolete drawing as “SUPERSEDED DRAWING” in bold
letters. This will provide an easy and ready identification that such drawing
is superseded / obsolete and unintended use of such will be avoided.
k. Engineering Manager / Drawing Custodian shall ensure that all drawings

placed in the Shared Folder are up to date. Moreover, they shall ensure
that Shop Drawing Register is updated and disseminated to all relevant
personnel.
4.4.2 Drawing Re-issuance
a. Any RTCC Site Engineer (Requestor) may request re-issuance of drawings

provided it was duly approved and signed by the Construction Manager or
Senior Engineer of the respected discipline.
b. Requestor shall fill all the necessary details required in the Drawing Re-
issuance Request Form. The Requestor shall make sure that the following
information is detailed in the form.
• Project
• Location
• Date of request
• Drawing Number
• Drawing Description
• Revision Number
• Discipline
• Number of copies
• Reason of request
c. After completing the form, the Requestor shall put his name, date of request
and signature in the form.
d. The Requestor shall seek approval from the Construction Manager/Senior

Engineer of the respected discipline.
e. If the Construction Manager/Senior Engineer rejects the request, the

Construction Manager / Senior Engineer shall detail the reason in the remarks
allotted on the form.
f. Internal communication between Construction Manager and / or Senior
Page 11 of 13

Engineers shall be executed and, if necessary, may be raised to the Project
Manager to resolve issue. Once resolved, the Requestor shall submit a new
Drawing Re-issuance Request.
g. The Requestor shall give the request to the RTCC Drawing Custodian to issue
the drawings.
h. The RTCC Drawing Custodian shall check the contents of the request to ensure
that all required information was properly filled.
i. If the RTCC Drawing Custodian identified any inaccuracy in the request, he

shall return the document to the requestor and discuss the modification
required.
j. After the request has been checked, the RTCC Drawing Custodian shall
incorporate a sequentially unique reference number in the Drawing Re-issuance
Request form.
k. The RTCC Drawing Custodian shall record all the details of the request in the
Drawing Re-issue Log including its sequentially unique reference number.
l. The RTCC Drawing Custodian shall provide the drawings to the requestor as
stated in the request. No drawing shall further be provided beyond what was
written in the request.
m. The Requestor shall sign on the Document Re-Issue Log to indicate acceptance
of the drawing from the RTCC Drawing Custodian.
n. The RTCC Drawing Custodian shall monitor and maintain the Drawing Re-Issue
Request and Log.
o. Copies of Drawing Re-Issue Log shall be provided by the RTCC Drawing

Custodian to the Site Quality Team on a regular basis.
p. Quality records shall be kept in accordance with Control of Quality Records

Procedure of Project Quality Plan.
4.4.3 Obsolete Drawing Retrieval
a. The RTCC Drawing Custodian, in coordination with the Site Quality Team, shall
ensure that old, superseded, cancelled and obsolete drawings are retrieved
from all site personnel which were initially issued to. Obsolete Drawings shall be
collected and stamped “Cancelled” or “Superseded”.
b. Obsolete drawing retrieval shall be performed when new revision of drawings

has been issued to the project site. The RTCC Drawing Custodian, in
Page 12 of 13

coordination with the QAM and QCM, shall closely monitor this process.
c. The site management shall provide storage area for all old, superseded,
cancelled and obsolete drawings. Such area shall be secured and only the
RTCC Drawing Custodian shall have an access to manage all these drawings.
d. Whenever a batch of revised drawings has been distributed at project sites,

RTCC Drawing Custodian shall immediately inform the Project Manager,
Construction Manager and Senior Engineers.
e. The RTCC Drawing Custodian shall distribute the latest drawings as per the
Drawing Distribution process (refer 4.4.1 of this procedure). In addition, the
RTCC Drawing Custodian will retrieve the old, superseded, cancelled and
obsolete copy of the drawings from the appropriate personnel.
f. The Site Engineer shall hand-over the copy of old, superseded, cancelled and
obsolete drawings to the RTCC Drawing Custodian.
g. The RTCC Drawing Custodian shall manage all the retrieved old, superseded,
cancelled and obsolete copy of drawings to prevent inadvertent use.
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS
Page 13 of 13
MANAGEMENT REVIEW PROCEDURE

Page 1 of 6

Table of Contents
I. REVISION HISTORY & SIGNATORIES: ........................................................ 2

II. PROJECT MANAGEMENT REVIEW MEETING ............................................ 4
1 Objectives ................................................................................................. 4
2 References ................................................................................................ 4
3 Persons Involved ....................................................................................... 4
4 Process Flow............................................................................................. 4
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS ............................................................................... 6
Page 3 of 6

II. PROJECT MANAGEMENT REVIEW MEETING
1 Objectives
a. To review the suitability, adequacy and effectiveness of the Project Quality System.
b. To ensure that all quality related issues and agenda are being addressed in a meeting
and discuss if the realization of the Quality System are being achieved.
2 References

ISO 9000:2015 QMS – Fundamentals & Vocabulary
3 Persons Involved
MR Management Representative
PM Project Manager
SñM Senior Mechanical Engineer
SñE Senior Electrical Engineer
SQCS Site Quality Control Supervisor
PQCS Procurement Quality Control Supervisor
SCT Site Construction Team
4 Process Flow
4.1 The Project Manager and Project Quality Assurance Manager (QAM) shall initiate and
conduct the Project Management Review Meeting with the presence of Senior
Management Representative.
4.2 The Project Quality Assurance Manager (QAM) shall prepare all quality issues, reports,
presentation and other related documents that shall be discussed as part of the agenda
of the review meeting.
4.3 Agendas shall be discussed to the Project Manager for his review and finalization.
Page 4 of 6

4.4 Senior Management Representative shall be invited through Inter office Memo / email
notification
4.5 After finalizing the agenda, the Project Quality Assurance Manager (QAM) shall prepare
an Inter-Office Memo that will be signed by the him to inform all concerned personnel,
to attend the meeting. The Company/Company Representative will also be invited to
attend the review meeting.
4.6 The review meetings shall be attended by the Site Quality Team and Site Construction
Team (Project Manager, Construction Manager, Site Senior Electrical Engineer, Site
Senior Mechanical Engineer, Storekeeper and other relevant Site Personnel).
4.7 The meeting shall also review the following:
a. Special areas of construction requiring a Method Statement and ITP’s.

b. Training needs for site personnel.
c. Non-conformance reports and investigates the effectiveness of corrective actions.
d. Any identified defects or improvements required in the Project Quality System.
e. Status of actions from previous Management Reviews
f. Changes in Internal and External issues that are relevant to the Quality
Management System
g. Needs and Expectations of Interested Parties
h. identified Risks
i. Opportunites for Improvement
j. Lessons Learned
k. Continual Improvement
l. Correction and Corrective Actions
m. Previous Audit results
n. Project Quality Policy
o. Customer satisfaction and Feedback from relevant interested parties
p. External providers Quality Performance
q. Ensure that management objectives and methods are achieving the desired
results.
r. KPI Trends and Achievements
s. Handover Planning and requirements.
t. Review internal audit findings.
u. Customer Complaints.
v. Project needs
w. Construction progress
x. Existing and potential risks
y. Others
4.8 Minutes of meeting shall be recorded and maintained by the Site QRC and copies shall
be distributed to all attendees.
Page 5 of 6

4.9 Action Plans shall be Prepared for the output of Management Review meeting for
completion of activities on time and monitoring the effectiveness of Action taken
4.10 Results and proposed corrective actions as a result of the Management Review shall
be submitted in writing to the Company/Company Representative two (2) weeks after
the scheduled review meeting.
4.11 As the result of the Project Management Review Meeting, in case amendment to any
part of the Quality System is required, request to change a document shall be
processed in accordance with the Document Control Procedure. Changes shall be
incorporated in the Project Quality Plan duly approved by Company/Company
Representative prior to its distribution and implementation.
4.12 Project Management Review meetings shall be held at least semi-annually, but may be
held more frequently or as need arises, on the Project site.
4.13 On the event that the Project Management Review Meeting will be postponed/cancelled
for some unforeseen reason, event and/or condition, the Project Quality Assurance
Manager shall immediately re-schedule the said meeting and relay the information
through Inter Office Memo, approved by the Project Manager.
4.14 Quality records shall be kept in accordance with Control of Quality Records Procedure
of Project Quality Plan.
Page 6 of 6
CONTINUAL IMPROVEMENT PROCEDURE

Page 1 of 12

Table of Contents
I. REVİSİON HİSTORY & SİGNATORİES: ............................................................2

II. CONTINUAL IMPROVEMENT PROCESS .........................................................4
1 Objective ............................................................................................................4
2 References .........................................................................................................4
3 Persons Involved ................................................................................................4
4 Process Flow ......................................................................................................4
4.1 General ...............................................................................................4
4.2 Improvement Process .........................................................................6
4.3 Quality Objective .................................................................................6
4.4 Internal Auditing ..................................................................................6
4.5 Monitoring Customer Satisfaction ........................................................7
4.6 Monitoring and Measuring Standard of Service Provided ....................7
4.7 Non-Conformance ...............................................................................8
4.8 Complaint ............................................................................................8
4.9 Suggested Improvement .....................................................................9
4.10 Recording of Problems, Complaints & Suggested Improvements ......9
4.11 Investigate Complaint & Consider Suggestion ...................................9
4.12 Corrective Action .............................................................................10
4.13 Risk & Opportunity...........................................................................10
4.14 Collection of Data for Management Review .....................................10
4.15 Improvement ...................................................................................11
4.16 Communication................................................................................11
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS .................................................................................12
Page 3 of 12

II. CONTINUAL IMPROVEMENT PROCESS
1 Objective
To define and establish a method to ensure that Project Quality Management System
continually improves in terms of its suitability, adequacy, effectiveness and fulfill the
customer and applicable requirements.
2 References
ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management System -Requirements

ISO 9000:2015 QMS - Fundamentals & Vocabulary
3 Persons Involved
SAPMT Saudi Aramco Project Management Team

PID Project Inspection Department (Saudi Aramco)
VID Vendor Inspection Department (Saudi Aramco)
PM Project Manager
SQCT Site Quality Control Team
SE Site Engineer
4 Process Flow
4.1 General
4.1.1 RTCC has created an environment that encourages all employees to

actively seek opportunities for improvement of performance in process
and products in order to improve the satisfaction of all interested
parties.
4.1.2 Measurement, analysis and improvement are about finding better and
more effective ways of doing things. To manage this process the Project
Management has introduced to monitoring systems
Page 4 of 12

a. Customer Satisfaction Measures – To monitor, analyze, learn and

introduce improvements.
b. Lesson Learnt – To learn from process and product characteristics
and their trends, problem/potential problem areas and suggestions
from employees, suppliers and other Interested Parties.
4.1.3 Essentially there are three categories of improvements or Solving

problems that Project is taking care of:
a. Facilities and resources – this focus with what is done and who
does it (are the facilities and resource adequate? Are the
buildings, equipment, materials and staff levels sufficient to do the
job properly or not?)
b. Processes and activities – this focus with how the work is done
(are staff trained sufficiently and are methods defined sufficiently
to do the job properly or not?)
c. Outcomes and results – this focus with what has been done (was
the customer satisfied or not?)
4.1.4 A process focused approach is used to achieve continual and

measurable improvement of Project Quality Management System to
attain customer satisfaction and fulfill the applicable project
requirements.
4.1.5 Project Manager, Project QA Manager , QC Manager and all other key
personnel of the project will continually improve the effectiveness of the
Quality Management System through monitoring the use of the
following, but not limited to:
a. Quality Policy
b. Quality objectives
c. Managing of Recourses
d. Audit results,
e. Analysis of data,
f. Correction and Corrective action
g. Managing risk and Opportunity
h. Management Review.
i. Improvements
4.1.6 Normally, Continual Improvement in the projects will be documented

using various means such as
a. Action Plans
b. Management Review Reports
c. Customer concerns/complaints
d. Corrective Action Request
e. And other type of documented memos, emails, letters, etc.
4.1.7 All key personnel within the project shall apply methods to analyze and
Page 5 of 12

improve project performance as a normal way of doing activities.
4.1.8 PDCA (Plan Do Check and Act) Cycle will always be applied to achieve
continual improvements in Project Quality Management System.
4.2 Improvement Process
4.2.1 One of the essential parts of the Quality Management System

Processes in the project is giving opportunities for learning, change and
improvement. If a problem is identified it should be used as an
opportunity for improvement.
4.2.2 The improvement process also involves gathering information from

staff, customers, other interested parties, gap analysis conducted at
site, and management meetings to provide a complete picture of the
issues, potential issues and/or improvement.
4.3 Quality Objective
4.3.1 Project related Specific Quality objectives are defined and refined as
necessary to establish measurement for which data is collected,
analyzed and action taken, as necessary, to allow continuous
improvement to occur.
4.3.2 Project Manager and Project QA Manager, QC Manager shall ensure

that the Project Quality Objectives are properly communicated,
monitored and measured.
4.3.3 The Department Seniors, in collaboration with the Project QA Manager,

shall prepare Quality Objective analysis.
4.3.4 Department seniors shall analyze the data and compare it whether the
analysis is within the permissible limits.
4.3.5 If the obtained data is not within the permissible limits, the department
seniors shall identify the root cause and take the appropriate corrective
actions and proper action plans to bring the objective within the
permissible limits.
4.4 Internal Auditing
4.4.1 All processes are subject to change for improvement. Thus, the Project
Management shall continually evaluate and improves the ways of
delivering the products and services to the customer.
4.4.2 The audit process is designed to formally evaluate the processes

described in the Project Quality Plan and Procedures, ensuring that it
accurately reflect current practices and offers ideas for improvement,
where appropriate. (Refer to QA-PR-04 for Internal Audit Procedure)
Page 6 of 12

4.4.3 The result of the audit shall be evaluated by the Project Manager and
Project QA Manager and appropriate corrective actions shall be taken if
the results of audit are not showing intended results.
4.4.4 The results of audit shall be discussed in Project Management Review

Meeting. Suggestions from all attendees shall be invited during the
meeting for improvement.
4.5 Monitoring Customer Satisfaction
4.5.1 The Project Manager & Project QA Manager monitors customer

satisfaction levels by a series of customer monitoring processes. These
typically include:
a. Meetings with existing clients

b. Letters of commendation
c. Customer satisfaction surveys
d. Management reviews
e. Customer complaints
4.5.2 The Project Manager, in collaboration with Project QA Manager, shall

send Customer Satisfaction Survey forms to the Company/Company
Representatives on yearly basis (refer to QA-PR-26 for Customer
Satisfaction Survey).
4.5.3 The obtained results shall be reviewed, analyzed and discussed within
the project, through Management Review Meetings (refer to QA-PR-02
for Management Review Procedure).
4.5.4 Project QA Manager, in collaboration with QC Manager, Project

Manager and Department Seniors, shall analyse all aspects in order to
assist the project in its assessment of the service provided. Where
weaknesses are identified, these are investigated to establish the root
cause and whether improvements can be implemented.
4.5.5 However, this may not always be possible or cost effective, but where
there is scope for effective improvement measures, these are
considered for implementation.
4.6 Monitoring and Measuring Standard of Service Provided
4.6.1 The Project Manager, Project QA Manager, QC Manager Construction

Manager and Department Seniors shall monitor, measure and analyze
customer satisfaction, lesson learnt, risk and opportunities, interested
parties’ needs & expectations, internal & external issues, remedial
action, and quality performance issues in order to determine the level of
service provided and the effectiveness of current practices. This
Page 7 of 12

analysis will allow the management team to focus on key areas for
improvement.
4.6.2 Analysis and evaluation will usually take place as part of the
management review meeting. The system for evaluation will usually
depend on the type and scale of problems found/identified. However,
the following provides examples of how an analysis may be made:
a. Client responses
b. In house process/procedures
c. Audits
d. Key performance indicators
4.6.3 The principle here is to look for any possible trends or malpractices and
where issues are identified, the Project QA Manager, QC Manager,
Construction Manager and/or Project Manager will investigate to
establish the root cause of the problem or the effectiveness of the
proposal if it is a suggestion.
4.6.4 Other issues that are being monitored, to evaluate the standard of
service being provided, include the Project objectives and targets
outlined in the Project Quality Plan.
4.7 Non-Conformance
4.7.1 Where a specific problem has encountered or a potential problem is

identified, the individual concerned will consider whether immediate
action needs to be taken.
4.7.2 In either case, the issue shall be reported to the relevant personnel and
report shall be raised to determine the root cause. The relevant
personnel (whether the Quality Personnel, Construction Seniors,
Construction Manager and/or Project Manager) shall identify the
problem and consider further investigation to the issue. This is to ensure
that nonconformance/potential nonconformance shall be addressed
properly and recurrence/occurrence of the root cause shall be avoided.
(Refer to QA-PR-19 for Process of Handling Non-Conformances).
4.7.3 All employees are encouraged to investigate issues whenever they

encounter work related problems or difficulties that they know others
have experienced.
4.8 Complaint
4.8.1 Where the issue has been identified as a genuine complaint, it will be
investigated and appropriate action shall be arranged.
4.8.2 The Project Director/Manager, in collaboration with Project QA

Manager, will ensure that complaints are properly and effectively
Page 8 of 12

addressed, taking appropriate correction and corrective action as

necessary and monitoring any trends during the course of the
Management Review Meeting.
4.9 Suggested Improvement
4.9.1 All employees are encouraged to submit comments and/or suggestions

about the process or issues that they consider could be improved.
4.9.2 Suggestions are raised through any of the project’s normal

communications methods (i.e. regular project meetings, management
review meetings, letters, emails, CCAR, etc.) which can be anonymous
if required.
4.9.3 Where received, Department Seniors shall collect all suggested

improvements and submit to the Project Manager and/or Project QA
Manager.
4.9.4 The Project QA Manager and/or Project Manager will investigate where
necessary, to identify any areas of potential improvement
4.10 Recording of Problems, Complaints & Suggested Improvements
4.10.1 Genuine problems, complaints and suggested improvements, whether

received verbally or in writing, are recorded by the Project QA
Manager. The Project QA Manger will then allocate the issue with a
unique number and assess the severity and urgency of each issue, in
consultation with the Project Director/Manager and if applicable, with
the Quality Department Manager.
4.10.2 Genuine issues and associated suggested improvements are then

presented to the management review meeting for discussion where
necessary.
4.11 Investigate Complaint & Consider Suggestion
4.11.1 Where complaints, problems or suggested improvements are submitted

to Project QA Manager, these will be handled and issues will be
addressed by Senior Engineers, QC Engineers and/or Construction
Manager, QC Manager in consultation with the Project Manager.
4.11.2 The following provides a brief list of issues that might be discussed:
a. Written customer complaints
 Suggestions and problems raised by the customer / customer

representative
 Incidents where the customer has made it difficult to meet
their requirements
Page 9 of 12

 Incidents where suppliers have made it difficult to meet the

customers’ requirements
 Problems with product and services
b. These issues are used to:
 Identify preventive action

 Share knowledge & experience to ensure valuable lessons
are learnt
 Propose new ideas and make suggestions
4.11.3 All raised issues are examined to determine the root cause and
appropriate correction and/or corrective action is provided to avoid
occurrence and/or recurrence of the issue.
4.11.4 Improvement suggestions will also be considered by the Site

Construction team to identify any areas of potential improvement and/or
the wider implications of any suggestions.
4.11.5 From this consultation, Quality team and Construction team will
determine the best possible course of action and agree any changes to
processes or procedures and the details will be communicated to all
appropriate staff members as necessary.
4.11.6 Where a problem, complaint or suggestion is identified, it will be

discussed as part of the management review meeting, with the
appropriate corrective and/or preventive being recorded in the minutes.
4.12 Corrective Action
4.12.1 Where solutions are identified and corrective action is raised, all
employees are encouraged to take corrective action immediately.
Where it is not possible to take corrective action immediately, the
individual may refer the issue to Project Manager
4.12.2 Corrective action shall perform as per correction and Corrective action
procedure
4.13 Risk & Opportunity
Managers at all levels, including all department heads, are given responsibility to
ensure that risks and opportunities in their area of responsibilities are identified,
analyzed, evaluated and monitored. This process is communicated to all and all
employees are involved to ensure that all risks are addressed and well taken
care of (refer to QA-PR-09 for Managing Risk & Opportunity Procedure).
4.14 Collection of Data for Management Review
Page 10 of 12

4.14.1 Communications are essential part of the Project and it provides the
mechanism for ensuring that everyone within the Project is aware of the
Project Policy & objectives. This aspect is critical to the success of the
project in achieving the objectives and this forms an integral part of the
operating procedures.
4.14.2 Specific forms of communication are outlined in Communication

Procedure (QA-PR-20) and Management Review Procedure (QA-PR-
02). However, the actual method used will depend on the urgency and
scope of the information needing to be communicated.
4.14.3 Project Management Review Meetings are held every Six Months to
monitor the performance of the project against a number of criteria and
to suggest improvements and highlight deficiencies in the process of the
project.
4.14.4 As such, it represents the foundation of the management system and

the continual improvement process which take place on three levels:
a. The recording of ideas for improvement and problems that can

occur
b. Process development, a formal review of the system designed to
ensure that it is effective and efficient
c. To review the Project activities, bringing together all the data,
information and staff as appropriate.
4.15 Improvement
4.15.1 As a result of this process, there may be a requirement to change

existing practices, to prevent further recurrences where a problem has
been encountered, or to improve existing processes where a suggestion
has been forwarded.
4.15.2 Once these or any other changes are agreed and included in the
Project Quality Management System, the amended processes should
be explained to all members of relevant staff.
4.15.3 If it is decided to change existing practices, the plan/processes should

then be amended in line with the proposed changes, in conformance to
Document Control Procedure (refer to QA-PR-01).
4.16 Communication
4.16.1 Where an issue is raised, the resultant findings are then passed back to
the originator with the outcome of the project management investigation
and any subsequent recommendations/changes to existing practices.
Page 11 of 12

4.16.2 Where the issue was the result of a complaint, the complainant should
then be advised in writing of the outcome of the investigation and any
subsequent changes made to ensure no further recurrence.
4.16.3 Any changes to the Quality Management System affecting members of the
operational team should be distributed to the staff through the Project’s
usual methods of communication.
4.16.4 All document and/or records generated for changes/improvements, which

may be used for analyzing its effectiveness for the future, shall be
controlled as per Control of Quality Record Procedure and retained for a
minimum period of three (3) years.
Page 12 of 12
INTERNAL AUDIT PROCEDURE

Page 1 of 6

Table of Contents
I. REVISION HISTORY & SIGNATORIES: .................................................... 2

II. INTERNAL AUDIT PROCEDURE .............................................................. 4
1 Objectives .............................................................................................. 4
2 References ............................................................................................. 4
3 Persons Involved .................................................................................... 4
4 Process Flow.......................................................................................... 4
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS ........................................................................... 6
Page 3 of 6

II. INTERNAL AUDIT PROCEDURE
1 Objectives
The purpose of the Project Quality Audit is to ensure that the Project Quality System is effectively
operating and achieving the levels required in compliance with the Project Quality Plan, ISO 9001
requirements and Quality Policy. Moreover, to identify any improvements required within the
Project Quality System.
2 References

ISO 9000:2015 QMS –Fundamentals & Vocabulary
SAEP 1154 – Guidelines for Contractor’s Quality Plan
3 Persons Involved

PID Project Inspection Department (ARAMCO)
VID Vendor Inspection Department (ARAMCO)
MR RTCC Corporate Management Representative
SPQCS Site Procurement Quality Control Supervisor
PM Project Manager
AU Auditor
4 Process Flow
4.1 An Internal Quality Audit shall be conducted by individuals (auditor/s) duly assigned by the
Corporate Management Representative. Auditor(s) shall be competent and qualified from a
recognized organization and comply with the requirement of contract Schedule “Q” and to be
approved by company representative before perform the Audit. Auditor shall not be directly
responsible for the area being audited.
Page 4 of 6

4.2 Internal Audit shall be conducted at least annually, as per the approved Internal Audit
Schedule duly approved by the Company/Company Representative. The assigned auditor
shall provide a Detailed Audit Plan fourteen (14) calendar days prior to the actual audit
schedule. Company/Company Representative shall also be notified and invited to witness and
participate in all Internal Audit. The Internal Audit shall be carried out upon reach 15% to 60%
of project/Process (Design, Procurement and Construction Processes) progress.
4.3 Each process from the Project Quality Plan and approved procedures shall be part of the
criteria for the Annual Quality Audits by an auditor, independent of the activity.
4.4 All areas of the project sites should be audited and shall be assessed against their
procedures.
4.5 The area being audited must be assessed to the compliance of their pertinent procedure.
Random checks shall be carried out to ensure compliance.
4.6 After the audit, all observations in deviation to the procedures of the Quality Plan (PQP) shall
be recorded and recommendations of the auditor shall be detailed and documented on the
Initial Internal Audit Report Form.
4.7 Observations shall be assessed and shall be graded as follows:
a. Not applicable (on time of audit)

b. For Improvement
c. Weak Points
d. Non Conforming
e. Compliance
4.8 In case non-conformance was identified, the auditor shall detail the non-compliance to the
Non Conformance Report.
4.9 After preparing the reports, the Auditor and Project Quality Assurance Manager shall initiate a
Closing Meeting to be attended by all concerned personnel. The initial report shall be
disseminated to all attendees, particularly to the Project Manager.
4.10 The Auditor shall discuss the non-conformances, weak points, points for improvement and his
recommendations to the meeting.
4.11 In the event of any non-compliance, the NCR shall be issued to the appropriate person
responsible in the area where non-conformance was observed. He will be required to provide
the following:
a. The reason for Non-Conformance

b. Proposed Corrective Action
c. Effective date of the Corrective Action
Page 5 of 6

d. Root Cause Analysis
*Note: After the approval of the proposed Corrective Actions, it shall be implemented, documented and Site
Quality Manager shall keep records for the closure of NCR.
4.12 Week points shall be analyzed by the Site Quality Team, Construction Team and
appropriate action shall be taken after the Audit. Coordination with the relevant departments
shall be carried out Collaboration with the Project Manager
4.13 If necessary, a secondary audit shall then be carried out to ensure corrective action has
been implemented. Non Conformance shall be declared “closed” upon satisfaction of the
auditor, otherwise a re-audit shall be conducted.
4.14 The Project Quality Assurance Manager shall discuss the audit finding status and its action
taken in the Project Management Review Meetings.
4.15 RTCC shall submit a copy of the Audit Final Report to the Company Representative for
each audit within fourteen (14) calendar days of its audit completion.
4.16 Quality records shall be kept in accordance with Control of Quality Records Procedure of
Project Quality Plan.
Page 6 of 6
SUBCONTRACTOR CONTROL PROCEDURE

Page 1 of 6

Table of Contents
I. REVISION HISTORY & SIGNATORIES: .................................................... 2

II. SUBCONTRACTOR CONTROL ................................................................ 4
1 Objectives............................................................................................ 4
2 References .......................................................................................... 4
3 Persons Involved ................................................................................. 4
4 Process Flow ....................................................................................... 4
Page 3 of 6

II. SUBCONTRACTOR CONTROL
1 Objectives
To ensure that sub-contractors are supervised and controlled by Al-Rashid Trading &
Contracting Co. personnel and that the sub-contractor’s work is processed in accordance with
recognized Quality Standards that verify conformance to the specification and Saudi Aramco
specifications.
2 References
ISO 9001: 2015 Quality Management System - Requirements

ISO 9000: 2015 QMS -Fundamentals & Vocabulary
3 Persons Involved

PID Project Inspection Department (ARAMCO)
VID Vendor Inspection Department (ARAMCO)
MR Corporate Management Representative
PM Project Manager
PLE Planning Engineer
SCD Subcontracting Department (RTCC)
4 Process Flow
4.1 This procedure is applicable for those subcontractors hired by RTCC to perform
specific scope of Work.
4.2 If the scope of certain service which include Engineering ,Supply , Complete Installation
and Handing over the complete scope to RTCC and Client / Company (Saudi Aramco)
Page 4 of 6

for a specific portion of the contract, the sub-contractor own quality requirements
approved by RTCC shall apply in line with RTCC Sub contractor Control Procedure
(QA-PR-05) and signed contract.
4.3 In case of manpower supply; Quality Documentation will be the sole responsibility of
RTCC Quality Team including site Supervision, erection / Lifting Services, manpower
which shall be monitored and controlled by construction team and Quality Team.
4.4 Prior to the commencement of subcontracting work at site, the Sub contracting
Department / Procurement Department shall submit a complete Quality Documents of
the approved subcontractor, as per their scope of work, to the Project Quality
Assurance Manager. The Quality Documents shall include, but not limited to: Project
Quality Plan, Quality Procedures, Method Statements & ITP’s, Proposed Project
Organizational Chart, Project Schedule Baseline, Manpower & Equipment Plan, etc.
4.5 In the event that Subcontracting / Procurement Department did not submit the
Subcontractors’ Quality Documents, the Project Quality Assurance Manager shall
inform the SPQCS to obtain the mentioned documents directly to the subcontractor.
4.6 The Project Quality Assurance Manager and SPQCS shall review the Subcontractor’s
Quality Plan most specifically the Method Statement, and assess whether it is in
accordance with project specifications and requirements and Saudi Aramco
requirements.
4.7 From the review, the Project Quality Assurance Manager the Project Manager should
instruct the site personnel to ensure an appropriate level of supervision required to
maintain the conformity to the project specifications and requirements.
4.8 Once any subcontractor approved by company representative, the Project Quality
Assurance Manager (QAM) shall assure that Subcontractor will assign his own Quality
Team (Sub-con QC Manager, Supervisor and Inspectors) as per project requirements,
SAPMT, VID, PID instructions and as per Schedule Q requirements .
4.9 Whether a subcontractor is accredited or not to ISO 9001, the Site Engineer assigned
to their specific area should control & take full supervision on their daily execution of
scopes. Non-Conformance Report (NCR) shall be raised and issued to the
subcontractor for any nonconformity from the practice or work that has been identified
by the Site Engineers, Site Quality Team or Company Representative. Non-
conformances shall be processed as per the Handling of Non-Conformance Procedure.
4.10 RTCC shall conduct an audit to the Subcontractor’s Quality System, at least once per
year, to ensure compliance with project requirements and submitted Quality Plan. The
subcontractor shall be audited where applicable or as the need arises.
4.11 Other than daily inspection & testing records that the subcontractor shall provide to the
Page 5 of 6

Site Quality Control Manager (QCM), SPQCS and SQCS, they shall submit their
progress reports, manpower schedule and equipment schedule on weekly basis. The
copies of these records shall be submitted to the Planning Engineer and be filed in the
planning engineer’s office.
4.12 Subcontractor’s Quality Plan, inspection reports and other appropriate records shall be
submitted, maintained and recorded by the Site QRC at Site Quality Office.
4.13 Project Quality Assurance Manager shall conduct, maintain and record Monthly
Subcontractor Progress Report collaboration with Site Quality Control Manager (QCM).
Project Quality Assurance Manager shall inform and submit copies of his report to the
Project Manager for review. Copies of the report shall also be forwarded to the
Company Representative, RTCC Corporate Quality Department and Subcontracting
/Procurement Department for records.
4.14 A performance Evaluation of Subcontractors (FM:CO:084) shall be Conducted by the

Site Quality Team and Project Team every three months until the Contract Ends
against a given criteria. The Result of Evaluation shall be send to procurement
Department and Quality Department. The Results of Performance Evaluation Shall be
discussed in Management Review Meeting as well.
of Quality Plan.
*Note: For the material suppliers that provide manpower to install their material on site, the same
procedure shall be followed. However, Subcontracting Department shall be replaced with
Procurement Department accordingly. Therefore, the outsource list shall specifically identify
whether it is a subcontractor or a supplier. Performance Evaluation shall be conducted as per
Clause /Para 4.14 as well by the responsible authorites.
Page 6 of 6
PROJECT CONTROL PROCEDURE

Page 1 of 7

Table of Contents
I. REVISION HISTORY & SIGNATORIES: .......................................... 2

II. PROJECT CONTROL PROCEDURE ............................................... 4
1.Objectives ...................................................................................... 4
2.References ............................................................................................ 4
3.Persons Involved .................................................................................. 4
4.Process Flow ........................................................................................ 4
4.1 Process Control ........................................................................ 4
4.2 Control of Authorızed Sıgnatorıes............................................. 6
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS ................................................................. 7
Page 3 of 7

II. PROJECT CONTROL PROCEDURE
1. Objectives
To ensure that contracts undertaken by Al-Rashid Trading & Contracting Co. are in
accordance with the customer’s specification, processed under controlled conditions and
exercise a prominence of Quality Assurance throughout the process
2. References

3. Persons Involved
MR RTCC Senior Management Representative

PM Project Manager
SQCS Site QC Supervisor
SQCI Site QC Inspectors
SE Site Engineers
4. Process Flow
4.1 Process Control
4.1.1 The overall Project Planning shall be controlled by the project programme
produced by the Planning Engineer.
4.1.2 Planning Engineer shall maintaining Base line Schedules of major Sub
Page 4 of 7

contractors comprising of manpower and Equipment schedule
4.1.3 Coordination Drawings shall be Available prior to start any activity. Engineering
Manager shall ensure the same in Collaboration with Construction Manager and
QC Manager
4.1.4 Prior to commence construction operations in any areas, the Site Construction
Team shall raise Method Statements and Inspection & Test Plan to be initiated
by the Project Director and/or Project Manager. The MS and ITP’s shall be
generated by the Site Engineers in collaboration and reviewed by QAM and
QCM.
4.1.5 All Method Statements and Inspection & Test Plans shall be reviewed by the
Construction Manager and Senior Engineers prior to initial approval of the
Project Director / Manager. Finalized MS & ITP’s shall be provided to QAM for
final review and to be submitted for the Company Representative for final
approval. Copies of the final approved documents shall be copy furnished to
RTCC Corporate PMO Department.
4.1.6 The areas of construction that requires a Method Statement or special trainings
for site operatives shall be recorded in the site Management Review Meetings.
4.1.7 Inspection and Test Plan shall detail the following:
a. Discipline of Activity
b. Reference Number
c. The activity
d. Responsible Personnel for the Activity
e. Acceptance Criteria
f. Verifying Document
g. Category of inspection point
h. Frequency
4.1.8 Method Statements shall detail the following:
a. Table of contents
b. Scope & Objectives
c. References
d. Health and Safety Hazards
e. Responsibilities
f. Safety & Security
g. Interferences
h. Quality Control/Quality Assurance
i. Field Quality Control
j. Materials
Page 5 of 7

k. Construction Equipment/Tools
l. Work Execution
m. Delivery, Handling, Storage and Protection
n. Supporting Documents
o. Distribution
4.1.9 Where required by contract, all materials shall be submitted and approved by
the Company Representative (SAPMT, PID & VID).
4.1.10 The Process shall be controlled by the following inspections:
a. Material Data Inspection Record

b. Material Testing Records
c. Site Works Inspections
d. Completion Inspections
e. Handover Inspections & Snag list
f. Plant & Equipment Commissioning & Snag list
g. System Testing
4.1.11 Site Quality Office and QRC shall maintain copies of all Approved Method
Statements and ITP’s. A log of approved MS and ITP’s shall also be maintained
and regularly updated after every change, addition or revision.
4.1.12 All approved inspection verification documents shall be maintained in the Site
Quality Office and QRC including equipment / instrument calibration certificates.
4.1.13 Quality records shall be kept in accordance with the Control of Quality
Records Procedure of the Project Quality Plan.
4.2 Control of Authorızed Sıgnatorıes
4.2.1 The Project Quality assurance Manager (QAM) shall ask the Project Manager to
prepare a list of experienced personnel to identify Authorized Signatories for
specific areas of Site Inspections and Control of Documents.
4.2.2 The Project QAM shall review and endorse the list to the Project Manager once
approved and checked by QCM.
4.2.3 Upon approval of the Project Manager and QAM, the QRC with Site QC
Suopervisors shall keep and maintain a record of each Approved Authorized
Signatories.
4.2.4 All Approved Authorized Signatories shall specifically detail the following:
a. Name of the Authorized Personnel
Page 6 of 7

b. Position of Personnel
c. Computer Number
d. Sample Signature
e. Type of activity where authorized to sign
f. Location of activity where authorized to sign (if applicable)
4.2.5 Authorized Signatories List shall include but will not be limited to the following:
a. Project Director i. Laboratory Technician

b. Project QA Manager j. Project Controls Manager
c. Site QC Manager k. Construction Manager
d. Site Procurement Control -
l. Senior Mechanical Engineer
Supervisor
e. Senior Electrical Engineer m. Site Engineers
f. Site Surveyor n. Storekeeper
g. Foreman o. Site QC Supervisors
h. SE Manager / Supervisor p. Site QC Inspectors
4.2.6 Any additions or deletions shall be recorded.
4.2.7 The signature and corresponding initials shall be used at all times to indicate
that:
a. Material Receipt is inspected and is in accordance with the laid down

procedure.
b. Site Inspections are approved.
c. Material Test results are reviewed and approved.
d. Other documents requiring a signatory from authorized personnel are
approved.
4.2.8 Quality records shall be kept in accordance with Control of Quality Records
Procedure of the Project Quality Plan.
Page 7 of 7
CONTROL OF QUALITY RECORDS
PROCEDURE
Page 1 of 6
PROCEDURE
Table of Contents
I. REVİSİON HİSTORY & SİGNATORİES: .......................................... 2

II. CONTROL OF QUALITY RECORDS ............................................... 4
1. Objectives .................................................................................... 4
2. References ................................................................................... 4
3. Persons Involved.......................................................................... 4
4. Process Flow................................................................................ 4
III. RELATIVE DOCUMENTS ................................................................. 6
Page 3 of 6
PROCEDURE
II. CONTROL OF QUALITY RECORDS
1. Objectives
All Project sites shall maintain their filing systems to a high standard. This shall include the
systematic identification of records and a system that allows the easy retrieval and
traceability of Quality documents.
2. References
ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management System - Requirements

ISO 9000:2015 QMS-Fundamentals & Vocabulary
3. Persons Involved

PM Project Manager
DCC Document Control Custodian
4. Process Flow
4.1. Control of all Quality record shall be the responsibility of the Quality Record Controller
(QRC) in coordination to and supervision of the Project Quality Assurance Manager.
4.2. The QRC and Site Quality Manager shall retain records:
• Material Testing results

• Distribution Records
• Calibration Records
• Authorized Signatories
• Snag List Records
• Internal Audit Reports
• Non Conformance Reports
• Correction &corrective Action Reports
• Risk and opportunities Register and Records
Page 4 of 6
PROCEDURE
• External and Internal Issue Register

• Interested Parties Register
• Lesson Learned Register
• NCR Status Log
• Sub Contractor’s List
• Supplier’s List
• Drawing Distribution List
• Request for Inspection (RFI) and RFI Register
• Material Submittal Log
• Material Inspection Request (MIR) Records
• Project Management Review Records
• Monthly & other necessary reports
• Correspondences (Letters, Minutes, Site Instruction, etc.)
• Other Verified Inspection Records
• Site Instructions Records
• Technical Clarification Records
• Method Statement Register
• Quality Plans & Procedures Register
• Quality Summary Report
• External Origin Records
 Customer complaints
 Supplier’s Plant and Equipment Commissioning Records (if any)
 Subcontractor records
 Warranty Certificates
4.3. The QRC in coordination with Project Quality Assurance Manager shall ensure that all
used and accomplished quality documents shall be collected, monitored and maintained.
4.4. All records shall have a uniquely identified record number and only the current revisions
shall be permitted to use.
4.5. The QRC shall organize a filing system specific to each record. All files shall be kept in a
secured place where it can only be accessed by QRC and/or authorized personnel to
avoid mishandling and loss of the records.
4.6. All records in each file shall be arranged in a manner that the current record number
always presides the previous.
4.7. Each file shall be labeled to show the record type, index number and discipline. All files
shall have a log that shows the details for each record.
4.8. The Project Quality Assurance Manager shall ensure that a log of all records shall be
regularly monitored, maintained and updated.
Page 5 of 6
PROCEDURE
4.9. Whereas requested, the QRC shall supply copies (provided that it was given permission
by the Project Quality Assurance Manager or Project Manager) of any record to the
authorized personnel for their reference. All copies of records to be distributed shall be
logged and a signature from the authorized personnel shall be obtained to confirm
receipt.
4.10. Where appropriate, the QRC shall provide all necessary data from the records (such as
RFI, NCR, and others) to the Site Quality Manager, to enable them to analyze the
required improvements and/or corrective action to be made.
4.11. Where necessary, the QRC shall have electronic copies of all approved records and log
for easy tracking.
4.12. The Site Quality Assurance Manager shall periodically check the files of records for its
completeness, legibility, retrieval, updates, and status.
4.13. Copy of any project records maintained or retained by concerned departments pertaining
to the product, Process and Services shall be provided to the project quality Team upon
request to increase proactive approach and continual improvement of the Project
4.14. Recent copies of all project Quality Records and Documents shall be submitted to the
RTCC Corporate Quality Department at the end of the month.
4.15. All required reports required by the Company Representative (SAPMT, PID and VID)
shall be generated and reviewed by QAM and respect to QRC recorded data.
4.16. Reports requested shall be submitted to the Company Representative (SAPMT) as per
contract and schedule Q requirements (NCR’s, Discrepancy Reports, Logs and Status
Report will be submitted to the Company Representative on monthly basis, or as
requested).
4.17. Project Quality records shall be maintained in archive storage after the final hand-over for
three years or as required by the contract.
III. RELATIVE DOCUMENTS
Page 6 of 6
QUALITY INSPECTION PROCEDURE

S
Page 1 of 11

S
Table of Contents
I. REVİSİON HİSTORY & SİGNATORİES: ........................................... 2

II. QUALITY INSPECTION .................................................................... 4
1. Objective...................................................................................... 4
2. References .................................................................................. 4
3. Persons Involved ......................................................................... 4
4. Process Flow ............................................................................... 5
4.1 Concretıng Procedure ........................................................... 5
4.2 Materıal Testıng .................................................................... 6
4.3 Sıte Works Inspectıon ........................................................... 8
4.4 Completıon Inspectıon ......................................................... 10
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS ................................................................ 11
Page 3 of 11

S
II. QUALITY INSPECTION
1. Objective
All services rendered by RTCC shall be verified and accepted though a process on which each
activity and/or material meets the required specification and standard imposed by the Company
and/or Company’s Representative.
2. References
ISO 9001:2015 Quality management System Requirements


SAEP-1151 – Inspection Requirements for Contractor Procured Materials & Equipment
Project Schedule Q and its attachments
3. Persons Involved

PM Project Manager
SE Site Engineer
Page 4 of 11

S

4. Process Flow
4.1 Concretıng Procedure
4.1.1 All concreting works shall be done in accordance with the approved method
statement and Saudi Aramco Company’s Standards,specifications and
Procedures (SAEP 1151, SAEP 1150 and SAEP 1152), Standard Drawings and
approved IFC Drawings
4.1.2 All inspection documentations will be in accordance with applicable SATIP or

Approved ITP and Approved Method Statements.
4.1.3 Concrete inspections shall be monitored and recorded by the responsible Site
Engineer on the Concrete Pouring Form and Concrete Pouring Record in
accordance with Saudi Aramco Standards ,Specifications and Approved Method
statement.
4.1.4 Concrete Pouring Form shall detail all properties of the concrete upon arrival at the
site.
4.1.5 PID and VID form Saudi Aramco Comapny shall be invited for each batch could be
arrive for concrete pouring works, invitation and pouring schedule management
shall be prepared at least 24 Hours (or As per VID and PID Requirements)
4.1.6 Concrete pouring shall be inspected by SPQCS with VID as Witness for the
pouring process (as a vendor control).
4.1.7 After SPQCS and VID approval, then batch could be proceed to the site location to
be installed as PID with SQCS will be attended the pouring process. OR it will be
refuesed if (SQCM/SQCS/VID/PID) are not satisfied.
4.1.8 The Concrete Pouring Record shall summarize all concrete pouring done at site
which details the RFI reference number, locations of the pouring site, grid line, etc.
4.1.9 During the concrete pouring process, responsible Site Engineer shall ensure that
there is enough supply of concrete, manpower, tools, equipments & supervisors
on site.
4.1.10 Site QC Supervisor/Inspector and an authorized signatory (Site Engineer) shall

witness the concrete pouring.
Page 5 of 11

S
4.1.11 The Site QC Supervisor and the authorized signatory (Site Engineer) shall
approve the concrete pouring if;
a. On-site tests conform to specification:
 Concrete delivered is as per specification

 Slump & Temperature of concrete are within the criteria
b. Concrete is placed and vibrated in accordance with good working practices,

method statements and laid down procedures.
4.1.12 Concrete batches delivered to the site with deviation to the Company’s
specifications shall be rejected and recorded as “rejected” on the Concrete
Pouring Form.
4.1.13 The concrete pouring shall be secured and ensured to be recorded on the
Concrete Pouring Record & Concrete Pouring Form to maintain traceability.
4.1.14 Curing of concrete shall be monitored in accordance with the specification and
approved method statements.
4.1.15 Approved concrete pouring records and concrete pouring items shall be
maintained in the Site QC Supervisor’s Office.
4.1.16 Testing of concrete samples shall be in accordance with the Material Testing
Program.
4.1.17 Once pouring is finished without any comments all parties shall sign the RFI for
approval the activity works.
4.1.18 Any deviation recorded against the concrete supplier shall be forwarded by the
Site QC Inspector to the Procurement Quality Control Supervisor for his action and
to manage the solution and supplier awarness.
4.2 Materıal Testıng
4.2.1 Procedure for In-House Testing
a. The Site Procurement QC Supervisor, in coordination with the Senior

Mechanical Engineers and Senior Electrical Engineer, Construction Manager,
Site Procurement Quality Control Supervisor and PID/VID/SAPMT shall
produce a Material Testing Program for the project in accordance with the
required project specification and/or as per approved standard.
Page 6 of 11

S
b. The Site Procurement QC Supervisor shall ensure implementation and

monitor the Material Testing Program.
c. The Company’s Representative (VID) shall be invited to witness the testing.
d. Tests shall be conducted, monitored and witnessed by the Authorized

Signatories and the Company’s Representative in accordance with laid down
procedures.
e. If the test results meet the acceptance criteria, the results shall be approved
by the Authorized Signatory.
f. If the test results are Non-Conforming, the authorized signatory SHALL NOT
SIGN THE RESULTS and immediately inform the Site QC Supervisor who
shall raise a Non-Conformance Report as per the Handling of Non-
Conformance Procedure. Reports shall be documented and maintained by
the project Quality Assurance Manager in Site Quality Office.
g. The Site Procurement QC Supervisor shall be responsible for ensuring all

tests are carried out according to the Material Testing Program and approved
procedures.
h. Project Manager shall be informed in all Testing Results.
i. All testing equipment shall be calibrated in accordance with the Site

Calibration Procedure
4.2.2 Procedure for External Testing
a. The 3rd party testing laboratories shall be approved by the Company /

Company’s Representative.
b. The Procurement Site QC Supervisor in coordination with the Senior

Mechanical Engineers and Senior Electrical Engineer, Construction Manager
and Project Quality Assurance Manager, Site Quality Control Manager shall
produce a Material Testing Program for the project in accordance with the
required project specification and/or as per approved standard.
c. The Site Procurement QC Supervisor shall ensure implementation and

monitor the Material Testing Program.
d. The Company’s Representative shall be invited to witness the testing (Vendor

Inspection Division).
Page 7 of 11

S
e. Tests shall be conducted, monitored and witnessed by the Authorized

Signatories and the Company’s Representative (if applicable) in accordance
with laid down procedures.
f. If the test results meet the acceptance criteria, the results shall be approved
by the Authorized Signatory.
g. If the test results are Non-Conforming, the authorized signatory SHALL NOT
SIGN THE RESULTS and immediately inform the Site QC Supervisor who
shall raise a Non-Conformance Report as per the Handling of Non-
Conformance Procedure. Reports shall be documented and maintained in the
Quality Manager Site Office.
h. The Site Procurement QC Supervisor shall be responsible for ensuring all

tests are carried out according to the Material Testing Program and approved
procedures.
i. RTCC Project Manager shall be informed in all Testing Results.
j. All testing equipment shall be calibrated in accordance with the Site

Calibration Procedure.
4.2.3 Copies of the approved testing records shall be provided to the Company’s
Representative for their records.
4.3 Sıte Works Inspectıon
4.3.1 All site inspections shall be done by the Site QC Supervisor and Site QC Inspector
only, or as stated by the authorized signatory list.
Note: Appropriate personnel may be assigned by the Site Project Manager and QC Manager to
stand in their behalf, with the proper approval of the Site Manager in writing.
4.3.2 After completion of work activities, a site engineer, with the coordination of the
Construction Team Document Controller (DCC) for proper documentation, shall
prepare and raise a Inspection Request using the RFI Form.
4.3.3 The Document Controller (DCC) should ensure that RFI form contains all
necessary details needed to be inspected for the finished work activity. Information
in the RFI form should include, but will not be limited to the following items:
a. What the inspection is for
Page 8 of 11

S
b. The discipline of inspection

c. The inspection reference number
d. The date and time of inspection
e. Whether the inspection is a hold point or not
f. The Inspection & Test Plan and Method Statement reference.
4.3.4 Upon completion of the RFI form, the DCC shall submit the RFI form to the Site
Engineer for initial checking and approval.
4.3.5 The Site Engineer shall check and verify all details indicated in the RFI form and
attach the following documents, as a minimum, to the RFI:
a. Approved Shop Drawing

b. Approved Material Submittal (if applicable)
c. Checklist (If applicable)
d. Survey Reports
e. IFC Drawings
4.3.6 Upon approval of the Site Engineer, the completed RFI form shall be forwarded to
The Quality Record Controller shall ensure the completeness of the information
written in the RFI for the final checking of documentation requirements.
4.3.7 If the RFI form is within the satisfaction of the Site QC Manager/ Supervisor, the
Site QC Supervisor/Inspector and Site Engineer shall conduct a joint inspection at
the site specified in the RFI.
4.3.8 In case of any disparity to documentations or site conditions, the Site QC

Manager/Supervisor shall not sign the RFI and ask the Site Engineer to resolve
this issue. Another inspection shall be conducted until all discrepancies are clearly
rectified.
4.3.9 If both Site QC Inspector and Site Engineer are satisfied with the site conditions,
the Site QC Manager/Supervisor shall sign the RFI and forward the accomplished
RFI Form to the Company’s Representative 24 hours before the actual final
inspection.Site QC Inspectior shall make sure that Inspections shall comply with
IFC drawings ,Saudi Aramco Standards ,Procedures and Approved ITP’s
4.3.10 The Site Engineer, Site QC Supervisor/Inspector and the Company’s

Representative shall conduct the final inspection and the Company’s
Representative who shall approve the RFI form, if found satisfactory to all project
specifications.
4.3.11 If, in the case, that the inspection was found unsatisfactory, the Site QC Inspector
shall acquire all the comments mentioned/itemized by the Company’s
Representative and record them to the RFI form.
Page 9 of 11

S
4.3.12 The QC Supervisor/Inspector, together with the help of the site engineer, shall
devise the necessary correction based on the Company Representative’s
comments.
4.3.13 Upon completion of the corrections, a new Request for Inspection shall be
prepared following the procedure mentioned in 4.3.2 of this procedure. The RFI
will be prepared with the same reference number but with the revision status
raised to the next level.
4.3.14 The Status of inspections shall be recorded in RFI Log .If the status of the
inspection is “Approved with Comments” actions shall be taken as per comment of
the SAPMT. The QC Team shall ensure that all issues are monitored and closed
as required.
4.3.15 Statistics of submitted RFI shall be generated and it shall be reviewed and
analyzed regularly or as required.
4.3.16 Records of all approved inspections shall be maintained in the Site Quality Office.
Procedure of Project Quality Plan
4.4 Completıon Inspectıon
4.4.1 The Site Engineer shall raise Inspection Request using the RFI Form in
accordance with Site Works Inspection process of Quality Inspection Procedure,
detailing all required information and attachments.
4.4.2 The Site QC Supervisor/Inspector shall review the RFI Form.
4.4.3 The QCM shall address the appropriate QC Personnel to carry out the inspection.
If all details and attachments are complete, the Site QC Supervisor shall approve
the commencement of Completion Inspection. Otherwise, it shall be returned to
the Site Engineer and discuss the requirements.
4.4.4 Execution of Completion Inspections activity shall be approved by the Project

Manager and the Site QC Manager/Supervisor who is fully aware of the quality
standards required.
4.4.5 The Company’s Representative shall be invited to attend the Completion

Inspection 24 Hours before the Inspection Time.
4.4.6 The responsible Senior Engineer, Site QC Manager/Supervisor/Inspector and Site

Engineer shall accompany the Construction Manager and Company/Company’s
Representative on the Completion Inspections.
Page 10 of 11

S
4.4.7 If no comments or issues were found, the RFI will be signed by all appropriate
engineers including the Company/Company’s Representative for approval.
4.4.8 In case of any findings or comments found during the inspection, the Site QC
Supervisor shall raise all the issues through the Snag List Form.
4.4.9 All items that require rework or rectification shall be itemized and detailed on the
Snag List Form . The Company/Company’s Representative shall approve the snag
list prior to the distribution to the concerned engineer.
4.4.10 The Snag List shall be provided to the responsible Site Engineer and he shall sign
the Snag List Form indicating acceptance and understanding of documented
rework instructions.
4.4.11 The responsible Site Engineer shall execute all works detailed on the Snag List
Form.
4.4.12 On completion of the rework items, the Project Manager shall re-inspect the works
if:
a. All works have been completed in accordance with the specification.

b. All in-process inspections have been completed and approved in accordance
with laid down procedures.
c. All comments detailed in Snag List Form have been rectified and considered
to be acceptable
4.4.13 The responsible Site Engineer shall resubmit a new RFI Form , in accordance with
the Site Works Inspection process of Quality Inspection Procedure, along with the
previous RFI Form and completed Snag List Form as its attachments.
4.4.14 The responsible Senior Engineer, Site QC Supervisor/Inspector and Site Engineer
shall then again accompany the Construction Manager and Company/Company’s
Representative on the Completion Re-Inspections.
4.4.15 On approval of the Completion Inspection, the RFI Records complete with all the
attachments, shall be filed in the Quality Site office.
4.4.16 After approval, the Project Manager shall arrange for adequate temporary
protections for the previously inspected and accepted sections of work.
Procedure of Project Quality Plan
Page 11 of 11
MANAGING RISKS
& OPPORTUNITIES PROCEDURE
Page 1 of 13
MANAGING RISKS
Table of Contents
I. REVİSİON HİSTORY & SİGNATORİES: ........................................................ 2
II. PROJECT QUALITY RISKS AND OPPURTUNITES ...................................... 4
1 Purpose and Objective .............................................................................. 4
2 References ............................................................................................... 4
3 Persons Involved ...................................................................................... 4
4 Process Flow ............................................................................................ 4
4.1 General............................................................................................4
4.2 Management of Risk ........................................................................6
4.3 Management of Opportunities ........................................................11
4.4 Communicate and Consult .............................................................12
4.5 Monitor and Review .......................................................................13
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS ............................................................................. 13
Page 3 of 13
MANAGING RISKS
II. PROJECT QUALITY RISKS AND OPPURTUNITES
1 Purpose and Objective
The purpose of this procedure is to identify, evaluate and manage the Quality Risk and
Opportunities that arise during the course of the project.
2 References

RTCC Quality Assurance Manual
Project Risk Management Plan
3 Persons Involved

PM Project Manager
PCM Project Control Manager
EM Engineering Manager
PUE Procurement Engineer
SE Site Engineer
4 Process Flow
4.1 General
4.1.1 When planning Project Quality Management System, Project Management

shall determine the risk and opportunities that needs to be addressed
during course of the Project and ensure risks are identified and effectively
managing using appropriate controls.
Page 4 of 13
MANAGING RISKS
4.1.2 All Managers at all levels are responsible for implementing and executing
risk and opportunity management within their respective areas.
4.1.3 Each manager shall analyze and prioritize the risk and opportunities of the
project, within their respective areas, whether it is acceptable or
unacceptable.
4.1.4 Project risks and opportunities shall be identified during the course of the
project by performing the following, but not limited to:
a. Risk Management Plan

b. Scope Baseline
c. Project time Schedule
d. Project Quality Plan
e. Activity Duration Estimate
f. Activity Cost Estimate
g. Project Documents (Contract, Drawing, BOQ, Specification etc.)
h. Enterprise Environmental Factors
i. Organizational Process Assets
j. Planning and Implementation of Processes
k. Managing Internal & External Issues
l. Managing needs and expectations of Interested Parties
m. Additional risk which is identified by the employee at any time
4.1.5 Potential risks in the project are structured according to the following
categories
a) Construction
b) Financial and Economic
c) Construction and Legal
d) Technical
e) External
f) Quality
4.1.6 Risks are managed with a focus on decreasing their Probability, and
minimizing the impact if it should occur.
4.1.7 Opportunities are managed to increase the Probability, and to maximize the
good impact to take the advantage of occurrence.
4.1.8 Discipline Managers/Seniors are responsible for implementing and

executing risk management with in their functional areas in collaboration
with the Project Manager, Project Control manager, Project QA Manager.
4.1.9 Plan actions to address the risk by avoiding or eliminating the risk and
Page 5 of 13
MANAGING RISKS
mitigating the risk if it already occurs.
4.1.10 Action taken to address the risk will be proportionate to the potential impact
on the conformity of product and services.
4.1.11 If recourse is required to implement the organization’s risk management

policy, strategy shall be clearly established at each level of the
management and within the project.
4.1.12 Key roles, responsibilities and authorities relating to risk management shall
be clearly defined and communicated within the project.
4.1.13 Significant risk will be identified and monitored on regularly basis.
4.2 Management of Risk
4.2.1 All key personnel including senior engineers shall identify their own risk
based on their functional areas at the beginning of the project and regularly,
during the course of the project, when the risk most likely dominates.
4.2.2 Risk identification requires regular monitoring and review of activities to

ensure it is up-to-date and effective. Some of the identification methods are
but not limited to
a) Documentation Reviews: the Review of project Contract Documents

(Contract Documents, Tender drawings, Spec, BOQ, etc.) is the basic
Technique has been used for risk identification.
b) Information Gathering Technique: Brainstorming, Interviews and root
cause identification.
c) Expert Judgment: Several risks were identified based on the previous
experience in similar Projects.
4.2.3 Once a risks is identified risks shall be logged into the Risk Register, taking
the following considerations, but not limited to:
a. Risk Description
b. Date Raised/Identified
c. Classification
4.2.4 After entering the risk into the risk register it shall be analyzed. Risk
Analysis processes assesses the risk to determine their probability and
Impact on the project objectives. The initial controls shall be taken as soon
as the risk identified and analyzed. The risk analysis shall include, but not
limited to,
Page 6 of 13
MANAGING RISKS
a. Identifying the causes and sources of the risk

b. Identifying controls currently in place to manage the risk by either
reducing the consequence or likelihood / probability of the risk;
c. Assessing the effectiveness of current controls;
d. Identifying the likelihood/Probability of the risk occurring; and
e. Identifying the potential consequence or impact that would result, if
the risk was to occur.
4.2.5 The Risk rating Level shall be calculated using the 5x5 matrix as shown
below
Impact and Probability Rating

Very High
5 10 15 20 25
5
4 8 12 16 20
High
4
Consequence
Moderate
3 6 9 12 15
3
2 4 6 8 10
Low
2
Very Low
1 2 3 4 5
1
1 2 3 4 5
Very Likely Unlikely Possible Likely Very Likely
Likelihood
Page 7 of 13
MANAGING RISKS
Risk Rating / Level
Risk Score /
Risk Level Description
Value
The risk will negatively impact in overall planned outcome.

Planned output will not be achieved if realized.
Risk shall be addressed immediately and should be reduced to the
Major next level ASAP. 15 to Above
Close monitoring is required
Urgent need to generate Risk Mitigation Action
Consider generating Preventive and Contingency Plan
The risk will negatively impact significantly if realized.
Risk must be addressed as soon as possible.
Risk should be reduced unless it is not "reasonably practicable" to
do so.
Significant 10 to 12
The term "reasonably practicable" includes both technical and
economic feasibility.
Close monitoring is required
To generate Preventive Actions and Mitigation Actions
The risk will negatively impact partly on the planned output, if
realized;
Risk should be addressed, monitored and controlled using regular
Minor project risk management processes. 4 to 9
No Risk Mitigation Action required, but close monitoring to the
current control is necessary to avoid raising it to Significant Level
Close monitoring by risk owner
The risk will have a minimal impact if realized.

Insignificant Risk is expected to be effectively managed and therefore typically 1 to 3
requires "No further Action" other than monitoring.
Probability /Likelihood Grading Criteria
Grade Likelihood/Probability Percentage
Unlikely/Rarely Happens
1
It is highly unlikely that the risk will materialize <20% Probability
Very unlikely
Chance are very light
Little chance to happen

2
Unlikely to occur >20 to <40% Probability
Unlikely
Probably not
3 Probably
>40 to <60% Probability
Possible Likely to occur
Page 8 of 13
MANAGING RISKS
Very Likely to Occur

4
Difficult to Prevent because outside of Direct Control or >60% to <80% Probability
Likely
influence
Extremely to occur
5
Very good chance to happen >80% Probability
Very likely
Risk is expected to happen anytime
Impact Grading Criteria
Grade Consequence
1 It will have little effect on Programme / Project milestones, timescales, or

Very Low achievement of overall goals or benefits.
2 It may delay delivery or quality of one or more deliverables but not delay the
low overall Project, or affect achievement of overall goals or benefits.
A Project milestone is delayed which could extend timescales, but it is unlikely to

3
materially affect successful delivery of the programme / project objectives and
Moderate
benefits.
It is likely to delay the achievement of a number of Programme / project milestones

4 or a major milestone which could significantly extend timescales or costs.
High Successful delivery of the Programme / Project benefits could also be materially
impacted
5 Programme/ Project objectives no longer achievable or major reduction of benefits

Very high due to significant time, cost or quality issues
4.2.6 Key personnel shall analyze the positive and negative Impact/
consequence of the risk and the Probability / likelihood that Impact/
consequence may occur. The Impact and Probability are rated against the
established criteria.
4.2.7 Key personnel shall analyze the initial risk rating, for each risk is calculated
by identifying and plotting the likelihood and consequence score on the risk
register form.
4.2.8 The risk planning will be categorized into major, significant, minor, and
insignificant accordingly (see Risk Rating / Level in Clause 4.2.5). This
Page 9 of 13
MANAGING RISKS
rating provides a measurement of the level of risk, and will identify the risks
that require further treatment/action.
4.2.9 The Project Manager in Collaboration with Project Control Manager shall
assign risk owner who is responsible for ensuring that the risks are
appropriately engaged with countermeasures undertaken.
4.2.10 Risk owner and other Key Personnel shall evaluate the effectiveness of
current controls, the reliability of the controls and documentation of controls
where appropriate. These controls are aimed at bringing the risk within an
acceptable level.
4.2.11 If the current control is not managing the risk and the Risk Rating is not
within defined tolerance limit, Mitigation Action is required. Mitigation Action
could involve improving existing controls and implementing additional
controls.
4.2.12 The Possible mitigation options may include, but not limited to:
a. Avoid the risk – change business process or objective so as to avoid

the risk;
b. Change the likelihood – undertake actions aimed at reducing the
cause of the risk;
c. Change the consequence – undertake actions aimed at reducing the
impact of the risk;
d. Share / transfer the risk – transfer ownership and liability to a third
party; (buy Insurance, Out Sourcing, Etc. )
e. Retain the risk – accept the impact of the risk in order to pursue an
opportunity
4.2.13 The objective of providing mitigation is, if not to eliminate the risk but to
ensure that the risk is maintained on a tolerable level.
4.2.14 The key personnel shall verify whether the mitigation itself introduce new
risks or not.
4.2.15 If the mitigation needs contribution of other key personnel outside their area
of responsibilities, the related personnel shall collaborate with Construction
Manager/Project Manager to execute the mitigation plan.
4.2.16 If mitigation introduces new risks, it needs to be identified, assessed,

treated and monitored.
4.2.17 All key personnel shall submit their own risk registers and mitigation plans
to the Project Control Manager (PCM) on monthly basis.
Page 10 of 13
MANAGING RISKS
4.2.18 Project Control Manager shall consolidate all the data obtained from
various area / departments.
4.2.19 Project Control Manager shall submit the Consolidated Risk register and up
to date the status of all identified, assessed and treated risk details to the to
the Project QA Manager and Project Manager for his information and
appropriate action.
4.2.20 Project Manager, in collaboration with Project QA Manager and other

related personnel, shall verify if the relevant action was performed and
evaluate its effectiveness. Additional resources shall be provided if
necessary.
4.2.21 Managing of Risk shall be discussed in a regular project meeting and

Management Review Meeting.
4.2.22 Project QA Manager shall keep all the risk management records for
continual improvement and Lesson learned.
Note: The methods for risk assessments may vary depending on the project /
customer requirements, but should always include a means of identifying
the risk under examination, and a description of the result of the risk
assessment.
4.3 Management of Opportunities
4.3.1 As part of different core and support processes, RTCC shall seek out
opportunities which could enhance its capabilities towards completion of
the project, obtain Customer satisfaction, Comply with applicable
requirements and continual improvement. (e.g. obtaining new registrations,
Obtaining access to new markets, Development of new offerings that are
within the scope of the project, and Improve existing processes to improve
efficiency and reduce costs).
4.3.2 All key personnel, in collaboration with their team, shall identify all the
opportunities in their respective working area using Opportunity Register
Form (FM:QA:024). Additional list of opportunities may be identified by any
employee at any time.
Note: Where there are a number of opportunities identified within an activity, all
identified opportunities should be documented in the ‘Opportunity
Register Form”.
4.3.3 Identified opportunities shall be submitted to Project Control Manager, in

Collaboration with Project QA Manager and Project Manager for their
Page 11 of 13
MANAGING RISKS
review and approval.
4.3.4 Analyzing opportunities shall be done by the Project Control manager in

Collaboration with Project Manager, Project QA Manager and other relevant
Managers in their respective area of work. After analysis, they have to
determine which opportunities should be pursued.
4.3.5 Analysis of any opportunity will generally result in one of the following
possible determinations:
a. Pursue the opportunity

b. Explore the opportunity in greater detail before proceeding
c. Accept the opportunity, but under limited and controlled conditions
d. Decline the opportunity, typically based on a high expected cost or
low anticipated benefit
4.3.6 If an opportunity includes an action with negative aspect, management may

elect to conduct a risk assessment on the negative aspect as defined in
Clause 4.2.
4.3.7 Communication of opportunities shall be performed by the project Control

Manager in Collaboration with Project Manager, Project QA Manager, and
other relevant Managers regards to their interested parties.
4.3.8 Opportunities shall be discussed internally and/or externally, as applicable.
4.3.9 Regular review and monitoring of the ’Opportunity Register Form’ shall be
done by the respective Manager / Senior Head or his appointee(s) and it
shall be submitted to Project Control Manager on monthly basis .
4.3.10 Project Control Manager shall consolidate all the identified opportunities
and send to Project QA Manger on monthly basis.
4.3.11 Opportunities shall be reviewed in the Project Management Review

Meeting and these shall be recorded in the management review records.
4.4 Communicate and Consult
4.4.1 Communication and Consultation are one of the important elements of the
risk and opportunity management process. Project organization shall
establish an effective communication to ensure that those responsible for
implementing risk and opportunity management, and those with a vested
interest, understand the basis on which risk and opportunity management
decisions are made and why particular actions are required.
Page 12 of 13
MANAGING RISKS
4.4.2 The project organization’s communication approach recognizes the need to

promote risk and opportunity management concepts across all
management and staff.
4.5 Monitor and Review
4.5.1 Risk and Opportunity information requires regular monitoring and review to
ensure it is up-to-date and effective. The environment in which the project
development is constantly changing and so therefore the Risk and
Opportunity appears. It is understood, that if the risk and opportunity
information is inaccurate, the Project Management may make poor
decisions that could otherwise be avoided. Therefore, all managers and
relevant key personnel/area heads have the responsibilities to ensure that
information pertaining to their particular risks and opportunities are
regularly reviewed and up-to-date. In addition, during the Management
Review Meeting, the entire risk and opportunity register and the action
taken will be reviewed by the Project Management Team.
4.5.2 All the documented information generated during the process shall be
controlled as per Document and Record Control Procedures and be filed
and retained for a minimum period of 3 years.
4.5.3 All copies of Risk and Opportunity Register and other pertinent
documented information shall be submitted on quarterly basis to the
Corporate Quality Dept. Manager, by hard and soft copies. Project QA
Manager will consolidate all Risks and Opportunities which will be part of
the Internal Organizational Knowledge and Continual Improvement
Process.
a. Document Control Procedure (QA-PR-01)

b. Control of Quality Record Procedure (QA-PR-07)
c. Risk Register
d. Risk Identification Form
e. Opportunity Register
Page 13 of 13
PROJECT COMMISSIONING
PROCEDURE
Page 1 of 10
PROCEDURE
Table of Contents
I. REVISION DESCRIPTION SHEET ...................................................................2

II. PROJECT COMMISSIONING ...........................................................................4
1 Objective....................................................................................................4
2 References ................................................................................................4
3 Persons Involved .......................................................................................4
4 Process Flow .............................................................................................5
4.1 Pre-Commissioning Stage ..................................................................5
4.2 Commissioning Stage .........................................................................8
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS................................................................................10
Page 3 of 10
PROCEDURE
II. PROJECT COMMISSIONING
1 Objective
To ensure that all sections of the contract have been achieved in accordance with Saudi
Aramco Company specification’s, latest approved shop drawings, and quality standards.
To ensure completeness of all contractual obligation and installations that is a substantial

for the Project Handover stage.
2 References

ISO 9000:2015 Standard

3 Persons Involved
PM Project Manager
RQDM RTCC Quality Department Manager
SAPMT Saudi Aramco Project Management Office
COA Site Commissioning Authority
SQCS Site QC Supervisors
SQCI Site QC Inspectors
SE Site Engineer
Page 4 of 10
PROCEDURE

4 Process Flow
4.1 Pre-Commissioning Stage
4.1.1 The Site Construction Team, particularly the Senior Site Engineers, shall ensure
that all installation has achieved the following;
4.1.1.1 Completed and secured equipment installations
a. The Site Engineer shall ensure that all equipment and its accessories
are properly installed including the proper termination in accordance
to the latest approved drawings, specifications and/or approved
standards
b. A checklist shall be generated by the Project Quality Assurance

Manager, Site QC Manager / Supervisors to identify the completeness
of an installed equipment and/or system. This shall be a reference of
the Site Engineer to ensure that all installation is complete.
c. The Site Engineer shall also check the actual location and elevation
of all installed equipment and its accessories.
d. RTCC Project Manager shall provide the means of securing all

installed equipments to ensure that it will be intact and undamaged
until the Final Handover. Equipments may be protected by using, but
not limited to, the following;
• Hard Barricade
• Reflectorized signage and caution tapes
• Lock-out / Tag-out system
• Providing security
• Etc.
e. Any alterations, modifications and/or rectifications that may

affect/damage any part of equipment shall be properly coordinated to
the appropriate Site Engineer(s).
f. Accomplished activity shall be re-inspected (as per Inspection Request

procedure) signed by the Project Manager for his initial approval and
by the Company/Company Representative for the final approval.
Page 5 of 10
PROCEDURE
4.1.1.2 Initial Commissioning
a. The Project Manager and Site Procurement Supervisor ensure that

Construction Engineer shall coordinate with the supplier/subcontractor
of the installed equipment/plant for the initial commissioning of the
system.
b. Initial commissioning will be conducted by the supplier/ subcontractor

of the equipment to ensure that the system is properly operating.
c. The supplier/subcontractor, in collaboration with the Site Engineers

and Site QC Supervisors, shall initially commission the system (PID
shall be invited 24 Hours before to join the initial inspection if
requested) whether it complies with the requirement as per the
contract and Saudi Aramco Company Representative.
d. The Site QC Supervisor shall ensure that all tests results meet the
established design requirements and stakeholder’s expectations.
e. If, in any case, a test result of any installation in any part of a system
does not meet the required result, the Site QC Supervisor shall
thoroughly review the test results and compare with the specifications
and/or approved standards.
f. If the result is within the tolerance stated in any of the specification

and/or approved standard, the Site QC Supervisor/inspector shall
inform RTCC Site Engineer and Senior Site Engineer to proceed with
the Initial Commissioning.
g. If the result does not meet any of the specification and/or approved
standards, the Site QC Supervisor/inspector shall inform the Senior
Engineer to halt the Initial Commissioning in that system, or part of the
system until further notice.
h. In such cases, the Project Manager, Senior Site Engineers, Site QC

Supervisor/inspector and Supplier/Subcontractor shall conduct a
meeting to resolve the issue.
i. Once all issues has been settled and resolved, the Initial
Commissioning shall resume in coordination with the supplier/
subcontractor to verify if the test results will meet and satisfy the
specification and/or approved standards.
j. All initial internal test results shall be recorded properly in a formal

form signed by the Site Engineer and Site QC Supervisor/inspector.
Page 6 of 10
PROCEDURE
Clear description on remarks shall be included on results that don’t

meet the specification and/or standards.
4.1.1.3 Fine Tuning
a. The Site QC Supervisor / inspector shall ask and coordinate with Site
Engineer to prepare a checklist of required results from a system
and/or equipment output. This list shall be generated in accordance to
the specifications and/or approved standards. (Company’s Approved
Forms).
b. This checklist shall be a strict reference to all test results of any

system/equipment. All test results required in a certain
system/equipment shall comply with this checklist.
c. Test results that doesn’t meet with the specification and/or approved
standards shall be fine tuned to meet the required output.
d. Equipments and/or system that need to be fined tuned by the supplier

or third party shall be conducted in collaboration with the Project
Manager, Senior Site Engineer and Site QC Supervisor/Inspector to
resolve the issue.
e. Fine Tuning records shall be monitored and maintained by the Site

Quality Team and Site DCC.
4.1.1.4 Nameplate, Tagging and Labeling
a. The Site Engineer shall ensure that all Equipment and, if necessary, its
accessories are properly installed with a nameplate, labeled and
tagged for identification and easy tracking.
b. Nameplates, tags and labels shall have a unique feature for each
system. It may also be identified through, but not limited to, the
following;
a. Color Code
b. Reference ID
c. Markings
c. A table of identifying a system/equipment shall be generated in line to

this process.
Page 7 of 10
PROCEDURE
4.1.1.5 Pre-Commissioning
a. When all of the above processes have been satisfied, the Site
Engineer, in coordination with the site DCC, shall generate a
Commissioning Request Form to the Project QA Manager / Site QC
Manager (Site Engineer Shall attach all previous information and
document may help within the commissioning process).
b. The Site Engineer shall prepare all records and checklist and attached
it to the Commissioning Request.
c. The Site Engineer and Site QC Supervisor / inspector shall conduct

the Initial Internal Commissioning for specific system or activity.
d. If all above processes has been confirmed and meets the required
specification and/or standards, the Site QC Supervisor/Inspector shall
sign the Commissioning Request for his approval. However, if the Site
QC Inspector is not satisfied in any of the above processes, he shall
make his remark on the Commissioning Request and instructs the Site
Engineer to resolve the issue the soonest.
e. Completed Initial Internal Commissioning shall be communicated to

the Project Manager to raise a Pre Commissioning request with the
Head Office’s PMO/Quality Department.
4.1.2 After verification and validation, if the Site QC Supervisor/inspector is confident

that the site is ready for the Pre-Commissioning, he will advise the Project
Manager to proceed with the Pre-Commissioning Stage.
4.1.3 The Project Manager shall initiate the preparation of the Project Pre-
Commissioning in coordination with the Site QC Supervisor/inspector. The Project
Manager in coordinate with the Project Quality Assurance Manager and Quality
Control Manager and Commissioning Authority who is the overall in-charge of the
Pre-Commissioning procedure.
4.1.4 All of approved documents and records shall be duly prepared by the QRC as a
preparation all throughout this procedure.
4.2 Commissioning Stage
4.2.1 The Project Manager shall coordinate with the Commissioning Authority, Project
Quality Assurance Manager and Site QC Manager and the Company
Representative/VID/PID for the schedule this procedure.
Page 8 of 10
PROCEDURE
4.2.2 All activities in this process shall be closely monitored by the Site
Commissioning Authority, Project QA manager and QC Manager and witnessed
by the Company Representative/VID/PID.
4.2.3 Commissioning schedule shall be generated by Commissioning Authority, in

collaboration with Project QA Manager, and QC Manager and communicated
with the Company Representative, timing and of the commissioning shall be
clear at least with 24 Hours for all parties.
4.2.4 The Site discipline (Engineer) shall prepare a Commissioning Form for the
specific system. Only an approved Pre-Commissioned System shall be
considered when conducting the Commissioning stage.
4.2.5 The Company Representative/VID/PID shall validate the system against the
Approved As-Built Drawings, specifications and / or approved standards.
4.2.6 Once accepted and agreed by the Company Representative/VID/PID,

concerned parties shall sign the Commissioning Form for their approval.
4.2.7 If it has been found that in any part of a system is not complying with the
approved as-built drawings, specifications and/or approved standards, a Snag
List shall be generated by the Commissioning Authority or Site QC
Supervisor/Inspector containing all the comments of the Company
Representative/VID/PID.
4.2.8 All items that require rework or rectification shall be itemized and detailed on the
Snag List. The Company Representative/VID/PID shall approve the snag list
prior to the distribution to the concerned (discipline) Senior Site Engineer.
4.2.9 The Snag List shall be clear and it shall be provided to the responsible Senior
Site Engineer. The responsible Senior Site Engineer shall sign the Snag List
indicating acceptance and understanding of documented rework instructions.
4.2.10 The responsible Site Senior Engineer, under supervision of the Site QC
Supervisor/Inspector, shall execute all works detailed on the Snag List. If
necessary, an external 3rd party or supplier shall be communicated to further
resolve the issue as per Procurement QC Supervisor recommendation and VID
Comments.
4.2.11 On completion of the rework items, the QC Supervisor/Inspector shall re-inspect

the works if:
Page 9 of 10
PROCEDURE
a. All works have been completed in accordance with the specification.

b. All in-process inspections have been completed and approved in
accordance with laid down procedures.
c. All comments detailed in Snag List have been rectified and considered to
be acceptable
4.2.12 Once Snag List has been completed, the Commissioning Authority in
collaboration with Project QA Manager & QC Manager shall call the attention of
the Company Representative/VID/PID to complete the Commissioning of a
system.
4.2.13 The Commissioning Authority / Senior Site Engineer (Discipline) shall resubmit
a new Commissioning Form for a system, along with the previous
Commissioning Form and completed Snag List as its attachments.
4.2.14 If all issues from Snag List have been accomplished and acceptably rectified,
the Commissioning, concerned parties shall sign the Commissioning Form for
their approval.
4.2.15 On approval of the Commisssioning of a system, all signed approved records

complete with all the attachments shall be filed in the QRC Site office. Copies of
these shall be submitted to the Company Representative/VID/PID.
4.3 After approval, the Project Manager shall arrange for adequate temporary protections
for the previously inspected and accepted system.
4.4 Quality records shall be kept in accordance with Control of Quality Records
Page 10 of 10
MANAGING ISSUES
INTERESTED PARTIES PROCEDURE
Page 1 of 8
MANAGING ISSUES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. REVİSİON HİSTORY & SİGNATORİES: ........................................................................ 2

II. MANAGING ISSUES AND INTEREST PARTIES ......................................................... 4
1 Objective ................................................................................................................. 4
2 References .............................................................................................................. 4
3 Persons Involved ..................................................................................................... 4
4 Process Flow ........................................................................................................... 4
4.1 Internal & External Issues .............................................................................. 4
4.2 Needs and Expectations of Interested Parties ............................................... 6
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................... 8
Page 3 of 8
MANAGING ISSUES
II. MANAGING ISSUES AND INTEREST PARTIES
1 Objective
To define the process of managing external and internal issues related to the project. Also, to
establish a process of managing the needs and expectations of the interested parties involve
in the project.
2 References
ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management System-Requirements

ISO 9000:2015 QMS – Fundamentals & Vocabulary
3 Persons Involved

PM Project Manager
PCM Project Controls Manager
EM Engineering Manager
COA Commissioning Authority
SE Site Engineer
Vendor Supplier/Subcontractor/Service provider
LT Laboratory Technician
SK Storekeeper
4 Process Flow
4.1 Internal & External Issues
Page 4 of 8
MANAGING ISSUES
4.1.1 It is the responsibility of the Project Manager to ensure that all Key Personnel
and other relevant personnel/parties of the project are aware of the External
and Internal Issues.
4.1.2 The Project QA Manager, QC Manager, in collaboration to the Project

Manager, shall initiate and conduct awareness to the key project personnel
regarding the External and Internal Issues related to the Project.
4.1.3 The issues shall be relevant to the Project Organization and can be positively
or negatively affect the project organizational ability to achieve its intended
result during execution of the Project.
4.1.4 All Managers, at all levels, and other key personnel of the project shall identify
the Internal and External Issues in his area of responsibilities.
4.1.5 Each key personnel shall record the identified issues using the form Internal &
External Issue Register (FM:QA:025).
4.1.1 Upon identification of the internal and external issues, the key personnel shall
categorize the following details, not limited to:
a. Type of Issue
b. Category
c. Internal or External
d. Positive /Negative
e. Potential Effect
f. Monitoring Mechanism
g. Reviewing Mechanism
4.1.2 All key personnel shall monitor and review the internal & external issues
related to their activities during course of the Project.
Note: Any method can use for analyzing the internal and external issues of the
organization like Brain Storming, SWOT (Strength, Weaknesses,
Opportunities and Threats) Analysis or PEST (Political, Economic, Socio-
Cultural and Technological) Analysis etc.
4.1.3 Key personnel shall analyze all obtained data and check the effect of issues,
which will have an impact on strategic planning and which affect the project
organization’s ability to achieve its objectives.
4.1.4 After classifying the internal & external issues, the Project Management shall
consider the following actions not limited to:
a. Update Risk Assessment register and Plans
Page 5 of 8
MANAGING ISSUES
b. Update Process (if Necessary)

c. Apply Resources
d. Inform the Right People
4.1.5 Key personnel shall forward the copy of Internal and External Issue Register
to the Project Manager and/or Project QA Manager on monthly basis.
4.1.6 Internal and External Issues will be used as inputs for identifying the Risk
(refer to QA-PR-09 for Managing Risk & Opportunity Procedure). The key
personnel shall discuss with the Project Manager the mitigation / relevant
actions to reduce the risk into an acceptable level.
4.1.7 Status and results of the Internal and External Issues shall be discussed in
Project Management Review Meeting
4.1.8 Suggestions and improvements shall be invited during Management Review.

Critical issues shall be recorded in project risk register and risk mitigation shall
be done by the assigned person in collaboration with Project Manager and
Project QA manager.
4.1.9 Project QA Manager shall forward all the results to the Corporate Quality
Department on Quarterly basis.
4.1.10 Process shall continue until project Completion and Closeout.
4.1.11 At the End of the project, all obtained data shall be reviewed by the whole
Project team headed by Project Manager and it shall be sent to all
departments as part of the Lesson Learned.
4.1.12 All document and/or records generated for monitoring and measuring internal
and external issues which may be used for analyzing its effectiveness for
future, shall be controlled as per Document & Record Control Procedure and
retained for a minimum period of three (3) years.
4.2 Needs and Expectations of Interested Parties
4.2.1 All key personnel shall identify, monitor and review the relevant interested
parties related to their scope and activities during course of the Project.
4.2.2 Identified interested parties shall be recorded using the form Interested Party
Register (FM:QA:26).
4.2.3 Interested parties can be internal or external. These parties add direct value to
the project organization and/or are affected by the activities within the
organization.
Page 6 of 8
MANAGING ISSUES
4.2.4 Upon identifying the interested parties, following points shall be considered,
not limited to:
a. Relevant Internal interested parties

b. Relevant External interested Parties
c. Requirements of Interested Parties
d. Expectations of Interested Parties
e. Monitoring Mechanism
f. Frequency of monitoring
4.2.5 Related Managers and other key personnel shall analyze the obtained data
and check the needs and expectations of the relevant interested parties,
whether it has an impact on the project organization’s ability to provide
product and services to meet customer and applicable requirements or to
enhance customer satisfaction.
4.2.6 If there is any impact to the project, the key personnel shall go through the
following actions, not limited to:
a. Update Risk Assessment Register

b. Update the Opportunity Register
c. Inform to the Project Management
4.2.7 The key personnel shall forward the Interested Party Register to the Project
Manager and Project QA Manager at the beginning of the project/ after
completion of each project milestone.
4.2.8 The Project QA Manager in collaboration with the Project Manager shall
consolidate all the data regarding interested parties provided by the key
personnel.
4.2.9 The key personnel shall discuss with the Project Manager and/or Project QA
Manager all the needs and expectations of interested parties while
considering the scope of each area of responsibilities.
4.2.10 The interested parties’ needs and expectations shall be discussed on Project
Management Review. Suggestions and improvements shall be invited during
meeting. Critical issues shall be recorded in project risk register and risk
mitigation shall be done by the assigned person in collaboration with the
Project Manager and Project QA Manager. Actions shall be taken for each
associated risks if necessary.
4.2.11 Project QA Manager shall forward all the results and statistics to Corporate
Quality Department on Quarterly basis.
Page 7 of 8
MANAGING ISSUES
4.2.12 At the end of the project, all obtained data shall be reviewed by the whole
project team headed by Project Manager and it shall be sent to all
departments as part of the Lesson Learned.
4.2.13 All document and/or records generated for monitoring and reviewing the
needs and expectations of interested parties which may be used for analyzing
its effectiveness for future, shall be controlled as per Document & Record
Control Procedure and retained for a minimum period of three (3) years.
Internal & External Issue Register

Interested Party Register
Opportunity Register
Risk Register
Page 8 of 8
INDUSTRIAL SECURITY FACILITIES
LESSONS LEARNED PROCEDURE

Page 1 of 8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. REVİSİON HİSTORY & SİGNATORİES: ........................................................... 2

II. LESSONS LEARNED PROCEDURE ................................................................ 4
1 Objective ..................................................................................................... 4
2 References .................................................................................................. 4
3 Persons Involved ......................................................................................... 4
4 Process Flow ............................................................................................... 4
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS .................................................................................. 8
Page 3 of 8

II. LESSONS LEARNED PROCEDURE
1 Objective
To define and establish a method of handling all related knowledge and experiences
gathered during the course the project. This lesson learned will be utilized for the continual
improvement of the other projects and the Quality Management System.
2 References
ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management System-Requirements

ISO 9000: 2015 QMS-Fundamentals &Vocabulary
RTCC Corporate Quality Manual
3 Persons Involved

PM Project Manager
PCM Project Controls Manager
COA Commissioning Authority
EM Engineering manager
LT Laboratory technician
SK Store Keeper
Vendor Supplier/Subcontractor/Service provider
SE Site Engineer
4 Process Flow
4.1 Scope of application
4.1.1 This Lesson Learned Procedure is applicable to all departments/sections of
Page 4 of 8

the project in RTCC and related subcontractors for all systems and
services outsourced for this project.
4.1.2 During execution of the project, every employees are facing work related
involvements resulting to positive and/or negative experiences. These
experiences provide lessons where everyone may learn from it.
4.1.3 The Lessons learned are aimed to progressing knowledge beyond the
existing knowledge and be for the benefit of everyone on the organization
and project. RTCC will follow positive results while avoiding the negative
results to prevent recurrence.
4.1.4 Lessons learned shall cover all the functional area of the project like Project
Initiation, Planning, Execution, Testing & Commissioning, Project
Handover, Close-Out, etc.
4.1.5 The Lessons Learned process should be performed into the normal daily
construction activity and technical practices, so that it is not considered as
an additional task or a scheduled activity.
4.1.6 Lessons learned can be raised by Site Engineers, Department Seniors,

Construction Managers and Project Manager within the project. All
supporting documents and relevant records/evidences shall be attached
with Lesson Learned documentation.
4.1.7 A regular communication program shall be applied to support the Lessons

learned process like meetings, emails, comments, etc.
4.1.8 Lessons learned process shall generate a data records. It also highlights
the people who have given the knowledge for lesson learned process and
improves Project organizational knowledge.
4.1.9 Lesson learned data shall be transmitted to Corporate Quality Department

on Quarterly basis
4.2 Sources of Lessons Learned data
4.2.1 One of the essential parts of the project is to collect Lesson Learned Data
during execution of the project for Continual Improvement. It will make
impact on project progress by cost, time, scope quantity, process, product,
etc.
4.2.2 The inputs of lesson learned data can be obtained from various site
activities. The functional areas that shall be monitored and noted shall
include, but not limited to, the following:
Page 5 of 8

a. Execution of Work
b. Employer Communication
c. Employer Complaint
d. Risk and Opportunity
e. Gap Analysis
f. Regular Site visits
g. Walk through Meetings
h. From Standards and Seminars
i. Internal & External Audits
j. Site Visits
k. Site instructions
l. Non Conformance
m. Suggested Improvements
n. Remedial Actions
o. Case Studies
p. Changing Trends in Market
q. Trainings
r. Management Review Meetings
s. Organizational Knowledge Collection
4.3 Duration of lessons learned data collection
4.3.1 Lesson Learned data collection is a continuous process during the project.
It shall begin at the start of the project and ends until project finish.
4.3.2 Lessons learned shall be reviewed during the Project Management Review
Meetings.
4.3.3 As a result of this process, there may be a requirement to change existing

practices, to prevent further recurrences where a problem has been
encountered, or to improve existing processes where a suggestion has
been forwarded.
4.4 Process Flow
4.4.1 The Project Manager shall instruct the construction key

personnel/construction senior to initiate the lesson learned activities, in
collaboration with the Project QA Manager during project.
4.4.2 The points to be monitored and noted shall include, but not limited to, the
following;
a. Title
b. Brief description of the situation
Page 6 of 8

c. Circumstances that leads to the situation

d. How the situation was rectified
e. How to avoid the situation in future
4.4.3 The key personnel shall endorse their team to note the lessons learned
during Construction.
4.4.1 Although the Site Engineers are expected to be a focal contributor of the
lesson learned data, any employee may submit lesson learned to his senior
with complete set of supporting documents based on the inputs mentioned
in the Clause 4.2.2.
4.4.2 Construction key personnel / construction senior shall enter the data in
Lesson Learned Register and supporting Documents shall be filed with
identification number.
4.4.3 Construction key personnel/construction senior shall forward lesson

learned register to the Project Manager and Project QA Manager on
Monthly basis.
4.4.4 Project QA Manage shall consolidate all data obtained from various
departments.
4.4.5 Lessons learned data shall be reviewed regularly in Project Management

Review Meeting and in regular construction meeting.
4.4.6 Suggestions and improvements shall be invited during meetings. Critical

issues shall be recorded in project risk register and risk mitigation shall be
done by the assigned person in collaboration with Project Manager and
Project QA Manager.
4.4.7 Positive situations shall be recorded in Opportunity Register and

corresponding actions shall be taken accordingly. Best practices shall be
noted into Project Organizational Knowledge.
4.4.8 The Project QA Manager shall send the Lesson Learned Data to RTCC
Corporate Quality Department / PMO Department on Quarterly basis for
improvement of the Quality Management System and to update the
“Organizations Knowledge”.
4.4.9 Process shall be continue until project Completion and Closeout.
4.4.10 At the End of the project, all obtained lesson learned data shall be reviewed
by the whole Project team and quality team headed by Project Manager.
Project QA Manager shall sort out the data collected department wise and it
Page 7 of 8

shall be sent to all departments for continual improvement.
4.4.11 All documents and/or records generated along with Lesson Learned, shall
be controlled as per Document & Record Control Procedure and retained
for a minimum period of three (3) years.
Page 8 of 8
MATERIAL CONTROL PROCEDURE

Page 1 of 11

Table of Contents
I. REVİSİON HİSTORY & SİGNATORİES: ............................................................................. 2

II. MATERIAL CONTROL PROCEDURE................................................................................. 4
1. Objective ......................................................................................................................... 4
2. References ...................................................................................................................... 4
3. Persons Involved ............................................................................................................. 4
4. Process Flow................................................................................................................... 5
4.1 Material Scheduling ................................................................................................ 5
4.2 Approved Material Control ...................................................................................... 6
4.3 Material Receipt and Control .................................................................................. 7
4.4 Handling and Storage ............................................................................................. 8
4.5 Stock Records ...................................................................................................... 10
4.6 Company Supplied Materials ................................................................................ 10
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS .................................................................................................. 11
Page 3 of 11

II. MATERIAL CONTROL PROCEDURE
1. Objective
To maintain a system of Material Control that shall ensure the all processes is controlled,
material approvals and ordering are carried out in ample time to meet the construction
programme.
2. References
ISO 9001 : 2015 Quality management System Requirements
ISO 9000 : 2015 QMS-Fundamentals & Vocabulary
Procurement Schedule
3. Persons Involved

PM Project Manager
SE Site Engineer
AMI Authorized Material Inspector
SK Storekeeper
AMI Authorized Material Inspector
Page 4 of 11

4. Process Flow
4.1 Material Scheduling
4.1.1 The Project Manager shall instruct the Planning Engineer to make a request to
the Procurement Department to provide an initial draft of Material Schedule for
construction of the project.
4.1.2 This schedule shall incorporate activities from the project preparation, initial
mobilization, up to the final completion of the project.
4.1.3 The Procurement Schedule shall be complete with provisional material

quantities. The Project Manager shall review the materials and its quantities,
amend where necessary and add the delivery dates of when the construction
materials are required.
4.1.4 Whereas the amendment was made and requested by the Project Manager, the
Procurement Department shall revise the Procurement Schedule and submit an
updated copy at site. It is the responsibility of the Project Manager to inform the
Procurement Department of any changes or amendments that occur as the
Project evolves.
4.1.5 On completion of the above, the Project Manager shall sign and submit the
Procurement Schedule to the Company Representative for approval. After
approval, it will be returned to the Procurement Department for processing and
will be disseminated to the site for information.
4.1.6 All Site Procurement Related issues and vendor supervision will be executed by
Site Procurement Manager and Controlled by VID and Site Procurement Control
Supervisor.
4.1.7 Incoming Material reports and status shall be maintained available by

Procurement Manager and submitted to SPQCS and VID any time.
4.1.8 Copies of Purchase Orders issued by the Procurement Department shall be

sent to the site. Copies of all Purchase Orders shall be forwarded to the project
stores to be used for checking the incoming materials.
4.1.9 Copies of all material reports shall be kept updated and a copy shall be
available with the QAM.
Page 5 of 11

4.2 Approved Material Control
4.2.1 The Project Manager shall receive the Material Submittal Documents (or the
Company (Saudi Aramco submission form) from the Procurement Department
completes with all the necessary samples, literature, certificates of conformity
and test certificates.
4.2.2 The Project Manager and Site Procurement Manager shall review the submittal
to ensure that the proposed material is in accordance with the specification and
that the submission is complete with the required enclosures.
4.2.3 If the above is satisfactory, the Project Manager shall initiate to prepare Material
Submittal Form and submit to the Company Representative for approval.
4.2.4 If approved, copies of the approved submittal form shall be provided to the
Quality Site Office.
4.2.5 The Site Procurement Quality Control Supervisor incorporation with QCM and
QAM shall monitor the approval process and make sure that proposed material
are applicable for the project as per Saudi Aramco Engineering Procedures
(SAEP 1151).
4.2.6 Minimum Inspection levels for all procured materials shall be following to Levels
of 0, 1, 2, 3 & 4 came with Saudi Aramco Engineering Procedures (SAEP
1151).
4.2.7 If the submittal is returned to the Project Manager with rejected comments,
these shall be sent to the Procurement Manager for re-submission in
accordance with the Company’s requirements.
4.2.8 The Site Procurement Quality Control Supervisor shall be informed in each of
the approved material and he shall ensure that each material is recorded as
approved on the Material Submittal Log with the Site Procurement Manager.
4.2.9 Material Submittal Log shall keep updated and prepared by the Site
Procurement Manager and communicated with the SPQCS and QAM.
4.2.10 Up-to-date copies of the Approved Suppliers List and documentation of samples
shall also be maintained in the Site Quality Office (QRC).
4.2.11 Approved samples shall be kept and maintained by the storekeeper at Project
Stores.
Page 6 of 11

4.3 Material Receipt and Control
4.3.1 Receipt of material, plant or equipment into the project stores shall be identified
and stored in a defined area.
4.3.2 The Storekeeper shall check that the incoming documents correspond to the
material supplied and the original Purchase Order/Purchase Requisition prior to
receipt.
4.3.3 No material shall be accepted in the Project stores without the correct
documentation.
4.3.4 Material Delivery documentation should be prepared prior the arrival of the
material at job site to avoid delaying the inspection considering Saudi Aramco
Inspection cut off “7 days” relative to delivery note date.
4.3.5 After receipt of the material, the storekeeper shall advise an Authorized Material
Inspector, who will do the initial inspection to the material. (This personnel is the
Site Engineer who requested the material with the Project Manager, he shall be
the initial inspector for the incoming material with the procurement manager
before unloading).
4.3.6 Each material delivery shall be inspected by the Storekeeper and the
Authorized Material Inspector and site engineer (the site engineer will prepare a
request for Material Inspection for the QC inspector) to ensure that the material,
plant or equipment is fit for purpose and conforms to the specification.
4.3.7 All inspection shall be managed under supervision of the site procurement
quality control Supervisor (SPQCS) in cooperation with the site Quality Manager
and delegated QC supervisors/inspectors.
4.3.8 The Store keeper and the authorized material Inspector in charge shall ensure
that the received item(s) from the vendor has at least 80% of the shelf life
remaining prior to receive and placing the item(s) into stock to avoid having
purchased items expired before planned use.
4.3.9 After initial inspection, if found satisfactory, the Authorized Material Inspector
shall forward Material Inspection Request that would be provided to the VID
(Vendor Inspection Department in Saudi Aramco PMT) to arrange final
inspection of the material, plant or equipment.
4.3.10 When the delivered material, plant or equipment is accepted, the Installation,
Operation & Maintenance Manuals, factory test certificates and other related
documents shall be acquired by the store keeper and shall be forwarded to the
SPQCS / Procurement Manager for safekeeping. Site Procurement Manager
shall furnish copies of the documents to the Senior Site Engineer for their
Page 7 of 11

information and use. (Original Copies shall be well maintained for final handing
over of the project it shall be handed to VID finally)
4.3.11 Storekeeper shall raise a sequentially numbered Site Stores Receiving

Voucher.
4.3.12 The Storekeeper shall ensure that the Site Stores Receiving Voucher is signed
by:-
a. Himself, confirming the correct quantities of the material, and correct

incoming documentation.
b. Himself, confirming that all material has been entered into stock records.
c. The Storekeeper and/or Site discipline and Authorized Material Inspector
who inspected the material for conformance
d. The Project Manager to approve the receipt of the material
4.3.13 Copies of the Receiving Voucher shall be distributed as follows:-
a. White copy to Purchasing Department

b. Yellow copy to Central Stores
c. Pink copy to Accounts Department
d. Green copy to Site Stores files
4.3.14 Material deliveries shall be handled in accordance with Handling and Storage
Process.
4.3.15 Copies of incoming documentation shall be maintained in the Store’s files.
4.3.16 All non-conforming material deliveries shall be controlled in accordance with

Non-Conforming Material under Handling of Non-Conformance Procedure.
4.3.17 Material shall only be issued from the Project Stores on the production of a
sequentially numbered Issue / Return Voucher signed by the Storekeeper
and/or Authorized Material Inspector.
4.3.18 Material Status Reports and Schedule shall be generated by the store keeper
and the Site Procurement Manager and to be available if requested by SPQCS
or VID.
4.4 Handling and Storage
4.4.1 All Company stores shall have stock location markings and material labels on
racks so that all material accepted into the stores can be adequately located
Page 8 of 11

and identified.
4.4.2 Material on racks shall be arranged in a well-organized manner at all times.

Care shall be taken to prevent over stacking or poor stacking that could result to
damage of the material.
4.4.3 All materials shall be stored in environments recommended by the

manufacturer.
4.4.4 Storage area shall be of sufficient in size to accommodate the components, to

allow room for handling.
4.4.5 Material placed in an outside environment shall not be laid directly on sand but
should be laid on sleepers or pallets to avoid soil contamination.
4.4.6 All materials, tools and equipment’s that may deteriorate in exposed conditions
shall be suitably protected.
4.4.7 Site Procurement Quality Control Supervisor shall conduct a wall through
periodically to make sure that materials are well handed and stored as per
standard and this procedure.
4.4.8 All stocks of materials with a limited shelf-life shall be re-arranged with each
receipt to ensure stock rotation (i.e. First in First out).
4.4.9 All materials with limited shelf life shall have the expiry date recorded at the time
of receipt and the records updated on each issue of the material.
4.4.10 The Storekeeper shall ensure that all out of date, expired and non-conforming
materials shall be separated/segregated and stored separately in project store’s
“QUARANTINE AREA”, and shall be clearly labeled as “out-of-date”, ”expired”
or “non-conforming material” respectively.
4.4.11 All materials in “QUARANTINE AREA” shall be recorded in the storekeeper’s

logbook separately to maintain proper traceability.
4.4.12 All materials shall be loaded, off loaded and handled using recognized lifting
equipment suitable for purpose. Abusive handling shall be avoided.
4.4.13 All Project site stores shall be maintained in a neat and tidy condition. It is the
Storekeeper’s responsibility to ensure that the condition of their stores reflect
the quality standards laid down by the Company’s Executive Management.
Page 9 of 11

4.5 Stock Records
4.5.1 All RTCC Company materials stored in the RTCC Company Stores or Project
stores shall be recorded on the Stock Control, monitored and maintained by the
Storekeeper.
4.5.2 The Stock Control card shall record the following:-
a. Item Code
b. Material Description
c. Minimum stock levels where required
d. Stores location
e. Date and quantity received
f. Date and quantity released
g. Current stock holding
h. Expiry date where applicable
4.5.3 Project site stores shall maintain the Stock Control Card records but need not
necessarily maintain a computer backup system.
4.5.4 It is the responsibility of the Storekeeper to ensure that Stock Control Records
are updated directly after material has been accepted into the stores.
4.5.5 On completion of the updating of Stock Control Records, the Storekeeper shall
sign the Site Stores Receiving Voucher.
4.5.6 On Project sites, whereas a material has been noticed to be of a minimum stock
level as indicated on the Stock Control Records, it is the Storekeeper’s
responsibility to inform the Project Manager to arrange requisition when the re-
order point level is met.
4.5.7 copy of any Project records Regarding Materials maintained or retained by

concerned departments pertaining to the product ,Processes and services shall
be provided to site quality team upon request to increase proactive approach
and Continual Improvement
4.6 Properties belongs to Customer / Company
4.6.1 When applicable, all customer supplied materials (free issue material) shall be
subjected to the same procedures as stated in this manual. Such procedures
are Material Testing, Material Scheduling, Material Receipt and Control, Non-
Conforming Material, Handling and Storage and Stock Records.
Page 10 of 11

4.6.2 On receipt of non-conforming material and shortage in the delivered quantities,

the Project Manager shall immediately inform the Company Representative in
writing, to resolve the matter
4.6.3 If the Storekeeper has any doubt regarding the acceptance of the customer
supplied material, he shall quarantine the material and seek the advice of the
Project Manager.
4.6.4 When the client Supplied material is lost, damaged or otherwise found to be
unsuitable for use, store keeper through project manager shall report this to the
client and retain documented information.
4.6.5 The SPQCS shall keep monitoring the stored material maintained safe as per
Saudi Aramco Requirements in coordination with VID.
4.6.7 On the completion of the project, any surplus or unused costumer supplied
materials shall be returned to the Saudi Aramco Company custody as good as
received.
Page 11 of 11
HANDLING OF NON-CONFORMANCE
PROCEDURE
Page 1 of 14
PROCEDURE
Revision Description Sheet
Rev. Paragraph Revision Description
00 - First submission for SAPMT review and approval.
The Sentence has revised to get the correct meaning of the sentence
Section 4.1.7
“Replay” to Reply).
Added the new sentence “ Copies shall be submitted to Saudi Aramco

Section 4.3.4
01 Representative within 48 Hours as well “
Rephrase the sentence as “ Site QC Supervisor shall sign the NCR form
Section 4.3.10
indictaing its Closure and final Closure from Saudi Aramco representatives”
Page 3 of 14
PROCEDURE
Table of Contents
I. Revision History & Signatories: .................................................................. 2

II. HANDLING OF NON-CONFORMANCE..................................................... 5
1. Objectives ............................................................................................. 5
2. References ............................................................................................ 5
3. Persons Involved ................................................................................... 5
4. Process Flow......................................................................................... 6
4.1 Handlıng of Non-Conformance Report .......................................... 6
4.2 Closure of External Non-conformances ...................................... 7
4.3 Closure of Internal Non-conformances........................................ 9
4.4 Non-Conformıng Material ........................................................... 11
4.5 Site Surveillance and Site Observation Report (SOR) .............. 12
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS ......................................................................... 14
Page 4 of 14
PROCEDURE
II. HANDLING OF NON-CONFORMANCE
1. Objectives
To ensure that only products, services, materials and installations of a required quality are
handed over to the Employer. To prevent recurrence of defective work and non-conformances
being produced with the ultimate aim of reducing levels of rejected work and rework.
2. References

ISO 9000:2015 QMS-Fundamentals and Vocabulary
Project Quality Manual

3. Persons Involved

PM Project Manager
SE Site Engineer
Page 5 of 14
PROCEDURE
SE Site Engineer
SK Storekeeper
4. Process Flow
4.1 Handlıng of Non-Conformance Report
4.1.1 Non-conformance (NC) is a deviation, variation or disparity from a set of agreed

standard, specifications, procedure or instruction mutually agreed upon by Al-Rashid
Trading and Contracting Co. and Saudi Aramco Company for the benefit of the
implementation of a Quality Management System.
4.1.2 Non-Conformities or Potential Non-Conformities may be identified and raised, but

not be limited to, by the following personnel/originator:
a. Saudi Aramco Company Representative,

b. SAPMT
c. PID
d. VID
e. 3rd Party Auditors
f. Project Manager
g. Site Quality Team
h. RTCC Corporate Quality Dept. Manager / Management Representative
i. Internal Auditors
4.1.3 The criteria for personnel to be able to raise a Non-conformance are the ability to
identify deviations of the actual work status based from a set of standard
requirements by the RTCC and the Saudi Aramco.
4.1.4 Non-conformances may be found during the following activities:
a. Internal Quality Audits

b. In-process Inspections
c. Completion Inspection
d. Customer Complaints
e. Sub-Contractor Control
f. Incoming Material Control
g. Site Surveillance Visits
h. Testing of Materials
i. The Saudi Aramco Company Representative SAPMT / PID / VID issued
NNC’s/NCR
4.1.5 Upon Receival of the non-conformances or potential non-conformances from the

Company / Company Representative / Third party originator, the issues shall be
discussed and forwarded to the Project Manager for assessment of the issue.
Page 6 of 14
PROCEDURE
These NCR shall be Considered as External NCR
4.1.6 If the NCR is issued by the Quality Team or NCR which is escalated from SOR
(Refer Clause 4.3) shall be treated as Internal NCR and forwarded to the Project
Manager to assign the action owner and address the right Root Cause Analysis
(RCA) Corretive action (CA) and Risk Analysis (RA) for Prevention
4.1.7 The Project Manager (Collaboration with the Department Managers) is responsible
to maintain the reply on any issued NCR (Internally /Externally) within 48 Hours from
the receipt of notification of Non conformites, including proposed Correction and
Corrective action .
4.1.8 RTCC Shall Provide to company representative, record of all recorded

Nonconformance within 48 Hours of Issue
4.2 Closure of External Non-conformances
4.2.1 Upon receiving of NCR from Company / Company Representative /Third Party , the
QAM shall request the project Manager /Construction Manger and QCM to
investigate the received Non Conformity /Violation Applicability and and to
categorize it as Invalid Non-Conformance, Minor Non-Conformance and Major Non-
Conformance.
4.2.1.1 Invalid Non-conformance:
a. Issue raised was not a Non-Conformance based on approved documents

and/or records.
b. RTCC Project QA Manager shall request any clarifications required by the

construction team and RTCC Project Manager, this to address them with
any requirements or supported documents.
c. In such case, the Project Manager / Project QA Manager shall forward the
necessary documents to the originator for proper justification.
4.2.1.2 Minor Non-conformance:
a. A deviation is treated as minor when the non-conformance is simple by

nature and also does not affect the function and appearance of the product
or service.
b. The Project QA Manager shall ask the Quality Record Controller to log the
non-conformance to the Non-Conformance Log with Status. The Site QC
Supervisor / Inspector shall review and give disposition to the minor
deviation. The issue shall be discussed to the Project Manager and
Page 7 of 14
PROCEDURE
Construction Manager for rectification. After resolving the issue, the Non-
Conformance Log shall be updated to reflect the status /category be
mentioned as Minor Non-Conformance
4.2.1.3 Major Non-Conformance:
a. A deviation is treated as major when the non-conformance is a deviation

from the specified limits of Corresponding
Specification/Code/Standard/Contract.
b. Upon classification of a Major NCR, the Project Quality Assurance

Manager shall forward the NCR report to the RTCC Project Manager for
acknowledge and to take the necessary action.
4.2.2 RTCC Project Manager, upon receipt and review of NCR, shall assign the
appropriate personnel, also called the “action owner”, to answer and close the NCR.
4.2.3 Upon identification of the “action owner”, and he shall forward and explain the NCR
and root cause analysis and may suggest or propose correction, corrective actions
and determine the Risk and Opportunity related to the identified Activity .
4.2.4 The “action owner” shall generate his correction, corrective action containing the
target date of accomplishment and all documents needed to execute the correction,
shall be verify with Project QA Manager with QCS /QCM and Submit to Project
Manager with 48 Hours for the Submission of PID/VID (Company Representative )
4.2.5 İn case the proposed Correction and Corrective action is not complete or
inappropriate for the said issue Project QA Manager Shall initiate a External
Violation Investigation Form (FM:QC:005) to get the correct Root cause analysis for
Correction and Corrective action before submission to PID/VID (Company
Representative )
4.2.6 Before starting work (corrective) RTCC Project Manager / Project QA Manager/
Action Owner shall ensure that the submitted correction and corrective action for
PID/VID (Company Representative) has been approved and correction can be
completed within (7) seven calendar days or as per agreed Completion date.
4.2.7 QCI /QCS shall monitor Correction /Corrective actions during and after execution
done by the “Action owner” and he shall provide his assessment to avoid rework in
future.
4.2.8 In case that the said proposal is not achieving the desired result, the Site QC
Supervisor shall re-assess the Correction & corrective action and raise a new
Correction & Corrective Action Request using the CCAR Form to address and close
further issues. This shall be processed in accordance with the Correction &
Page 8 of 14
PROCEDURE
Corrective Action Procedure of this manual.
Note : if the activity subject / the non confirmity is ready for re inspection , the action qwner shall
proveide NCR Closure documents and to seek for NCR closure prior proceeding with inspection
. However in Some Conditions the corrective action shall be offered for insection RTCC Qulity
Supervisor or Suadi Aramco Representative
4.2.9 After Completion of Correction / Corrective Action Project Manager shall forward
NCR with is inspected by the Quality Team to the Company Representative for the
final Disposition of Non Conformance.
4.2.10 If the Company Representative is satisfied with the action taken by RTCC /Action
owner he will sign and Close Non conformance and Forward RTCC.
4.2.11 Project QA Manager & QRC shall maintain all NCR as Control of Quality Records
Procedure of Quality Plan and status of NCR Log shall be updatedand Risk and
opportunites shall be reviewed and updated
4.3 Closure of Internal Non-conformances
4.3.1 The Quality Team Especially QCI and /or QCS identifies a non conforming Product /
Material / Sevice at any stage of the project during the project processes as
mentioned in the Clause 4.1.4 ; they shall initiate internal NCR through NCR Form
(FM:QC:003) and forwarded to the Project Manager.in collaboration with QAM and
QCM.
4.3.2 The Project Manager, upon receipt and review of NCR, shall assign the appropriate
personnel, also called the “action owner”, to answer and close the NCR.
4.3.3 Upon identification of the “action owner”, and he shall forward and explain the NCR
and root cause analysis and may suggest or propose correction, corrective actions
and determine the Risk and Opportunity related to the identified Activity after
Catagorised the NCR according to Clause 4.2.1.1, 4.2.1.2 & 4.2.1.3
4.3.4 The “action owner” shall generate his correction, corrective action containing the
target date of accomplishment and all documents needed to execute the correction
within 48 Hours to Project QA Manager for his approval and Copies shall be
submitted to the Saudi Aramco Representative within 48 hours as well
4.3.5 before returning it back to the “action owner “ the Project QA Manager whom will
request the originator /QCI/QCS and QCM to verify.
4.3.6 If in the case that the correction, corrective action is not valid, incomplete or
inappropriate for the said issue, the Site QC Supervisor shall relay all his comments
to the ”action owner” for changes, modifications and re-submission of a new
proposal. The Contractor /Action owner shall investigate the root cause of non
Page 9 of 14
PROCEDURE
conformances and initiate Correction ,Cottective action within 7 days of issue date
of Non conformances
4.3.7 The Site QC Manager / Supervisor shall monitor the effectiveness of the proposal
during and after its execution.
4.3.8 If the Site QC Manager/Supervisor notices discrepancies with the proposal during
the actual execution, he would immediately inform both the Project QA Manager
and the “action owner” regarding the concern for proper rectification and redirection
through CCAR (FM:QA:007) Form
4.3.9 In case that the said proposal is not achieving the desired result, the Site QC
Supervisor shall re-assess the Correction & corrective action and raise a new
Correction & Corrective Action Request using the CCAR Form to address and close
further issues. This shall be processed in accordance with the Correction &
Corrective Action Procedure of Project Quality Plan.
4.3.10 Upon completion of the correction, corrective action, Site QC Manager / Project QA
Manager shall notify company representative for verification of action taken by
Action owner / Contractor. Site QC Supervisor shall sign the NCR form indicating its
closure and the final Closure from Saudi Aramco reprsentatives.
4.3.11 The Site QC Supervisor shall forward a copy of the closed NCR to the non-
conformance originator, “Action-Owner” and Project Manager for their reference and
NCR Log shall be updated with Status
4.3.12 Consider raising risk and/or opportunity before closing of each NCR. Risk shall be
raised using Risk Identification Form which shall be attached with the closure of
NCR and copy shall be provided to the Risk Manager/ Project Controls Manager /
Project QA Manager.
4.3.13 Risk & Opportunity Register to be reviewed and updated.
4.3.14 Review and make changes in Project Quality Management System if necessary.
4.3.15 The Project QA Manager / QC Manager /Site QC Supervisor shall report all NCR,
CCAR proposals and its status on the Management Review Meeting conducted at
site.
rd
Note: If the originator of the Non-Conformities is the SAPMT, PID, VID, 3 Party Auditors, Quality
Assurance Manager, or part of the Quality Team, the issue will immediately be subjected to a
documented Non-Conformance Report along with its corresponding Corrective Action.
4.3.16 The Project QA Manager shall prepare a weekly log sheet off all open and closed
NCR’s and to submit to Company Representative SAPMT/PID/VID office for Info.
Page 10 of 14
PROCEDURE
Procedure of Quality Plan.
4.3.18 The Project QA Manager shall send the report to Quliaty Control Recorder
regardsing report all NCR, CCAR proposals and its status on the Management
Review Meeting conducted at site.
Note: In case that the Non-Conformance was raised by a 3rd party company, Company or owner, all
information regarding the proposals, execution and closure shall be relayed and approved by
the aforementioned prior to continuation of each activity.
In the case of an Internal Audit, documentation shall follow the procedure set forth by the RTCC
Quality Department/ Assurance Manual by the RTCC Coporate Quality Dept.
4.4 Non-Conformıng Material
4.4.1 For material that has been identified as non-conforming and is returned to the
supplier without being unloaded in the stores, the Storekeeper shall not raise a Site
Store Receiving Voucher but shall raise a sequentially number Over, Short &
Damage Report.
4.4.2 For material rejected subsequent to off loading, the storekeeper shall store the
material in the “QUARANTINE AREA” (refer to Handling and Storage Process) and
raise an Over, Short & Damage Report. Adjust stock records if the material has
previously been entered into the stock records.
4.4.3 The Over, Short & Damage Report shall be signed by;
a. The Storekeeper indicating that stock records are correct

b. The site personnel responsible for rejecting the delivered materials who shall
also record the reason for rejection
c. The Project Manager who shall record the necessary action to be taken in the
tick boxes on the form.
4.4.4 Copies of the completed Over, Short & Damage Report shall be distributed as
follows:-
a. Copy to Procurement for updating the records of the supplier
b. Copy to Accounts Department for assessment of suppliers’ payment
c. Copy to the Project file
d. Copy to the Store file
e. Copy to Site QA/QC Manager to raise an NCR if necessary
f. Copy to Site Procurement Quality Control Supervisor to raise an NCR if
necessary
Procedure of Quality Plan.
Page 11 of 14
PROCEDURE
4.4.6 The Site QA Manager / QC Manager/ Procurement QC Supervisor/Material QC

Inspector shall report all NCR, CCAR proposals and its status on the Management
Review Meeting conducted at site.
4.4.7 In case that the Non-Conformance was raised by a The Company Representative/
PID/ VID, 3rd party or owner, all information regarding the proposals, execution and
closure shall be relayed and approved by the aforementioned prior to continuation of
each activity.
4.4.8 In the case of an Internal Audit, documentation shall follow the procedure set forth
by the RTCC Quality Assurance Manual by the Coporate Quality Dept.
4.5 Site Surveillance and Site Observation Report (SOR)
4.5.1 In order to increase the Proactive approach and Continual Improvement of Project
activities throughout the project, the site Quality team shall conduct daily
Surveillance in the project.
4.5.2 Surveillance shall be performed to the extent necessary to provide adequate

confidence that appropriate measures are taken to control and achieve quality.
4.5.3 The site QC Manager in collaboration with Project QA manager is responsible for
managing and implementing the Quality surveillance inspection program at the
construction site
4.5.4 Scope, duration, and intensity of surveillance inspection and/or verification activities
shall be determined by the QC Manager through an evaluation of scope of the
activities being performed and the quality history of contractor /subcontractor or as
deemed necessary by Project Manager.
4.5.5 QC Inspection personnel will utilize the applicable surveillance, ITP or inspection
procedure and use them for determining inspection surveillance activities. When
inspection surveillance is performed on some activities not addressed by an
Inspection & Test Plans or Inspection Procedures, the work process instruction
(usually IFC drawing / Shop Drawing and specification) will be used to guide the
surveillance inspector/Supervisor
4.5.6 The QC inspection personnel are responsible for:
a. Perform periodic surveillance and/or verification of activities.

b. Advise the QC Manager and Project QA Manager for quality issues.
4.5.7 The QC Supervisor /Inspector shall indicate the results of the surveillance
verification activity in the following manner:
Page 12 of 14
PROCEDURE
a. Record those areas or items monitored or reviewed on the Daily Quality Report
(DQR).If no deficiencies are found during this surveillance, so state (satisfactory)
and fill the appropriate areas of form and sign with date. The report and forward
to the QC Manager for review and distribution.
b. When a deficiency is found and will need a follow-up inspection to verify

conformity, identify it on the Site Observation Report (FM:CO:045). QC Manager
shall be notified and call the attention of the responsible person where the
deficiency was observed. All SORs prepared shall be subjected to QAM
assessment in case of not valid or further recommendation might be necessary.
c. The QC Inspector / Supervisor will discuss the issue with the recipient, in the
presence of the QC Manager, and agree what corrections or actions are to be
taken to close the issue. Then this shall be approved by the QAM Prior to
implementation to avoid rework.
 The QCM Shall report all status and records to the QAM re assessment
and further evaluation , or in case of reposition or further escalation
NOTE: The QC Manager and/or QC Supervisor may also recommend corrections or

Corrective actions to be taken to correct the condition or deficiency.
d. Correction / Actions to be taken shall be provided including the expected date to

be finished. The QC inspector shall ensure that corrections/actions to be taken
are completed. The SOR Form shall be signed by the QC Inspector / Supervisor /
Originator to indicate his approval and acknowledgement to the actions taken.
Then, it will be submitted to the QC Manager for validation and final closure.
Records of the SOR Report shall be maintained by the Project QA Manager
which will be used for data analysis and further distribution as required.
e. A written request, addressed to the QC Manager, may be issued by the recipient

of the Site Observation Report for the Extension. An extension period may be
granted by the QC Manager if necessary. The QC Manager will document any
extension and the Project Manager will be advised in such event.
f. QC Manager shall ensure that surveillance deficiency information is recorded in

the log. Log will serve as a record of the Site Observation Reports which would
also indicate the status if it is “Open” or ‘’Closed”.
g. If the proposal for “Correction / Action to be taken” for the deficiency is not
resolved within Two (2) calendar days (48 hours), the QAM shall assure that all
unsolved SORs escalated to NCR as necessary. QAM /QCM shall
initiate/escalate the issue to Internal Non-Conformance Report (NCR) as per
Handling of Non Conformance Report (Clause 4.1)
h. Unsolved or repeated NCRs which no further implementation to be required RCA,
Page 13 of 14
PROCEDURE
CA and RA this shall be escalated by the QAM to the senior management

Representative / PMO Manager for Further support and faster resolution. The
categorization of the NCR (Major /Minor) is subject the QAM Discretion / Decision
in all official correspondence
4.5.8 Site Observation Report (SOR) to be logged in RTCC Records as per Control of
Quality Records Procedure and might be presented to PMT/PID when deemed
necessary as an evidence of RTCC action taken.
Page 14 of 14
COMMUNICATION PROCEDURE

Page 1 of 6

Table of Contents
I. REVİSİON HİSTORY & SİGNATORİES: .................................................... 2

II. COMMUNICATION PROCEDURE ............................................................. 4
1 Objective ................................................................................................ 4
2 References ............................................................................................ 4
3 Persons Involved ................................................................................... 4
4 Process Flow ......................................................................................... 4
4.1 Communıcatıon .............................................................................. 4
4.2 Company Complaint ....................................................................... 6
Page 3 of 6

II. COMMUNICATION PROCEDURE
1 Objective
To ensure that all types of data, information, literature and knowledge are communicated
properly to the Company, Company Representative and RTCC.
2 References
ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management system- Requirement

ISO 9001:2015 QMS- Fundamentals & Vocabulary
Schedule Q - Project Specific Quality requirements

3 Persons Involved

PM Project Manager
SE Site Engineer
4 Process Flow
4.1 Communıcatıon
4.1.1 The Quality Department shall prepare all relative forms /documents required
Page 4 of 6

for internal /external communications.
4.1.2 The Site Construction team shall use these forms / documents as a
correspondence in any occasion or as needed.
4.1.3 Communication between parties within the project can be achieved through,
but not limited, to the following;
a. Correspondence (Inter-Office Memo, Transmittal, Letters, etc.)
b. Site Instructions
c. Reports (Progress, Non conformance and CPAR)
d. Site Meetings (Management Review, Coordination, etc.)
e. Verbal instructions
f. Bulletin board, Signage, etc.
g. Radio & mobile
h. E-mails and alike
4.1.4 Correspondence and Site Instructions conveyed shall be brought-up to the

appropriate personnel and, if necessary, to the RTCC Project Manager.
4.1.5 Progress reports submitted to the Company Representative through the

RTCC Project Manager shall address, but not limited to the following:
a. Executive summary
b. Risk and Opportunities issues
c. Project Management
d. Planning & Schedule
e. Procurement
f. Budget & Cost
g. Design issues
h. Drawing Management
i. Construction Management
j. Contracts & Legal
k. Documents Management Plan
l. Quality Management
m. Health and Safety Management
n. Defects Management
o. Claims Management
4.1.6 The QRC shall collect, maintain and update all documents / records and
apply the Control of Quality Records Procedure as stated in the Quality Plan.
4.1.7 All documents and /or records shall be distributed to the appropriate
personnel for their action.
Page 5 of 6

4.1.8 Distribution of documents and /or records shall be monitored and maintained
by the QRC.
4.1.9 All undocumented verbal deliberations and agreement due to unexpected

circumstances that was accepted and immediately instructed by the
Company/Company Representative shall be handled by the involved
personnel. An appropriate document shall be prepared and immediately
seek the approval of the instruction to the same Company/Company
Representative.
4.2 Company Complaint
4.2.1 On receipt of a company complaint verbally or by letter, the RTCC Project

Manager shall be notified immediately.
4.2.2 The RTCC Project Manager with the Project QA Manager (QAM) shall raise
a sequentially numbered Company Complaint using the Company Complaint
Form.
4.2.3 The Project QA Manager shall investigate and document the cause and
initiate the Corrective Action Request to prevent re-occurrence.
4.2.4 The Project QA Manager shall discuss the formulated Corrective Action,
along with the attached Company Complaint, with the immediate supervisor
or RTCC Project Manager for review and approval.
4.2.5 If the RTCC Project Manager review the Corrective Action, he shall sign the
Corrective Action Request Form.
4.2.6 If the corrective action involves a Head Office Department or is outside the
control of site personnel, the Project QA Manager shall submit the filled
Company Complaint Form to the Corporate RTCC Quality office /PMO office
to investigate corrective action.
4.2.7 On the satisfactory completion of site corrective action, the Project QA

Manager shall sign and date the form indicating its closure.
4.2.8 Quality records shall be kept in accordance with Control of Quality

Page 6 of 6
SITE CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

Page 1 of 6

Table of Contents
I. REVİSİON HİSTORY & SİGNATORİES: ................................................................ 2

II. SITE CALIBRATION CONTROL ............................................................................. 4
1. Objective ............................................................................................................ 4
2. References ......................................................................................................... 4
3. Persons Involved ................................................................................................ 4
4. Process Flow...................................................................................................... 5
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS ....................................................................................... 6
Page 3 of 6

II. SITE CALIBRATION CONTROL
1. Objective
To ensure that all test and measuring equipment used on Project sites are calibrated. It is the
responsibility of site personnel to check on the calibration status prior to using the equipment.
2. References
ISO 9001:2015 Quality management system requirements

ISO 9000: 2015 QMS-Fundamentals & Vocabulary
Schedule Q - Project Specific Quality Requirements

3. Persons Involved

PM Project Manager
SE Site Engineer
LT Laboratory Technician
Page 4 of 6

4. Process Flow
4.1 All calibration records and the coordination of re-calibrating equipment is the
responsibility of the Project QA Manager, QC Manager, Quality Team and Laboratory
Technician.
4.2 RTCC shall identify, maintain, control, adjust, and calibrate all tools, gauges,
instruments and other measuring and testing devices used for controlling quality.
Calibration shall be performed at established periods as specified in the most stringent
of COMPANY standards, other applicable standards, or manufacturer
recommendations; if no standards apply, the calibration cycle shall not exceed six
months. RTCC shall provide backup equipment when the primary equipment is being
calibrated or tested.
4.3 All company equipment delivered to the Project site for measuring and testing the
quality of the structure shall be complete with operation manual(s), has a label attached
stating when was its last calibration date, the due date for re-calibration and the
equipment’s Company Tag Number.
4.4 Project QA Manager / QC Manager shall instruct any equipment user/ In charge (site
personnel) to prepare and maintain a Calibration Status Log which will be used for
references, monitoring, review and documentation. The log shall record all Testing and
Measuring Equipments which is being used at the site.
4.5 All the Equipment / Instruments shall be safeguarded from adjustments, damage or
deterioration that would invalidate the calibration status and subsequent measurement
results.
4.1 Site QC Supervisor / Inspector shall ensure that no equipment / gauge are in use
without being calibrated with valid calibration certificate.
4.2 The Site QC Supervisor / Inspector shall review the Calibration Status Log. All outdated
equipments shall be highlighted and issued a request for immediate re-calibration.
4.3 All site personnel using measuring and test equipment shall check the calibration status
of their equipment prior to each use.
4.4 If the calibration date of the equipment has elapsed, the equipment shall be set aside,
secluded from other equipment and shall clearly mark with a tag “OUT OF USE / FOR
RE-CALIBRATION”.
4.5 The Project Manager shall arrange for the equipment to be returned for re-calibration.
Page 5 of 6

4.6 Any equipment that has been damaged, misused or modified that may affect its
calibration shall be withdrawn from use and clearly marked ‘OUT OF USE’.
4.7 Any measuring device that has been repaired shall be calibrated prior to use.
4.8 This procedure is subject to internal auditing in accordance with the Project audit
schedule.
4.9 Copies of the calibration certificates shall be maintained at the Project QA Manager
Office and may be supplied to the Engineer as required.
4.10 Quality records shall be kept in accordance with Control of Quality Records
Page 6 of 6
CORRECTION & CORRECTIVE ACTION

Page 1 of 6

Table of Contents

II. CORRECTION / CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCEDURE ................ 4
1. Objective ....................................................................................... 4
2. References .................................................................................... 4
3. Persons Involved........................................................................... 4
4. Process Flow................................................................................. 4
III. RELATIVE DOCUMENTS ................................................................. 6
Page 3 of 6

II. CORRECTION AND CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCEDURE
1. Objective
To ensure that non-conformities / potential non-conformities shall be addressed

appropriately by determining and resolving the root cause of the issues. To prevent
occurrence of non-conformities or recurrence of potential non-conformities being practiced
at site.
2. References
ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management system - Requirements

3. Persons Involved

PM Project Manager
QCM site Quality Control (QC) Manager
SE Site Engineer
4. Process Flow
4.1. Any employee can raise a Correction and Corrective Action Request (CCAR). The
basis of CCAR could be, but not limited, to the following:
Page 4 of 6

• A complaint from the customer

• Non-conformances
• Potential problem / non-conformance
• Problem with vendor
• Other.
4.2. CCAR shall be raised with the complete details of the problem or potential problem
and its possible causes.
4.3. In case that CCAR was initiated by non-QC Personnel, the CCAR shall be
discussed and given to the Project QA Manager. If the Site QC Team is convinced
that CCAR has to be raised, the CCAR shall be arranged with CCAR sequential
number.
4.4. The CCAR shall be discussed by the Project QA Manager & QC Manager to the
Project Manager to determine whom it shall be addressed. After determining, the
Project Manager shall call the appropriate personnel to support them to analyze the
issues, address the actual root cause and come-up to an effective corrective action.
4.5. Suitable correction & Corrective actions shall be recommended in the CCAR
including the responsible personnel and target date.
4.6. CCAR shall be filled completely and signed by the appropriate personnel.
4.7. CCAR shall be logged by the Site QC Supervisor into the CCAR register
4.8. CCAR shall then be forwarded to the responsible person for taking the corrective
action, after keeping a copy in the pending CCAR file. If the Correction and
corrective action is to be taken in some other division, it shall be coordinated with
the Quality Department Manager.
4.9. Upon completion of the proposed Correction & Corrective Action, the original CCAR
shall be sent back to the Project Manager and/or Project QA Manager. Completion
of the Correction & Corrective Action shall be verified and related Risk and
Opportunities shall be monitored based on Risk and Opportunity register. An initial
Risk Control has to be taken as per Managing Risk and Opportunity Procedure
(QA-PR-09).
4.10. CCAR shall be closed after fulfillment of Clause 4.9.
4.11. CCAR register shall be updated with details and copy of the closed CCAR shall be
sent to the originator.
4.12. If the CCAR was originated due to a Company’s complaint, the Company shall be
informed suitably within (7) seven calendar days.
4.13. Original of the closed CCAR shall be filed in Project QA Manager’s Office.
4.14. Copies of CCAR register shall be sent to the RTCC Corporate Quality Department
Page 5 of 6

on quarterly basis.
4.15. The details of CCAR’s raised, brief description, correction & Corrective action, target
date shall be part of the quarterly quality performance analysis.
4.16. Above analysis shall be one of the bases for the Project Management Review
meetings.
4.17. Quality records shall be kept in accordance with Control of Quality Records
Page 6 of 6
SATISFACTION SURVEYS PROCEDURE

Page 1 of 5

Table of Contents

II. SATISFACTION SURVEYS .............................................................. 4
1. Objective ..................................................................................... 4
2. References ................................................................................. 4
3. Persons Involved ........................................................................ 4
4. Process Flow .............................................................................. 4
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS ................................................................. 5
Page 3 of 5

II. SATISFACTION SURVEYS
1. Objective
To acquire Company/Company’s Representative feedback on the performance on all

services rendered by RTCC which demonstrates high satisfaction that exceeds, if not,
meet the expectations.
To acquire a data that can confirm the performance and improvement of services of RTCC
2. References
ISO 9001:2015 Quality management System - Requirements

ISO 9001:2000 QMS Fundamentals & Vocabulary
Schedule Q- Project Specific Quality requirements

3. Persons Involved

PM Project Manager
4. Process Flow
4.1 The RTCC Corporate Quality Department/ PMO Department in coordination with the
Site Management shall submit Satisfaction Survey forms to the Project QA Manager.
4.2 Satisfaction Surveys comes in two forms, the Company and Company Representative’s
Satisfaction Survey form.
Page 4 of 5

4.2.1 COMPANY’S SATISFACTION SURVEYS
a. After the handover stage of the project, the Project Manager shall submit a
Company Satisfaction Survey to the Company to acquire their feedback on
the overall performance of RTCC.
b. These surveys shall be distributed to any number of representatives from

the Company.
c. All accomplished surveys shall be forwarded to the RTCC Corporate

Quality Department/ PMO Department for analyze and preparation for
potential improvement of the Quality Management System of RTCC
4.2.2 COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE’S SATISFACTION SURVEYS
a. Upon receipt of the Company Representative’s Satisfaction Survey, the

Project Manager and/or Project QA Manager shall communicate and
submit these forms to the Company’s Representatives.
b. Company Representative’s Satisfaction Surveys shall be given to the

Company’s Representatives in a frequency of at least once (1) each year.
c. These surveys shall be distributed to any number of representatives from

the Company’s Representative.
d. All accomplished surveys shall be collected by the Project QA Manager

and forwarded to the Quality Department for analyzation and preparation
for potential improvement of the Quality Management System of RTCC
Page 5 of 5
QUALITY TRAINING PROCEDURE

Page 5 of 7

Table of Contents

II. QUALITY TRAINING PROCEDURE ................................................. 8
1. Objectives ..................................................................................... 8
2. References .................................................................................... 8
3. Persons Involved........................................................................... 8
4. Process Flow................................................................................. 8
III. RELATIVE DOCUMENTS ............................................................... 11
Page 7 of 7

II. QUALITY TRAINING PROCEDURE
1. Objectives
To determine the required competencies and ensure trainings are provided to achieve
higher quality of workmanship of personnel.
2. References
ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management Systems - Requirements

ISO 9000: 2015 QMS-Fundamentals & Vocabulary
Schedule Q- Project specific Quality requirements

3. Persons Involved
GM RTCC General Manager

HRM RTCC HR Manager
SAPMT Saudi Aramco Project Management
QDM RTCC Quality Department Manager
PM Project Manager
SñE Senior Engineer
SQCS Site QC Manager
SE Site Engineers
4. Process Flow
4.1 The Project QA Manager with the Project Manager shall prepare a Training Plan on
the basis of Annual Gap Analysis, result of the Project Management Review Meeting,
periodic assessment, and other similar methods.
Page 8 of 7

4.2 The Project QA Manager and QC Manager shall verify the necessity of trainings
where required by the following;
• Project Requirement
• Quality requirement
• Regulatory Requirement
• Statutory requirement
Note: The Project QA Manager shall also consider trainings requested by the Company/Company’s
Representative, Project Manager and Senior Engineers which will be identified as the “requestor”.
Whereas, training is required by the Company/Company’s Representative, coordination will be made
for both parties (Contractor & Company/Company Representative) and training will be arranged as
per the contract.
4.3 The Project QA manager and Project Manager shall identify the appropriate trainings
required to raise the level of workmanship of appropriate personnel(s) that will directly
and indirectly affect the quality of the product /services all throughout the construction
stage.
4.4 The type of training requirement shall be identified if;
• In-house Training (Induction, Re-induction, Awareness & Others)

• External Training (3rd party Training)
4.5 The Site QC Supervisors as per request of Project QA Manager and in coordination
with Site Senior Engineers, shall prepare a training plan with the following details;
• Name of trainee(s)
• Current Position of trainee(s)
• Computer number
• Type of training required
• Trainer (s)
• Schedule of training (Date, time , Duration )
• Immediate Supervisor
• Requestor of training (Company/Company Representative, Project Manager &
Senior Engineers) if applicable
4.6 All Training Plan and its modifications shall be discussed and submitted to the Project
QA Manager for review.
4.7 Once finalized, the Project QA Manager shall coordinate the Training Plan to the
Project Manager to obtain approval.
Page 9 of 7

4.8 The Project Manager shall review and sign the training plan on his approval. If the
training plan is rejected, the Project Manager shall send the training plan back to the
Project QA Manager for revision.
4.9 Where training is required by a requestor, he shall submit a formal letter to the Site
QC Manager / Site QC Supervisor.
4.10 The Project QA manager / QC Manager /QC Supervisor shall review the request if it
is applicable in any part of the construction stage. If found applicable, the Site QC
Supervisor shall discuss the training needs to the Project QA Manager. Otherwise, it
shall be returned back to the requestor with comment(s) on why the request has been
turned down. If possible, necessary documents will be attached to justify the rejection
of training request.
4.11 Approved training request from requestor shall be included on the training plan laid by
the Project QA Manager / QC Manager. Trainings shall be carried out as follows;
a. IN-HOUSE TRAININGS
• Site QC Supervisor shall assign a competent instructor who has a broad

knowledge on the specific field of expertise.
• Instructor shall prepare all training materials needed prior to the training.
Instructor shall be assisted by the Site QC Supervisor, Project Manager and
other appropriate personnel to fulfill the desired result of the training.
b. EXTERNAL TRAININGS
• The Project QA Manager shall procure a recognized 3rd party training

organization to provide appropriate trainings as required.
• The Project QA Manager shall submit a list of 3 potential 3rd party training
organizations to the Project Manager.
• The Project Manager shall review and approve the list. The Project Manager
and Project QA Manager may suggest 3rd party training organization.
• The Project QA Manager shall initiate placing the Purchase Order to the 3rd
Party Training Organization, in coordination with the Project
Director/Manager, and arrange final date of training.
4.12 Once Training Plan is finalized, all records shall be forwarded to the Site QC Manager
/ Supervisor for implementation and monitoring.
4.13 Participants shall be notified by the Site QC Manager/Supervisor of course schedule,

arrangements made, and provide them with the course material to help them study
the same before course begins. List of participants shall be provided to instructor.
Page 10 of 7

4.14 Trainings shall be executed as detailed in the training plan. An attendance of all
trainees shall be recorded in every session of training.
4.15 The Site QC Supervisor shall prepare and issue Participation Training Certificate.
Copy shall be maintained in the Site Quality Office and employee training record shall
be updated.
4.16 A copy of the certificate issued shall be submitted to the RTCC Corporate Quality
Dept. Manager.
4.17 Evaluation shall be given to trainees after training has been completed.
4.18 The Project QA Manager/ Site QC Manager / QC Supervisor and Site Engineer shall
monitor and evaluate the performance of the trainees 6 months after the training for
its effectiveness.
Page 11 of 7
MEASURING
QUALITY PERFORMANCE (KPI)
Page 1 of 6
MEASURING
Table of Contents
I. REVİSİON HİSTORY & SİGNATORİES: ................................................. 2
II. MEASURING QUALITY PERFORMANCE .............................................. 4
1 Objective ........................................................................................... 4
2 References ........................................................................................ 4
3 Persons Involved............................................................................... 4
4 Process Flow..................................................................................... 4
III.RELATED DOCUMENTS ........................................................................ 6
Page 3 of 6
MEASURING
II. MEASURING QUALITY PERFORMANCE
1 Objective
To track, review and regulate the progress & performance of the project. Initiate the
corresponding changes according to data as identified from any area that has been
changed in the plans as required.
2 References
ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management Systems Requirements

Schedule Q- project Specific Quality requirements

3 Persons Involved

PM Project Manager
4 Process Flow
4.1 The Project QA Manager shall initiate and conduct a meeting to establish a systematic
approach (Key Performance Indicators Analysis) on all facets of construction stage
that needs to be monitored and measured.
4.2 Areas that will be monitored and measured shall include, but not limited to, the
following;
a. Site Inspections
Page 4 of 6
MEASURING
b. Company Feedbacks (Company Satisfaction & Complaints)

c. NCR’s
d. Approval (Material, Document, Procedure, MS, ITP, etc.)
e. Others that will be discussed in the meeting
4.3 The meeting shall also identify the frequency of submission/collection of records/data.
4.4 The QRC shall directly coordinate and submit all records/data required, as agreed in
the meeting, to the Project QA Manager / QC Manager.
4.5 Upon obtaining sufficient records/data, Project QA Manager / QC Manager shall

analyze all the records /data and devise / formulate a baseline as reference for the
proposed Key Performance Indicator (KPI)
4.6 Generated KPI shall meet the following;
a. Measurable
b. Attainable / Achievable
c. Relevant
4.7 Benefits of applying KPI Analysis are the following:
a. Identifying opportunities and problems

b. Determining priorities
c. Taking action to improve
d. Changing or adjusting strategy
e. Providing feedback to change behavior
f. Recognizing and rewarding accomplishments
4.8 The Site QC Manager / QC Supervisor shall submit the KPI to the Project QA Manager
for his review and approval. If approved, it shall be submitted to the RTCC Corporate
Quality Department Manager for information and records, otherwise it shall be
returned to the Supervisor for revision.
4.9 The Project QA Manager shall discuss the accomplished KPI to the Project Manager
for information and appropriate action, if required.
4.10 Approved KPI shall be discussed in the succeeding meeting and if some actions are
required, it shall be implemented the soonest.
4.11 The Project QA Manager and QC Manager through the Site QC Supervisor shall
monitor and maintain the KPI.
Page 5 of 6
MEASURING
4.12 Investigation on the root causes as a result of periodic analyzation of KPI shall be
addressed to the Project Manager.
Note: Results may vary from negative to positive of any given area.
4.13 Root causes that indicate positive results shall be used as future reference to maintain
quality performance.
4.14 On the other hand, root causes that show negative results shall be further investigated
and a Corrective and Preventive Action shall be addressed.
4.15 The KPI trends shall be a regular part of the Project Management Review Meeting
of the Quality Plan.
Page 6 of 6
PROJECT HANDOVER PROCEDURE

Page 1 of 7

Table of Contents
I. REVİSİON HİSTORY & SİGNATORİES:................................................. 2

II. PROJECT HANDOVER .......................................................................... 4
1 Objective ............................................................................................ 4
2 References ......................................................................................... 4
3 Persons Involved................................................................................ 4
4 Process Flow...................................................................................... 4
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS ........................................................................ 7
Page 3 of 7

II. PROJECT HANDOVER
1 Objective
To ensure completeness of all contractual obligation and installations that is a substantial

for the Project Handover stage.
2 References
ISO 9001: 2015 Quality management System - Requirements

Schedule Q - Project Specific Quality requirements

3 Persons Involved

PM Project Manager
QDM RTCC Quality Department Manager
QDE Quality Department Engineer
SE Site Engineer
4 Process Flow
4.1 The Project Manager shall ensure that the final handover is planned in ample time to
Page 4 of 7

ensure the contract requirements are met.
4.2 The Project Manager shall coordinate with the RTCC PMO Manager/ Management
Representative all throughout Project Handover Stage.
4.3 Completion Inspection
4.3.1 The Project Manager (Construction Staff) with the Project QA Manager and QC
Manager shall prepare all documents/records for the following;
a. Approved Inspection Requests

b. Approved Material Submittals
c. Approved Method Statement and ITP’s
d. Approved Test Results
e. Approved Drawings
f. Others
4.3.2 Once completed, the Project Manager shall prepare a Request for Inspection for
Completion addressed to the Project QA Manager and QC Manager.
4.3.3 The Project Manager shall communicate with Project QA Manager, to request
for a Completion Inspection on the project. He shall submit the Memo or Letter
attached with the Request for Inspection for Completion collaboration with Site
QC Manager.
4.3.4 The Site QC Manager shall delegate a Team of 2 or more Senior QC

Supervisors to conduct the Completion Inspection.
4.3.5 The Construction Team, headed by the Project Manager shall assist the Site
QC Supervisors, during the inspection.
4.3.6 If the Site QC Supervisors identified noncompliance to the approvals, the

Project Manager/Construction Manager shall take note of these findings and a
checklist shall be generated.
4.3.7 The checklist shall be finalized by the Site QC Manager / Supervisor and the
Project Manager shall assign the responsible Engineer to attend and take action
on the issue. The Project Manager shall also identify the completion date of the
activity.
4.3.8 Once the checklist with the named responsible Construction Engineer
/Discipline and the date of completion has been completed, it shall be signed by
the QC Manager for approval.
4.3.9 The Site Construction Team shall complete all stated in the checklist on or
Page 5 of 7

before the given completion date.
4.3.10 Upon completion, Project Manager shall communicate with the Project QA
Manager and QC Manager and a re-inspection shall be conducted after the Site
Construction Team completed all that is listed in the checklists.
4.3.11 Once all of the site works/installations have been fulfilled against all the
approvals, the QC Manager/ Senior QC Supervisors shall sign the Request for
Inspection for Completion Inspection.
4.4 Handover Stage
4.4.1 The Project Manager / Construction Manager shall coordinate the activities that
are involved with final handover of a project completion and produce a checklist
of requirements.
4.4.2 The checklist of requirements shall be submitted to the Project QA Manager and
QC Manager for evaluation. The Project QA Manager or QC Manager shall
give comments/feedback on the list and send back to the Site Project Manager.
4.4.3 The Project Documentation for handover to the Company shall include, where
required by contract ( OR as per requested by Company Representative upon
this stage):
a. Copies of Quality Documentation

b. Plant and equipment commissioning certificates
c. Plant & equipment operational and maintenance manuals
d. Spare parts & material lists
e. Approved Drawings (Shop and As Built)
f. Excess Customer Supplied Materials, if any.
g. Document Approvals (Material Submittal, Inspection Request, etc.)
including the Approved Commissioning Records
h. Warranties
i. All related test results (Site Acceptance Test, Factory Acceptance Test,
etc)
4.4.4 All documentation shall be reviewed and approved by the Project QA Manager
prior to submission to the Company.
4.4.5 The Project Manager shall ensure that the following items are complete prior to
final handover where applicable:
a. Final cleaning of the facility

b. All keys are available for handover
c. Training of the Company Representative’s operatives
Page 6 of 7

d. All Temporary powers are removed
4.4.6 The Project QA Manager with the Project Manager (RTCC Management) shall
develop a Request for Inspection for Handover and submit it to the
Company/Company’s Representative. The Project Manager shall submit copies
of the Request for Inspection to the Site QC Manager.
4.4.7 A Handover meeting shall be held to discuss all of the approved documents that
shall be submitted to the Company/Company’s Representative. It will also
discuss all the completed activities/installations of the Contractor that has been
achieved in line to the Project Specifications and Approved Drawings.
4.4.8 The Site Construction Team shall assist the Company/Company’s

Representative during the Handover Inspection.
4.4.9 If the Company/Company’s Representative identified any non-compliance to the

approvals, the Site QC Manager/Supervisor shall take note of these findings
and a snag list shall be generated.
4.4.10 The snag list shall be finalized by the Site QC Manager, QC Supervisor and the
Project Manager shall assign the responsible Engineer to attend and take action
on the issue. The Project Manager shall also identify the completion date of the
activity.
4.4.11 Once the snag list with the named responsible Engineer and the date of
completion has been completed, it shall be signed by the Project QA Manger /
QC Manager and Company/Company’s Representative for approval.
4.4.12 The Site Construction Team shall complete all stated in the checklist on or
before the given completion date.
4.4.13 Upon completion, Project Manager shall communicate with the Site QC
Manager and a re-inspection shall be conducted after the Site Construction
Team completed all that is listed in the checklists.
4.4.14 Once all of the site works/installations have been fulfilled against all the
approvals, the Project QA Manager / QC Manager and Company/Company’s
Representative shall sign the Request for Inspection for Handover.
4.4.15 Quality records shall be kept in accordance with the Control of Quality
Page 7 of 7
AS-BUILT DRAWING PROCEDURE

Page 1 of 10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. REVISION HISTORY & SIGNATORIES: .............................................................................. 2

II. AS-BUILT DRAWING PROCEDURE .................................................................................... 4
1 Purpose ........................................................................................................................ 4
2 Objective....................................................................................................................... 4
3 References ................................................................................................................... 4
4 Persons Involved .......................................................................................................... 4
5 Scope of Application ..................................................................................................... 5
6 Process flow ................................................................................................................. 5
6.1. General requirement .............................................................................................. 5
6.2. As-Built preparation & Submission Schedule ........................................................ 5
6.3. As-Built Supporting Documents ............................................................................ 6
6.4. Handling of Field Redline Drawings ...................................................................... 7
6.5. Responsibility For Markup ..................................................................................... 7
6.6. Drafting and Handling of As-Built Drawings (As-Built layout structure) ................. 8
6.7. Submittal of As-Built Drawing ................................................................................ 9
6.8. Company Review of As-Built drawings.................................................................. 9
6.9. Resolve issues with As-Built drawings ................................................................... 9
6.10.Acceptance of As-Built drawings ......................................................................... 10
III. RELATED DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................... 10
Page 3 of 10

II. AS-BUILT DRAWING PROCEDURE
1 Purpose
This procedure establishes and defines preparation of As-Built drawings to document actual
details of constructed facilities upon completion of a construction contract. These guidelines
provide a process to ensure standardized, consistent and efficient procedures for preparing
reclamation As-Built drawings.
2 Objective
The ultimate objective is to ensure that accurate As-Built for finished activities are recorded in
a timely manner and As-Built drawings become a permanent record for future use by the
Company.
3 References

Approved Project Quality Plan
Saudi ARAMCO Engineering Procedures
Schedule B – Job Specification
SAEP-110
SAEP-305
SAES-A-202
4 Persons Involved

PID Project Inspection Department
PM Project Manager
ENM Engineering Manager
ENU Engineering Unit
SQS Site Quality Supervisor
SñC Senior Civil Engineer
SE Site Engineers
DMU Draftsman Unit
Page 4 of 10


5 Scope of Application
5.1. As-Built procedure is applicable to all Disciplines related to RTCC and subcontracting for
all Systems and services outsourced for this project.
5.2. All Engineering drawing that has been revised to reflect actual field conditions after the
completion of construction. Additions or changes to a drawing resulting from facility
modification must also be verified as 'As-Built' and referenced to the Job Order (JO) in
case of SAPMT, Engineering Work Order (EWO) in case of Design office and
organization code in case of operation.
5.3. All key and emergency drawing must be updated to AS-BUILT condition. Non-key
drawings shall be brought to AS-BUILT condition whenever change happened in the field
5.3.1. When a drawing is certified as field verified with no changes.
5.3.2. When a drawing is certified as field verified with changes. Description shall be
clearly identified.
6 Process flow
6.1. General requirement
6.1.1. RTCC Engineering Manager shall prepare and submit for approval a Schedule to
prepare and verify the accuracy of its As-Built Drawings so that they reflect the as-
built conditions at the completion of the work.
6.1.2. RTCC shall prepare any needed requests to retrieve As-Built drawings of existing
facilities from the company and shall perform Site surveys and update as-built
drawings of existing facilities as needed for the work and preparation of As-Built.
RTCC shall be responsible for requesting, receiving, transporting, storing and
returning such as-built drawings.
6.2. As-Built Submission Schedule
6.2.1. Engineering Manager shall coordinate with Lead Discipline Engineers and Sub-
contractors to prepare As-Built Submission Schedule.
6.2.2. The Engineering Manager shall ensure that the following information shall be
provided and incorporated in As-Built Submission Schedule.
 Project Title and number
 Discipline.
Page 5 of 10

 Corresponding Shop Drawing No.

 Proposed Substantial Completion Date.
 Proposed As-Built Submission Date.
6.2.3. Project QA Manager and QC Manager shall review the As-Built Submission
Schedule. He shall ensure that critical Milestone dates and Substantial Completion
dates shall match the As-Built Submission Schedule.
6.2.4. After verification of Project QA Manager / QC Manager and finding the schedule
satisfactory, the Project QA Manager shall forward the As-Built Submission
Schedule to the Project Manager for review and comments. Otherwise it shall be
sent back to Engineering Manager for revision.
6.2.5. The Project Manager shall review and approve As-Built Submission Schedule, if he
finds it acceptable. He will forward the same to the Document Controller for the
preparation of submission to the SAPMT. If Project Manager found any discrepancy,
he will return to the Engineering Manager with comments for revision.
6.2.6. Document Controller shall forward the As-Built Submission Schedule, duly signed
by Project Manager, Project QA Manager and Engineering Manager, to the
Company Representative / SAPMT for their review and approval.
6.2.7. Company Representative / SAPMT shall review the schedule, and if there is any
inaccuracy, the Company Representative / SAPMT shall return the same to the
Project Manager for rectification and re-submittal. If the Schedule is found to be
satisfactory, the As-Built Submission Schedule will be signed and returned to the
Project Manager for execution and monitoring.
6.2.8. Project Manager shall send the approved schedule to Engineering Manager for
preparation of As-Built as per Schedule.
6.3. As-Built Supporting Documents
6.3.1. All As-Built supporting documents shall be maintained in Document Central Filing
Area. Document Controller, with supervision of the Engineering Manager, shall
ensure that all As-Built supporting documents and records are well secured and
available.
6.3.2. As-Built documentation package shall include copies of all Redline Drawings,
Change Request, Technical Clarifications/ query, Request for Inspection, Site
Clarifications, Test Reports, correspondence, certifications, etc. Inspection and
engineering files shall be merged at the completion of the project in compiling the
final project file. Gathering all necessary documents and records shall be the
responsibility of the Document Controller with supervision of Engineering Manager,
in collaboration with the Quality Records Controller under the supervision of the
Project QA Manager and QC Manager.
Page 6 of 10

6.3.3. During construction, it is the responsibility of the Engineering Manager to ensure

that As-Built Documents and records, specifically for the purpose of creating As-
built Drawings, are complete and secured with the Document Controller, separate
from the set used for construction.
6.3.4. Maintain As-Built Documents and records in good order and in a clean, dry, legible
condition.
6.3.5. Mark As-Built Documents to indicate actual work done that deviates from the
Contract Drawings.
6.3.6. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or
omitted from Contract Documents.
6.3.7. Mark As-Built Documents completely and accurately.
6.3.8. Mark As-Built Documents with red colored pen. Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location. All
marks shall be photo-reproducible.
6.3.9. Reference any changes to the Contract, including but not limited to Addenda,
Change Orders, Change Directives, Supplemental Instructions, and other issued
modifications. Use specific document numbers.
6.3.10. Make all documents and samples available at all times for the Company inspections
6.4. Handling of Field Redline Drawings
6.4.1. During Inspection SAPMT/PID and QC supervisor /inspector identified some

changes/Improvements in the system / Activity which is will not make major
changes in the system conformity that changes will mark as red line drawing.
6.4.2. Red Line Drawings shall be signed by SAPMT/PID, QC Supervisor/Inspector Site

Engineer. Copy of drawing along with inspection request shall be distributed to
SAPMT, Project QA Manager, QC Manager, Senior Site Engineers and Engineering
Manager for information and records.
6.4.3. Engineering Manager collaborates with his draftsmen team to incorporate these
Red Line Drawing Changes to As-Built accordingly.
6.5. Responsibility For Markup
6.5.1. The individual or entity, who obtained As-Built data, whether the individual or entity
is the installer, contractor, subcontractor, or similar entity, shall record the markup.
 Record changes and modifications as they occur – do not wait until the end of
Page 7 of 10

the Project.
 Record and check the markup prior to enclosing concealed installations.
6.5.2. Verify that prior to the modification(s) being declared operable, the controlled copy
of all as-built documents used by the plant operators were either revised and
distributed for design changes, or have been legibly marked-up on an interim basis
to show all changes relating to the modification(s).
6.5.3. Verify that administrative controls and responsibilities have been clearly established
for the following:
• Making the as-built documents for design changes on an interim basis, review,
approve authenticate the marked-up document and safeguarding the
document and related papers until all marked-up changes have been
incorporated on the revised documents.
• The program directs users of this as-built document to use and refer to, the
marked-up copy for the purpose of testing, maintenance and future design
change activities, until the revised as-built document incorporating all the
marked-up changes is officially issued.
• Revision of documents incorporating all marked-up changes, issue and

distribute these documents in a timely manner.
6.5.4. The marked up Drawings maintained by RTCC during construction must be

submitted to the Company for review and acceptance if required.
6.6. Drafting and Handling of As-Built Drawings (As-Built layout structure)
6.6.1. Site Engineering & Draftsman team headed by the Engineering manager shall
collect all As-Built data acquired by them.
6.6.2. RTCC Engineering team Direct As-built drafting work to a dedicated and indecent
drafting center located at the women business park at Prince Nourah University
(PNU) in Riyadh consisting of predominantly Saudi national Employees
6.6.3. Site Engineering Department shall maintain the As-Built Drawings in good and
current condition and post all changes and clarifications to the As-Built Documents
on a daily basis. The changes must be posted in red pen.
6.6.4. As-Built title Block shall contain, not limited to, the following information, in
conformance to Saudi Aramco Engineering Drawing Preparation (SAES-A-202).
• Drawing No & Title
• Plant No
• Index, Sheet No, Rev No
Page 8 of 10

• Drawing Type
• Job order/ EWO No
• Scale, Key Plan, Revision description.
• Drawn by and Approved by
• Legend
6.6.5. Engineering Manager must handle the As-Built Drawings with great care, must not
use the As-Built Drawings for any other purpose, and must keep them clean and
readable.
6.6.6. The As-Built Drawings shall be stored in a proper location to provide sufficient
detail to make it possible to correctly and easily locate & identify
6.7. Submittal of As-Built Drawing
6.7.1. No more than Forty Five (45) calendar days after Substantial Completion, RTCC
shall submit the up-to-date, final As-Built Drawings reflecting the As-Built status of
the facilities based on as built Submission Schedule to Company Representative,
as follows
 Four (4) complete sets of "D" size drawings organized in binders.
 Four (4) sets of electronic files for CAD drawings on electronic media.
6.7.2. Accompany submittal with a transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing:

• Date
• Project title and number
• Contractor's name and address
• Title and number of each Record Document (As-Built)
• Project QA Manager As-Built Document Certification
6.7.3. Status of As-Built Preparation and Submission schedule shall be updated as per
submission of drawing /documents.
6.8. Company Review of As-Built drawings.
6.8.1. The Company representative / PID / VID shall perform a review of the As‐Built
drawings (Final hard copy Drawing and Final CAD Drawings).
6.8.2. From the review, the Company representative / PID Engineer will consolidate
Company comments identifying issues that need to be resolved prior to Company
acceptance
6.9. Resolve issues with As-Built drawings
Page 9 of 10

6.9.1. SAPMT / PID Conduct review meetings as required and make required changes
and promptly deliver the Final Record Documents to the Company.
6.9.2. Engineering Manager , Project QA Manager , QC Manager , Sub contractor Team

shall Participate in this Meeting
6.9.3. Records Shall be maintain as per Document Control Procedure
6.10. Acceptance of As-Built drawings
6.10.1. When the Company Representative determines that the submitted As-Built
Drawings has met the requirements of the contract and specification, the As‐Built
drawings will be accepted. It shall be necessary to perform several iterations of the
review, comment and resolution process prior to acceptance.
Page 10 of 10
APPENDIX 7
LIST OF FORMS
& PROJECT FORMS
MIP(MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM)-PKG-13
LIST OF PROJECT FORMS
NO. FORM NUMBER FORMS DESCRIPTION REMARKS
1 FM:CO:001 Drawing Submittal Form
2 FM:CO:002 Document Submittal Form
3 FM:CO:004 Over, Short & Damage Report
4 FM:CO:005 Sample Tag
5 FM:CO:006 Minutes of Meeting & Attendees Signature Sheet
6 FM:CO:007 Request for Inspection (RFI)
7 FM:CO:008 Work Notification Start of New Activity
8 FM:CO:009 Material Inspection Request Form
9 FM:CO:010 Snag List Form
10 FM:CO:011 Customer Complaint Form
11 FM:CO:012 Testing Record
12 FM:CO:013 Request for Inspection (RFI) Log
13 FM:CO:014 Shop Drawing Submittal Log
14 FM:CO:015 Shop Drawing Distribution List
15 FM:CO:016 Material Inspection Log
16 FM:CO:017 Approved Drawing Register
17 FM:CO:018 Transmittal Register
18 FM:CO:019 CCAR Register
19 FM:CO:020 Non-Conformance Reports Log
20 FM:CO:021 Authorized Signatory List
21 FM:CO:022 Pre-Concrete Inspection Record
22 FM:CO:023 Concrete Pour Request
23 FM:CO:024 Concrete Pouring Form
24 FM:CO:025 Concrete Pouring Record
25 FM:CO:026 Concrete Curing Log
26 FM:CO:027 Site Store Requisition

Page 1 of 4
27 FM:CO:028 Site Store Requisition Log Sheet
28 FM:CO:029 Purchase Requisition
29 FM:CO:030 Daily Site Activity Progress Report
30 FM-CO:031 Monthly-Weekly Report
31 FM-CO:032 Weekly Progress Report
32 FM:CO:033 Daily Manpower Report
33 FM:CO:034 Weekly Manpower Report
34 FM:CO:035 Major Equipment & Vehicle Weekly Report
35 FM:CO:036 Major Equipment & Vehicle Monthly Report
36 FM:CO:037 Approved Subcontractor’s List
37 FM:CO:038 Approved Supplier’s List
38 FM:CO:040 Technical Query Form
39 FM:CO:041 Document Transmittal Form
40 FM:CO:042 Test Report Submittal
41 FM:CO:043 Sub-Contractor Approval Request
42 FM:CO:044 Site Clarification Request
43 FM:CO:045 Site Observation Report
44 FM:CO:046 Project Training Plan
45 FM:CO:047 Drawing Re-Issue Request
46 FM:CO:048 Drawing Re-Issue Log
47 FM:CO:049 Change Request Form
48 FM:CO:050 Request for Change with Impact
49 FM:CO:051 Commissioning Request Form
50 FM:CO:052 Equipment Calibration Monitoring Log
51 FM:CO:053 Punch List
52 FM:CO:054 Project Quality Summary Report (PQSR)
Page 2 of 4
53 FM:CO:061 Material Requisition Submission Form
54 FM :CO:63 Document Transmittal Form
55 FM:CO:064 Submittal Schedule Status
56 FM:CO:067 Inspection Assignment Package Status Log
57 FM:CO:068 Non-Material Requirement Status Log Sheet
Award Recommendation Letter and NOL Status

58 FM:CO:069
Log
59 FM:CO:070 Inspection Assignment Package Submission Form
Two Weeks Look Ahead Inspection Activity

60 FM:CO:071
Report
61 FM:CO:072 Field Change Notice Form
62 FM:CO:073 Final Disposition Report Submission Form
63 FM:CO:074 Final Disposition Report Status
64 FM:CO:075 Third Party Time Sheet
65 FM:CO:079 Site Observation Report Log
66 FM:CO:084 Service Provider Performance Evaluation
67 FM:CO:085 Supplier Performance Evaluation
68 FM:CO:088 Activity Clearance Form
69 FM:PU-008 Purchase Order Status
70 FM:CS:004 Internal Office Memo (IOM)
71 FM:QA:002 New Document / Document Change Proposal
72 FM:QA:003 Master List of Quality Documents
73 FM:QA:007 Correction & Corrective Action Request
74 FM:QA:14A Performance Satisfaction Survey
75 FM:QA:018 Training Program Evaluation
76 FM:QA:019 Quality Personnel Data Form
77 FM:QA:023 Risk Register
Page 3 of 4
78 FM:QA:024 Opportunity Register
79 FM:QA:025 Internal and External Issue Register
80 FM:QA:026 Interested parties Register
81 FM:QA:027 Risk Identification Form
82 FM:QA:028 Lesson Learned Register
83 FM:QA:029 Lesson Learned Identification Form
84 FM:QC:003 Non-Conformance Report (Projects & Materials)
85 FM:CO:092 External Violation Investigation Form
86 FM :CO:093 Project Sub Contracting Form
87 FM:CO:087 Third Party Designer performance Evaluation
88 FM QC:003A(1) NCR Feedback Form
89 FM:CO:021A(1) Engineering Authorized Signatory List
Page 4 of 4
MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM – PKG13
INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES.
DRAWING SUBMITTAL FORM

Proj. No.: Bldg. Name: Location:
Attention : Saudi Aramco Company. Submittal No:
Date:
Company Representative
From : Revision:
Contractor’s PM
Drawing Details
DRAWING NUMBERS REVISION DRAWING TITLE
Discipline
Architectural Structural Electrical Mechanical
Civil General Others
Enclosures: Copies:
Hardcopy
Soft copy
Submitted for :
Approval Information Coordination
Note: By completing the form, the Contractor certifies that subject drawings comply with contract conditions.
Signature Date Signature:

Prepared by
Contr.’s Rep/RTCC PM: Date
SAPMT :
Received by: Received Date: ReceivedTime Stamp
(SAPMT)’s Comments:
SAPMT Rep.
Title Date
Signature:
Status:
A– Approved B– Approved as noted C- Revise & Resubmit D- Rejected
Resubmit clear copy
Distribution Copy: SAPMT/PID/VID RTCC QA/QC Office RTCC DCC (Original) Project Engineers Site office / PM
Page 1 of 1 FM:CO:001 / Rev 00

DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL FORM
Proj. No.: Bldg. Name: Location:
Attention : Name Submittal No:

Designation Date:
From : Revision:
Type of Submittal Discipline

Pre-qualification x General
Method Statement Architectural
Work Prog. & Schedule Structural
Product Data Electrical
Test Reports/Certificates Mechanical
x Others Civil
Others
Enclosures : STAMP
Submitted for : Approval Information Coordination

Note: By completing this form Contractor certifies that the document complies with contract conditions.
Signature: Date/: Signature
Prepared by: Date

Contractor’s Representative
Company:
Received by Received Date Received Time
Stamp
Representative’s Comments:
Representative’s Title:
Signature: Date :
Result:
A- Approved B- Approved as Noted C- Revise & Resubmit D- Rejected

and resubmit for record
I- For Information F- No Action T – Terminated N- Not Applicable
Distribution Copy : SAPMT/PID/VID RTCC DCC (Original) RTCC Quality Office Project Engineers Office /PM

OVER-SHORT-AND DAMAGED MATERIAL REPORT

SUPPLIER: P.O. NO: OS & D NO:
ADDRESS: STORE/SITE DESTINATION: MRR. NO:
CARRIERS/ROUTING: POINT OF ORIGIN:
DELIVERY CARRIERS F/B NO: CAR/VESSELS/TRUCK/TRAILER NO:
ORIGINAL B/L NO: SHIPPING ORDER NO: SUPPLIERS RECEIPT NO:
WEIGHT: DESTINATION ARRIVAL DATE:

GROSS TARE NET
QUANTITY
COMPLETE DESCRIPTION
ORDERED SHIPPED RECEIVED
REMARKS:
TYPE OF CONTAINER CONTAINER FILLED TO CAPACITY TYPE OF PACKING USED
EXCEPTION NOTED ON FREIGHT BILL CARRIER NOTIFIED DATE
WAS DAMAGE CONCEALED? BEFORE  AFTER  UNLOADING

INSPECTED FOR CARRIER BY: DATE CARRIER INSPECTION REPORT NO.
ATTACHMENTS:
CARRIERS INSPECTION REPORT  PHOTOGRAPHS  CARRIERS F/B  ORIGINAL B/L
THIS REPORT IS FOR MATERIAL:  OVER  SHORT  DAMAGED  UNSATISFACTORY

CONTRACTOR / MATERIAL INSPECTOR: DISPOSITION RECOMMENDED:
REMARKS:
I CERTIFY THE ABOVE REPORT TO BE TRUE AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONDITION OF THE GOODS UPON RECEIPT.
DATE: BY: TITLE:

(SIGN NAME IN FULL)

SAMPLE TAG
Sample Description
MANUFACTURER NAME: COUNTRY OF ORIGIN:
SPECIFICATION REFERENCE:
RTCC Proc. QC Supervisor SIGNITURE : DATE:
VID COMMENT:
A APPROVED B APPROVED AS NOTED (see comment) C NOT APPROVED
Issued by: Signature
Distribution: SAPMT PID VID QA/QC PM(RTCC) Store (Orginal)

SAMPLE TAG
Sample Description
MANUFACTURER NAME: COUNTRY OF ORIGIN:
SPECIFICATION REFERENCE:
RTCC Proc. QC Supervisor

DATE:
SIGNITURE :
VID COMMENT:
A APPROVED B APPROVED AS NOTED (see comment) C NOT APPROVED
Issued by: Signature
Distribution: SAPMT PID VID QA/QC PM(RTCC)

Recorded Notes - Site Minutes of Meeting

Meeting Ref. No: Date:
Project Title: MIP – PKG 13 INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES. Start Time:
Location: Ended by:
Subject: Scheduled Next Meeting:
Attendees Distribution To:
SAUDI ARAMCO (The Company)
Please refer to Attachment-1: Attendees Signature Sheet
Al Rashid Trading & Contracting Co CJSC (Contractor)
Please refer to Attachment-1: Attendees Signature Sheet
Prepared by : RTCC Final Circulation Due Date:
SN DESCRIPTION / TOPICS Action By Due Date
10
11
12
13
14
15

Recorded Notes - Site Minutes of Meeting

Meeting Ref. No: Date:
Project Title: MIP – PKG 13 INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES. Start Time:
Location: Ended by:
Subject: Scheduled Next Meeting:
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Attachment (s): (1) Attendees Signature Sheet.
ABBREVIATIONS :
The Company Saudi Aramco Company - The owner MOM Minutes of Meeting
VID Vendor Inspection Departement FR For Records
Contractor Al Rashid Trading & Contracting Co., CJSC.- RTCC DD Design Drawings
ITL Independent Testing Laboratory C/L Check list
ASAP As soon as possible CD Construction Drawings
NA Not Available SD Shop Drawings
NFA Noted for All AD As Built Drawings
Info Information RFI Inspection Request
TBS To be assigned MS Method Statement
NOTICE OF AMMENDMENT
The information contained in these minutes represents our interpretation of items discussed and decisions reached during this meeting. Should you wish to ammend
these minutes by addition or omission, please do so contacting us within (7) days from the date of distribution. Otherwise these minutes shall be considered final and
valid for the official records.

MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM – PKG 13
R E Q U E S T F O R I N S P E C T I O N (RFI)
Request No.: Date Of Submission:
Building:MIP – PKG13 INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES. Location:
Category : Architectural Civil Mechanical Communications Structural Electrical
Description of Works to be Inspected : Rev #: First Second Third Other(------)
Relevant Drawing Number : Specification Ref. / M.S No.:

Inspection Requested Date: ITP/CL Ref.:
Contractor Disciplines/Construction Team Coordination & Clearance
Discipline Name Signature Discipline Name Signature
Surveyor Electrical Engineer
Civil Engineer Mechanical Engineer
Architect
Issued by: Sr. Engr. (A/C/M/E) Submitted by: Construction Mngr.
Name:
Signature: Name: Signature:
RTCC QA/QC Inspection Comments :
Inspected & Accepted Job Not Ready Violation On Hold Work Not Inspected and Accepted
QCI Name: Signature:

QCS Name: Signature:
QA/QC Manager
Name:
Designation: Signature:
PMT Comments
Structral/Civil/Arch
MEP
Other(Spicify)
PMT Final Approval:
Name:
PID Comments
PID Final Approval:
Name:
24 Hours Advance Notification is Required

Original: Quality Records Page 1 of 1 FM:CO:007 / Rev 00
MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM – PKG 13
WORK NOTIFICATION / START OF NEW ACTIVITY

Project Name: WN Ref. No:
Project No: Date:
Location:
Description
Location / Zone / Level: Drawing Ref. No.
Building Name: Site No: Building No:
Submittal Reference No. Status
N.O.C. ‘s Valid End of Validity:
Shop Drawing Approved Approved as Noted
Method Statement Approved Approved as Noted
Material Submittal Approved Approved as Noted
Any Equipment Shut Down Required Yes No
IMPACT On Others, IF YES EXPLAIN Yes No
Contractor's Representative
Prepared By: Manager:
Signature: Date: Signature: Date:
Action: A APPROVED B APPROVED AS NOTED C RESUBMIT AS NOTED D REJECTED
SAPMT / PID Representative
Name: Position:
Signature: Date:
SAPMT / PID Comments if any
Signature: Date:
Incoming Outgoing
Date: Date:
Signature: Signature:
Page 1 of 1 FM:CO:008A / Rev 00

MATERIAL INSPECTION REQUEST (MIR)
Project Name MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM – PKG13 INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES.

Project No. Location
Ref. No Contract No
Sub. To Date
1. Material/Equipment
Description …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Material Submittal Ref No: ……………….……………………….…………..……………………..Sub:..........................................................................................................
Specification Section:……………………………………...………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….………………..
Quantity:…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….………………..
2. Manufacture’s Details
Manufacturer:……………………………………………….…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Model No. : …………………………………………….……………………………………………..… Serial No: ………………………………………………………………………………………………
Country of origin: …………………………………...……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………....
Date of Arrival on Site: …………………………..………………………………………………………………………………….………………………………………………………………………………..
Storage Location : ……………………………………………Submitted By / :…………………………………………………..………...…………………………………………………………………
Contractor’s Project Manager Name : Signature :

Position : Date :
3. Inspection report Initials
Physical Damage Yes No …………………………………………………

Details given above correct Yes No ………………………………………………..
Conform with Approved Submission Yes No ………………………………………………..
Accessories Spare Parts included Yes No …………………………………………………
Details: …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Remarks: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
SAPMT/VID’s Comments:
The above material has been inspected on Site and Found at time of inspection to Satisfactory Unsatisfactory
be:
For incorporation in the permanent works.
SAPMT/VID Representative (Site)
Name: Position :
Signature : Date:
Incoming Outgoing
Date: Date:
Page 1 of 1 FM:CO:009 /Rev 00

SNAG LIST
Snag List No.: ____________ Date: __________
Project No.: ____________

Location ____________
Section: ____________
System: _______________________
Item: _______________________
SNAG/COMMENT:
ACTION REQUIRED:
Contractor Representative:
Name Signature Date
Electrical Engineer
Mechanical Engineer
Architectural Engineer
RTCC PM
RTCC Site QA/QC Mgr.
Saudi Aramco Representative:
PID/VID: SAPMT:
Name: _______________________ Name: _______________________
Signature: _______________________ Signature: _______________________
Date: _______________________ Date: _______________________
SAPMT: Copy with Stamp PID : Copy with Stamp RTCC QA/QC : Original Project Engineer's Site Office / PM: Copy

CUSTOMER COMPLAINT FORM
Subject Submittal No:
Location: Date & Time:

Description:
SAPMT 's Recommendation (if any):
SAPMT Rep.: Signature:_____________________ Date:______________
SAPMT : Original PID : Copy with Stamp RTCC QA/QC : Copy with Stamp Project Engineer's Site Office/PM : Copy
(Authority to proceed with work does not relieve the contractor from contractual responsibilities)

TESTING RECORD - ON OR OFF SITE - TR

To: Request No.:
Site Date:
To:
Testing to be carried out by:
Item or work for test:
Location of test:
Proposed date & time of test:
Specified testing requirements:
Testing equipment / instruments involved:
Calibration certificates: Certificate No.: Expiry date:
Notified by: Date:
To be inspected by:
Test records:
Date of test: Type of test:
Location or Grid ref.
Test conditions maintained
Test started at: Finished at: Test result: Accepted Rejected
Comments/observations:
Test witnessed by: Name Title (signatures)

SAPMT/VID Rep.
RTCC QC:
Supplier:
Other :
Distribution: QA/QC Office SAPMT/VID/PID PM-RTCC Site Senior Eng.

MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM-PKG 13 INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES
RTCC REQUEST FOR INSPECTION LOG
QMIS TIME OF DATE OF DATE OF DATE OF

NO. RFI NO. REV. DESCRIPTION OF WORK / ACTIVITIES LOCATION RTCC QCI SAPMT REP. SAPID STATUS REMARKS
RFI NO. INSPECTION SUBMISSION INSPECTION APPROVAL
FM:CO:013 Rev. 00
MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM – PKG13 INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES
SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTAL LOG
DRAWING DWG. DATE DATE REVIEW

NO. TRANS. / REF. NO. REV. DISC. DRAWING NO. DESCRIPTION STATUS
OVERVIEW REV. SUBMITTED RECEIVED
FM:CO:014 Rev. 00
SHOP DRAWING DISTRIBUTION LIST
DATE RETRIEVED
SN DISCIPLINE DRAWING NO. DRAWING NAME/DESCRIPTION REV CODE RECIPIENT SIGNATURE
RECEIVED DRAWING REV
*Note: DCC and Site QA or QC Manager / QC Supervisor shall ensure retrieval of the obsolete drawings (if any) prior to signing of Shop Drawing Distribution List.
Prepared By: Acknowledged By:
Document Controller Engineering Manager
Copy of the original transmital shall be documented in QA or QC Manager

MATERIAL INSPECTION LOG
Material Submittal
SN MIR Reference PO Reference Material Description Supplier Name Delivery Date Status Remarks / Comment
Reference
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

#
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
Prototype
Building
Design Stage
Discipline
Type
Site
Building
Serial
Number
Drawing
Drawing No.
Drawing Title
Revision
Date
Transmittal
Count #
Received
Rev. 00
Date
Reviewed by
Status
Revision
Date
Transmittal
Page 1 of 1
Count #
Received
Rev. 01
Date
Reviewed by
Approved Drawing Register
Status
Revision
Date
Transmittal
Count #
Received
Rev. 02
Date
Reviewed by
Status
Revision
Date
Transmittal
Count #
Received
Rev. 03
Date
Reviewed by
Status
Revision
Date
Transmittal
Count #
Received
Rev. 04
Date
Reviewed by
Status
FM:CO:017 / Rev 00
Transmittal Register
Received Date
Returned Date
Transmittal Number
Planned Date
Reviewd by
Revision
Action
Float
Discipline
Building
Number
Code ID
Project
Design
# DWG; Schedules; Others, Ref. Number, Description
Count
Stage
Type
Site
1 15/07/2019
2 15/07/2019
3 15/07/2019
4 15/07/2019
5 15/07/2019
6 15/07/2019
7 15/07/2019
8 15/07/2019
9 15/07/2019
10 15/07/2019
11 15/07/2019
12 15/07/2019
13 15/07/2019
14 15/07/2019
15 15/07/2019
16 15/07/2019
17 15/07/2019
18 15/07/2019
19 15/07/2019
20 15/07/2019
21 15/07/2019
22 15/07/2019
23 15/07/2019
24 15/07/2019
25 15/07/2019
26 15/07/2019
27 15/07/2019
28 15/07/2019
29 15/07/2019
30 15/07/2019
31 15/07/2019
32 15/07/2019
33 15/07/2019
34 15/07/2019
35 15/07/2019
36 15/07/2019
37 15/07/2019
38 15/07/2019

CCAR REGISTER
CORRECTION / CORRECTIVE COMPLETION
CCAR NO. DATE ISSUED BY ISSUED TO PROBLEM / ISSUE RESPONSIBLE STATUS
ACTION DATE

NON-CONFORMANCE REPORT LOG
DATE
NO. NCR NO. DISCIPLINE DESCRIPTION TARGET SA RESPONSE STATUS
ISSUED RETURNED
CLOSURE
Page 1 of 1 FM:CO:020 Rev. 00

Authorized Signatory List
Project: Date:
SN Computer No. Name Position / Trade Signature Documents authorized to sign
Distribution Copies: (1) Quality Record Files, (2) Secretaries, (3) QRC/DCC (4) Site Store
Prepared by: Checked: Approved By:

Document Controller Project QA Manager Project Manager

PRE-CONCRETE INSPECTION RECORD - CIR

From: Request No.:
To: VID and PID Site: Date:
Concrete Structure / Location:
Reference Drawings:
Concrete Rebar & Embed. Drawings No. U/G Electrical Drawing No.
Equipment / Structural Steel Drawings No. U/G Mechanical Drawing No.
FORMS RE-BAR SUB FOUNDATION

Survey Checked Grade Piles
Orientation Size Compaction
Location (Coordinates) Splice (Length & Location) Cleanliness
Size Spacing Moisture
Elevation Clearance Blinding Layer
Clean and Oiled Cleanliness Elevation
Chamfer Adequate Support U/G Mech. & Elect.
Straight, Level, Plumb Adequate Cover Termite Protection
Adequate Bracing
EMBEDMENTS MISCELLANEOUS
Anchor Bolts (Diameter, Length, Type) Keyways
Anchor Bolts (Location, Projection, Orientation) Block outs
Anchor Bolts Sleeves Surface Roughened
Anchor Bolts Grounding Bonding Agent
Thread Projection Type of Finish
Weld Pads Sets / Test Specimen
Inserts Hot / Cold Weather Protection
Pipes Joints & Joint Preparation
Conduits Special Placing Equip. Required
Ground Wire (Tremie, Pumps, Form Vibrators)
Water stop
MEP Clearnce:
Contractor's The PID:
Mechanical Mechanical
Electrical Electrical
Concrete Specifications:
Mix Design Quantity No. of Test cubes & Set
Max. Aggregate Size Slump
Special Admixtures Requirement (if applicable)
Inspected by: Name (Company's Rep) Date:
CC: SAPMT PID RTCC QA/QC Project Engineers office / PM
Page 1 of 1
VID with the Proc. QC Supervisors shall check the material upon delivery. FM:CO:022 / Rev 00
CONCRETE POUR REQUEST - CPR

From: Request No.:
To: Date: Activity ID:
Location of Pour:
Proposed Date of Pour: Time: Anticipated Volume:

Concrete Grade: Cement Type: Required Slump:
Type of Finish: Method of Placement: Direct Pump Crane & Bucket Conveyor
Date and Time available for Inspection:
Equipment will be in use including the stand by ones:
Notified by (Signed): Date :
Included Checklists:
Checklist Not Date
OK NA Comments
# OK Inspection Re-inspection
Surveying
Compaction of Substrata
Concrete Pour Checklist
Formwork
Reinforcement / Dowels
Mechanical Inserts/Sleeves
Electrical Inserts/Sleeves
Bolts
Other
Released to Pour YES NO

Reasons for Non-Release
SAMPT 's Rep. Signature: Date and Time Inspected:
To be completed after the pour

Actual date of pour:
Start and finish time:
Total quantity M3 & Ref. Nos. of cubes taken and locations:
Slump recorded:
Highest concrete temperature recorded:
Remarks:
Distribution: SAPMT DCC-RTCC RTCC QA/QC Offic Project Engineers Office /PM

Concrete Pouring Form
Project Name
Project No Location
Ref. No Contract No
Sub. To Date
CONCRETING AREA
POURED ITEMS
Truck Qty. Loading Pouring Pouring Slump Concrete Cubes Truck Qty. Loading Pouring Pouring Slump Concrete Cubes
No. (m3) Started Started Finished (mm) Temp No. No. (m3) Started Started Finished (mm) Temp No.
Name : Position :
Contractor’s Authorized Manager
Signature : Date :
VID/PID Comments
SAPMT Representative (Site) Name : Position:
Signature : Date :
Incoming Outgoing
Date : Date :
Signature : Signature :

Concrete Pouring Record / Log
PROJECT NO. 1590 PROJECT LOCATION:

ACTUAL CONCRETE QUANTITIES POURED (IN CU. MTR)
AREA GRID LINE RFI REF NO DATE
FOUNDATION FTB COLUMN BEAM SLAB BLINDING WALL

CONCRETE CURING LOG
7 DAYS TESTING 28 DAYS TESTING REMARKS

SN Sample Number Invoice Ref. No. RFI Ref No Casting Date REQUIRED RESULT REQUIRED RESULT
DATE DATE
(MPa) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa)

SITE STORE REQUISITION
Project Title : Date : dd-mm-yyyy

CSP No.: Site Store Req. No.:
Location : Required for :
Building No.: Drawing(s) No.:
Issue the following material;
SN Material Description Quantity Unit P.O. Ref. Remarks/Stock Code
Signature : Signature : Signature :

Requested by: Issued by : Received by :
Designation : Designation : Designation :
Signature :
Authorized by :
Designation :

SITE STORE REQUISITION LOG SHEET

Project Title: Updated as of (Date) :
CSP No.:
Site Store Building

Date Requested Requested By Required for Drawing(s) Remarks
Req. No. Number
Architectural
Civil
Mechanical
Electrical

PURCHASE REQUISITION
Project Title: __________________________ Date:

Location: _____________________________ PR Control No.:
Building No.: __________________________ (CSI) Division Title / No.: (optional)
Consumable : Yes No
ITEM
CSI No. DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT REMARKS
NO.
Requester Name : Checked by:
Designation : Designation :
Date : Date :
Approval
DEPT. HEAD PROJECT MANAGER
DATE DATE

Daily Site Activity Progress Report

Project Name
Project No Location
Ref. No Contract No
To Engineer Date
Rainy Cloudy Temperature

A. Weather Condition
Sunny Dusty Max:Min:
B. Manpower (Main Contractor)
PM ENG FOR ST. FXR MAS CARP SURV. CHAIN MAN DRIVER LABOUR TOTAL
C. Manpower ( Sub Contractor ‘S )

Item ENG FOR DRIVER LABOUR Total
Name
Grand Total ( B + C )
D. Equipment
No Description Qty No Description Qty No Description Qty
1 Loader/Shovel 6 Power Float 11 Generator

2 Roller 7 Pick-Up 12 Tower Crane
3 Dumpers 8 Water Cool 13 Mobile Crane
4 Conc.Vibr. 9 Weld. Mach. 14
5 Carp Mach 10 Air Comp. 15
E. Materials Delivered To Site
Item Description Mir No Unit Qty

F. Work Performed (As Per Requirements Of Construction Progress Documentation)
Item Activity Id Description Location Qty

G. Work To Be Performed For The Following Day
Item Activity Id Description Location Qty
Contractor’s Project Manager Name: Position :
Signature : Date :
Incoming Outgoing
Date : Date :

MONTHLY / WEEKLY REPORT

SUMMARY OF COMPLETED ACTIVITIES
Description
Location 1
Total Nos.
Total Completed Nos.
% Completed
% Completed (Previous
Week)
Progress Increase %
Completed (Previous
Week)
Remaining
Location 2
Total Nos.
Total Completed Nos.
% Completed
% Completed (Previous
Week)
Progress Increase %
Completed (Previous
Week)
Remaining
Note: Ongoing individual activities which are incomplete or without approved RFI's are NOT included in this summary.
Prepared By: Received By:
RTCC PM SAPMT

PROJECT NO: LOCATION : DATE :

PROJECT NAME:
WEEKLY PROGRESS REPORT FORM
Document No.: Period:
CONTRACT INFORMATION
Contract Amount :
Site Work :
Date Started :
WEATHER
AVERAGE
DATE WIND MINIMUM MAXIMUM
WEATHER
PLACING OF CONCRETE
Concrete Concrete Concrete
Unit Unit Concrete Location
Quantity Location Quantity
SUBCONTRACTOR
SUBCONTRACTOR DATE START
TYPE OF WORK NOTE
NAME OF WORK
LABORATORY TESTING
DATE OF
TESTING TYPE NOTES
TESTING
TWO WEEKS LOOKAHEAD
SITE WORK PROGRAM
PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED ON SITE
SAPMT : Copy with stamp RTCC QA/QC Office : original Project Engineer's Site Office/PM: Copy
(Authority to proceed with work does not relieve the contractor from contractual responsibilities)

DAILY MANPOWER REPORT Date:
Total: Present: Absent:
Total Total
SN Trade Present Absent Remarks SN Trade Present Absent Remarks
Assigned Assigned
1 Construction Manager 32 Painter
2 Area Manager 33 Mason
3 Electrical Engineer 34 Mason Helper
4 Mechanical Engineer 35 Concrete Mason
5 Material Engineer 36 Plumber
6 Civil Engineer 37 Plumber Helper
7 Planning Engineer 38 Storekeeper
8 Safety Officer 39 Storekeeper Helper
9 Admin 40 General Labor
10 Male Nurse 41 Tea Boy
11 Quantity Surveyor 42 Shovel Operator
12 General Foreman 43 Crane Operator
13 Civil Foreman 44 Pocklain Operator
14 Construction Foreman 45 Bobcat Operator
15 Carpenter Foreman 46 Roller Operator
16 Steel Fixer Foreman 47 Isuzu Driver
17 Plumber Foreman 48 Dump Truck Driver
18 Electrical Foreman 49 Dyna Driver
19 Painter Foreman 50 Bus Driver
20 Safety Foreman 51 Coaster Driver
21 Quality Inspector 52 Water Tank Driver
22 Workshop Foreman 53 Watchman+Safety
23 CAD Operator 54 Welder
24 Surveyor 55 Welder Helper
25 Surveyor Helper 56 Secretary
26 Carpenter 57 Cashier
27 Carpenter Helper 58 Time Keeper
28 Steel Fixer 59 Lab. Technician Helper
29 Steel Fixer Helper 60 A/C Technician
30 Electrician 61 Workshop Labor
31 Electrician Helper 62 Villa Cleaners
31A Duct Man 63 Camp Boss
Time Keeper: Site Admin:
Date: Date:

WEEKLY MANPOWER REPORT Date:
Total: Present: Absent:
Total Total
SN Trade Present Absent Remarks SN Trade Present Absent Remarks
Assigned Assigned
1 Construction Manager 32 Painter
2 Area Manager 33 Mason
3 Electrical Engineer 34 Mason Helper
4 Mechanical Engineer 35 Concrete Mason
5 Material Engineer 36 Plumber
6 Civil Engineer 37 Plumber Helper
7 Planning Engineer 38 Storekeeper
8 Safety Officer 39 Storekeeper Helper
9 Admin 40 General Labor
10 Male Nurse 41 Tea Boy
11 Quantity Surveyor 42 Shovel Operator
12 General Foreman 43 Crane Operator
13 Civil Foreman 44 Pocklain Operator
14 Construction Foreman 45 Bobcat Operator
15 Carpenter Foreman 46 Roller Operator
16 Steel Fixer Foreman 47 Isuzu Driver
17 Plumber Foreman 48 Dump Truck Driver
18 Electrical Foreman 49 Dyna Driver
19 Painter Foreman 50 Bus Driver
20 Safety Foreman 51 Coaster Driver
21 Quality Inspectors 52 Water Tank Driver
22 Workshop Foreman 53 Watchman+Safety
23 CAD Operator 54 Welder
24 Surveyor 55 Welder Helper
25 Surveyor Helper 56 Secretary
26 Carpenter 57 Cashier
27 Carpenter Helper 58 Time Keeper
28 Steel Fixer 59 Lab. Tech. Helper
29 Steel Fixer Helper 60 A/C Technician
30 Electrician 61 Workshop Labor
31 Electrician Helper 62 Villa Cleaners
31A Duct Man 63 Camp Boss
Time Keeper: Site Admin:
Date: Date:

MAJOR EQUIPMENT & VEHICLE WEEKLY REPORT
Project: Date:
A. LIST OF MAJOR EQUIPMENTS AT SITE
UNDER DAYS OUT

QTY
SN DESCRIPTION MAINTAINANCE OF ORDER REMARKS
ASSIGNED
(QTY) (DAYS)
B. LIST OF VEHICLES AT SITE
UNDER DAYS OUT

QTY
ASSIGNED
(QTY) (DAYS)
Name & Signature Name & Signature

MAJOR EQUIPMENT & VEHICLE MONTHLY REPORT
Project: Date:
A. LIST OF MAJOR EQUIPMENTS AT SITE
UNDER DAYS OUT

QTY
ASSIGNED
(QTY) (DAYS)
B. LIST OF VEHICLES AT SITE
UNDER DAYS OUT

QTY
ASSIGNED
(QTY) (DAYS)
Name & Signature Name & Signature

Approved SubContractor's List

SN Service Description Purchase Order No. Name of Subcontractor Contact Person Phone Fax Mobile E-Mail

Approved SubContractor's List

SN Service Description Purchase Order No. Name of Subcontractor Contact Person Phone Fax Mobile E-Mail

Approved Supplier's List

SN Material Purchase Order No. Name of Supplier Contact Person Phone Fax TEL E-Mail

TECHNICAL QUERY (TQ) FORM

BI. No. : Scope : Location : All Level
Company : RTCC TQ No :
To : SA-Company Representative Date & Time :
From : RTCC-Company Representative Reference (Contract/Dwg) :

Specification (SAES) :
Discipline :
Title :
Location / Zone/Level :
Purpose of TQ / Information Requested :
*Reason Requested :
………………………………………Date: ……………… ……………………………Date: ……………………
Prepare by : Nafe J. Nafe Designer Representative : Bradley Lamb
Schedule Impact : YES □ NO □ N/A □ Cost Impact : YES □ NO □ N/A □ (Positive □ - Negative □)
Response required date :
Signature :
………………………………………Date: ………………
Contractor Representativ Mohamed Elsaman
Company Rep. :
……………………………………… Received Date : Received Time :
Received by : Mr. Abdulaziz Maghlouth ………………………………… ……………………………..
SAPMT RESPONSE
SAPMT Response :
SAPMT Rep. :
Title : Date :
Signature ……………………………………… ………………………………… ………………………………………
Distribution Copy: □ SAPMT □ RTCC DCC (Original) □ RTCC QA/QC □ Project Engineers office/PM
Issue Reference Date Return Reference Date
Page 1 of 1 FM:CO:040/Rev00
DOCUMENT TRANSMITTAL FORM

SA Project No: RTCC Project No CSP# 1580
To: Transmittal No:
Attention: Revision:
From Date:
TRANSMITTED FOR: ATTACHMENT TYPE:

(FA) For Approval CD’s
(FR) For Review & Comment Printed Copy / Drawings
(FC) For Construction Samples
(FI) For Information Only Others (please specify)
Others (please specify)
Item No. of
Doc. Type Doc. No. Rev. Subject Remarks
No. copies
Notes:
TRANSMITTED BY: RECEIVED BY:

Name: Name:
Position / Position /
Company: Company:
Signature: Date: Signature: Date:
Distribution Copy:  RTCC DCC (Original)  Quality (Copy W/ Stamp)  Project Manager (Copy)
Page 1 of 1 FM:CO:041 /Rev 00

Test Report Submittal
Project Name
Project No Location
Ref. No Contract No
Sub. To SAPMT. Date
Please Find Enclosed The Following Test Reports For Approval

No. Description / Item STATUS
Name Signature
Contractor’s Project Manager
Position Date
Company Representative’s (SAPMT) Comments (Site)
Name: Signature :
SAPMT Rep:
Position: Date :
Incoming Outgoing
Date: Date:
Signature: Signature :

Subcontractor Approval Request
Project Name MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM – PKG13 INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITES
Project No Location
Ref. No Contract No
Sub. To Date
Approval Request for
Description of Works to be Sub Contracted
Dear Sir,
Please find enclosed herewith supporting documents pertaining to Proposed subcontractor which includes the following:
1. Name and classification

2. Details of recent performances
3. Type, Number and Current location of plants to be deployed on this project

4. Full List of Names, Qualifications and Experience of staff
5. Outline method statement of performance

6. Written confirmation that he will Act and Comply in full conformity with
The contract and the main contractor’s construction programmer
7. Certificates / Licenses from relevant authorities
Contractor’s Project Manager

SAPMT’s Comments:
APPROVED APPROVED AS NOTED RESUBMIT AS NOTED REJECTED

Status
Company Representative (SAPMT)

Name: Position:
Signature : Date:
Incoming Outgoing
Date: Date :

Site Clarification Request
Project Name
Project No Location
Ref. No Contract No
Sub. To Date
We Request Clarification Of The Following:
Contractor’s Project Signature
SAPMT’s Clarification:
Subject To The Limitation Of The Authorities Vested In The SAPMT, The Following Clarification Does Not Constitute A Variation To The
Contract Sum Or Contract Duration:
Company Representative (SAPMT)

Name: Position :
Signature : Date :
Incoming Outgoing
Date: Date:

Site Observation Report (SOR)

Project No. Site Location:
Client: SAPMT Date:
Contractor: Al Rashid Trading & Contracting Co. - RTCC SOR Serial Number:
Descipline: Civil Architectural Mechanical Electrical Others: _____________________
SOR Type: Quality HSE Progress Processes & Procedures
Section 1 - SOR Subject & Description (For Originator Use*):

SOR Subject:
Description of SOR:
Issued by:
Name: Designation: Organization:
Signature: Date:
Received by :
Name: Designation:
Signature: Date:
Section 2 - Implemented Actions (By SOR Recipient):
Expected Date to finish :

Correction / Corrective Actions Performed by Aproved by ( Construction Manager)
Name :
Date and Signature
Section 3 - SOR Closure (For QC Use):

Construction Team has managed to abide by requirements of this SOR by **………………………………(Insert date)
Therefore this SOR is considered closed effective from the date on which QC Discipline signed this section.
Name: Signature: Date:
Received by :
Distribution: QA/QC Office (original) RTCC PM.(Copy) SAPMT(Copy) HSE(Copy)

* Origninator: The party / person who issues the SOR.
** Insert date.
*** Note that :The SOR Recipient shall replay the QC Team With the Correction and implemented actions within the Mentioned Period.

PROJECT TRAINING PLAN

TYPE IMMEDIATE
SN TRAINEE'S NAME COMPUTER NO. CURRENT POSITION TRAINING REQUIRED TARGET DATE DURATION
(I / E) SUPERVISOR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Requestor Signature over Printed Name: Reviewed By: Approved By:
Site QA Manager Project Manager

Requestor Position & Organization:
Date Reviewed Date Approved

Date of Request:
1 of 1 FM:CO:046 / Rev 00
DRAWING RE-ISSUE REQUEST
Project: Reference No.:
Location: Date of Request:
Revision No. of
SN Drawing Number Drawing Description Discipline Remarks
No. Copies
1
Reason for Request:
Requestor: Noted By: Approved By:
Date: Project Mgr ./ Engineering Mgr.

Site QA /QC Manager
Signature:
1 of 1 FM:CO:047 / Rev 00
DRAWING RE-ISSUE LOG
Year: Month:
REV. DATE OF ENGINEER /

SN DISCIPLINE REFERENCE NO. DRAWING NUMBER (S) DRAWING DESCRIPTION (S) SIGNATURE
NO. REQUEST REQUESTOR
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
Maintained By: Monitored By:
DCC - Drawing QA Manager
1 of 1 FM:CO:048 / Rev 00
CHANGE REQUEST FORM

Client: Saudi Aramco Company Reference No:
Submitted To (SAPMT) : Project No: CSP # 1590
Contractor: Al Rashid Trading & Contracting Co. - RTCC Date of Request:
Change Reference No: Site No:
Building No: Sub-Phase:
Reference Document No Rev. No. Remarks
Existing Condition:
Reason for Change:
Description of Change:
CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW:
Function Originator Department Head QC Manager Technical Manager
Name
Signature
Date
SAPMT's COMMENT:
(ANY APPROVAL AND/OR COMMENT SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF HIS OBLIGATIONS AS STIPULATED IN THE CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS)
This Change Order is: ACCEPTED REJECTED
Remarks:
SAPMT Technical Manager SAPTM Rep.
Name
Signature
Date
To be used only when the changes requested need immediate approval and carry NO COST and NO TIME related implications nor on Scope
and Quality

REQUEST FOR CHANGE WITH IMPACT

Client: Saudi Aramco Company. Reference No:
Submitted To : Project No: CSP # 1590
Category of Change: Scope Quality Documents Others:
Cost Schedule Requirements
Reference Document No Rev. No. Remarks
Detailed Description of Proposed Change:
Justification for Proposed Change:
IMPACTS OF CHANGE:
Scope: Increase Decrease Modify

Description:
Cost: Increase Decrease Modify

Description:
Schedule: Increase Decrease Modify

Description:
Quality: Increase Decrease Modify

Description:
Requirements: Increase Decrease Modify

Description:
Stakeholder Impact: Increase Decrease Modify

Description:
CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW:
Function Originator Technical Manager QA/QC Manager Review Project Manager
Name
Signature
Date

REQUEST FOR CHANGE WITH IMPACT

Client: Saudi Aramco Company. Reference No:
Submitted To : Project No: CSP # 1590
SAPMT's ASSESSMENT:
This Change Order is: ACCEPTED DEFERED REJECTED
Justification:
Change Control Board Signatures

Name Role Signature Date
Note: This Form is to be used only when the changes need Cost, Scope, Quality and/or Time related implications

CSP#1590
COMMISSIONING REQUEST FORM
General Info.
Date: IR No. :
Schedule Date : Time Of Test. :
Ref. Dwg. : Building No. :

Specific Floor/Area.
Inspection and Test Plan For :

ManHoles/ UG Utilities Lighting System/ Earth Protection
Pump Stations/Motors Low Current Systems
HVAC Elec. Equipmetns (Generators/Transformers,………)
Drainage/Water Supply/Chilled Pipe Work/ Pipe Works Instruments
Fire Protection Power Systems / Casbles
Mech. Equipments ( Chillers/Pumps,………..) Other (Please Specify)
Work Scope Description :
Check List:
Dwg. Attached Elec. Equipment Certificates Punch List
Material Certificate Mech. Equipment Certificates System Certicates (E/M)
O & M Manuals Others (Please Specify)
Item/Test Name Description MS/ITP Ref. Acceptance

Accepted
1-
Not Accepted
Accepted
2-
Not Accepted
Accepted
3-
Not Accepted
Accepted
4-
Not Accepted
Accepted
5-
Not Accepted
Remarks :
Acceptance : Accepted: Not Accepted:

Doc. Submitted By: Checked By : Thrird Party Rep.
RTCC. Project Mgr. RTCC QC Manager (Company Name:)
Name : Name: Name:
Signature: Signature: Signature:
SAPMT/PID Approval :
Doc. Distr. QA/QC Original PM. Copy CM Copy 3rd Party Copy
FM:CO:051 / Rev00
EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION MONITORING LOG

Date: 15 July 2019
Date of Last Calibration Due Responsible

SN Equipment Description Brand Serial Number 3rd Party Laboratory Location of calibraion Remarks
Calibration Date QCS/QCI
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

Punch List 06/07/2019 Project System No. FM:C0:053
Archt'l Building No.

A Items to be completed (before proceeding to the next Item) "LP" Licensor-Punch "A" "C" Civil "S" Structure (Location) PMT
OFFICES
B Items to be Complied prior to MC "CP" Construction Punch "G" Grounding "F" Fire & Gas "V" Vendor
Surface
C Minor work "SP" System Punch "M" Mechanical "T" Design As-Built "X"
Category TYPE Protection
D Items to be completed prior to final completions of system Description "PC" Pre-Commission'g "H" HVAC "O" Operation
N Ready to test (no Punch) "Q" Insulation "P" Piping "ESH" Safety
"E" Electrical R Record
Page No.
Issue (Raised By) Action (Cleared)By Confirmed(Verified) By
Punch Item & Line forecast

Details Type Category Disc. NAME Date Name ACTION BY status Comment
No. No. Date
Page 1 of 1 FM:CO:053/Rev 00
Doc. No:
PROJECT QUALITY SUMMARY REPORT Rev. Date:
Cut-Off Date
PROJECT NAME Monthly Report
Weekly Report
Document Type Number of Under Statu 1 Statu 2-Approved with notes Statu 3-Re vise&Resubmit
(PQP, QP, MS, ITP etc.) Issued Review "Work May Proceed" "Work May Proceed" "Work May Not Proceed"
Document Review PEP

Status (Submittals) PQP
Method Statements
Other Plans&Procedures
THIS PERIOD (WEEK/MONTH) ACCUMULATIVE
Request For No. RFI Issued No. RFI Issued

Information (RFI) No. RFI Solved No. RFI Solved
No. RFI Open No. RFI Open

No. NCR Issued No. NCR Issued
Non-Conformance
No. NCR Closed No. NCR Closed
Report (NCR)
No. NCR Open No. NCR Open
No. NCR Overdue

No. SI Issued No. SI Issued
Site Instruction (SI) No. SI Closed No. SI Closed
No. SI Open No. SI Open
No. SI Overdue

No. CCAR Issued No. CCAR Issued
Correction /Corrective
No. CCAR Closed No. CCAR Closed
Action (C/CAR)
No. CCAR Open No. CCAR Open
No. CCAR Overdue

No. MS No. MS No. MS Reject
Discipline Reject Ratio % Discipline No. MS Issued
Issued Rejected Rejected Ratio %
Architectural Architectural
Civil&Structural Civil&Structural
Material Submittals
Mechanical Mechanical
External Works External Works
Total Total

No. IR
Discipline No. IR Issued Reject Ratio % Discipline No. IR Issued No. IR Rejected
Rejected
Work Inspection Civil&Structural Civil&Structural
Request (IR) Mechanical Mechanical
Total Total
Page 1 / 2 FM:CO:054 / Rev 00

Doc. No:
PROJECT QUALITY SUMMARY REPORT Rev. Date:

No. MIR No. MIR No. MIR No. MIR Reject Ratio
Discipline Reject Ratio % Discipline
Issued Rejected Issued Rejected %
Material Inspection Civil&Structural Civil&Structural
Request (MIR) Mechanical Mechanical
Total Total

No. Test Reject Ratio
Discipline No. Test Reject Ratio % Discipline No. Test No. Test Failed
Failed %
Civil Civil
Testing Status
Compressive Stregnth Test Compressive Stregnth Test
Test Reports Test Reports
Total Total

No. Audit Planned No. Audit Planned
No. Audit Conducted No. Audit Conducted
Audits No. [Corrective Action Request / Observation] Issued No. [Corrective Action Request / Observation] Issued
No. [Corrective Action Request / Observation] Closed
No. [Corrective Action Request / Observation] Open
No. [Corrective Action Request / Observation] Overdue

No. Employer Satisfaction Survey No. Employer Satisfaction Survey
No. Employer Positive Feedback No. Employer Positive Feedback
Employer's Feedback No. Employer Complaint Issued No. Employer Complaint Issued
No. Employer Complaint Closed
No. Employer Complaint Open
No. Employer Complaint Overdue
No. of Personnel
Job Title
Org. Chart Actual
QA Manager
RTCC's QC Manager
QA/QC Organization Procurement QC Supervisor
QC Supervisors
Material Engineer
QC Inspectors
Areas of Concern &

Summary
Prepared by(Name&Signature): Date:
Page 2 / 2 FM:CO:054 / Rev 00

MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM - PKG 13 INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES
MATERIAL REQUISITION SUBMISSION FORM
CONTRACT NO. : REF. NO. : RTCC-MR-XXX-XXX DATE……...:

B.I. / J.O. NO……: REV. NO. : REV. LOCATION :
To: Cc: DISCIPLINE ISSUE PURPOSE
ARCHITECTURAL
STRUCTURAL
NEW SUBMITTAL
Attn: CIVIL
MECHANICAL RESUBMITTAL
ELECTRICAL
OTHERS ( )
SA DUMMY PO NO. INSPECTION LEVEL SA-175 FORM NMR FORM SAES SAEP SAMSS SA-DATASHEET
MANUFACTURER VENDOR REVIEW / COMMENTS / APPROVAL / ACTION

NO. MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 9COM
SA-Manufacturer ID SA-Vendor ID (For Saudi Aramco Use Only)
NO OBJECTION CORRECT & RESUBMIT

NO OBJECTION AS NOTED REJECTED
REVIEWED BY APPROVED BY REVIEWED BY
PREPARED BY REVIEWED BY APPROVED BY
(SAPMT) (SAPMT) (VID)
RTCC Procurement Manager RTCC Proc. QC Supervisor RTCC QA Manager RTCC Project Manager Material Specialist Sr. Project Engineer VID Representative
Date : Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date:
* These documents have been reviewed for general conformance with the Contract. Such review does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under the terms of the Contract nor authorized additional compensation.
FM-CO-061 / Rev. 00
MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM - PKG13
RTCC DOCUMENT TRANSMITTAL FORM
CONTRACT NO. : REF. NO..: RTCC-1590-SA-MX-00XXX DATE…...:

B.I. / J.O. NO……: WBS NO…: LOCATION :

NO. OF COPIES
Architectural
IFA - Issued for Approval
TO LINE ITEM NO. Civil
Electrical IFI - Issued for Information

DIVISION NO.
Mechanical
Structural
SPECS REF.
Others
MANUFACTURER / COMMENTS
NO. DOCUMENT NO. REV. DESCRIPTION
VENDOR (For Saudi Aramco Use Only)
REVIEWED BY SUBMITTED BY SA RESPONSE SA REPRESENTATIVE (Name & Signature)
No Objection
Date:
No Objection as noted
Correct & Resubmit Approved Materials Delivered to Site:
Rejected SA Site Superintendent:

Date : Date : For Information only Date:
* These documents have been reviewed for general conformance with the Contract. Such review does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under the terms of the Contract nor authorized additional
compensation.
FM-CO-063 / Rev. 00
SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE STATUS
Project Number / Name: Report Ref. No.:
Cotract No.: Date:
SUBMITTAL INFORMATION Award Recom. Letter No. Objection Letter Purchase Order
SN Scope Project Reference No. Rev. MATERIAL DESCRIPTION DUMMY PO Remarks/Comment
Inspection Submission Reply Reply Issuance Acceptance Issuance Acceptance Issuance
Vendor P.O NO Vendor
Level Date Status Date Date Date Date Date Date
Status Legend: A - Approved B - Approved As Noted C - Correct and Resubmit D - Rejected W - Withdraw
Name: Signature:
Contractor's Authorized Manager
Position: Date:

INSPECTION ASSIGNMENT PACKAGE (IAP) STATUS
Project Number / Name: . Report Ref. No.:
Cotract No.: Date:
SUBMITTAL INFORMATION
SN Project Reference No. Rev. MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Remarks/Comment
Inspection Submission Reply Reply
Level Date Status Date
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Name:
Position:

NON MATERIAL REQUIREMENT STATUS LOG
Cotract No.: Date: 15 July 2019
MR
SUBMISSION FOR DESIGNER SUBMISSION FOR SAUDI ARAMCO
S/N Scope Transmittal Description Remarks
Refernce No. Submission Reply Reply Submission Reply
Internal TRANSMITTAL No. Subject for Rev. No. TRANSMITTAL Reference No. Subject for Rev. No. Reply Date
date date Status Date Status
Status Legend: A - Approved B - Approved As Noted C - Correct and Resubmit D - Rejected W - Withdraw UR-Under Review
Contractor's Authorized Manager Name :
Position :
Page 1 of 1 FM:CO:068 / Rev. 00

AWARD RECOMMENDATION LETTER / NO OBJECTION LETTER STATUS LOG
Project Number / Name: . Report Ref. No.:
Cotract No.: . Date:
ARL Level of MR Reference No. Submission Remarks

S.N Scope Transmittal Reference No. Material Description Manufacturer Status Reply Date
NOL Inspection Revision No. Date Supplier/Vendor
Status Legend: A - Approved B - Approved As Noted C - Correct and Resubmit D - Rejected W - Withdraw UR - Under Review
Contractor's Authorized Manager Name:
Position:
Page 1 of 1 FM:CO:069 / Rev. 00

INSPECTION ASSIGNMENT PACKAGE SUBMISSION FORM
CONTRACT NO. : . REF. NO. : RTCC-IAP-XXX DATE……...:

B.I. / J.O. NO……: . REV. NO. : LOCATION :

#Name # Name
ARCHITECTURAL
Company Representative Sr. Project Engineer
Saudi Arabian Company Saudi Aramco STRUCTURAL
C&PPD C&PPD NEW SUBMITTAL
CIVIL
Attn: Attn:
# Name # Name
Lead Project Engineer Group Leader Community,
ELECTRICAL
Saudi Arabian Company Infrastructure & Public Projects
C&PPD Vendor Inspection Division (VID) / QMU OTHERS
MANUFACTURER REVIEW / COMMENTS / APPROVAL / ACTION
NO. MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
Saudi Aramco Manufacturer ID (For Saudi Aramco Use Only)

REVIEWED BY REVIEWED BY APPROVED BY
PREPARED BY ACKNOWLEDGED BY APPROVED BY
RTCC Proc. QC Supervisor RTCC Procurement Manager RTCC QA Manager RTCC Project Manager Material Specialist Sr. Project Engineer VID Representative
FM-CO-070 / Rev. 00
QC TWO WEEKS LOOK AHEAD INSPECTION ACTIVITY REPORT
Contract No.: Schedule Period Date:

BI/JO No.: From to Location:
INSPECTION ACTIVITY
MANUFACTURE
NO. SA DUMMY P.O. NO. MATERIAL DESCRIPTION REMARKS
COUNTRY LOCATION
Notice No. INSPECTION LEVEL INSPECTION LOT INSPECTION TYPE INSPECTION DATE INSPECTOR
FM:CO:071 / Rev 00
FIELD CHANGE NOTICE
Contract No./BI: Date……….:

FCN No. : Rev. No…..:
F I EL D C H AN G E I NFO RM AT IO N
ORIGINAL PART/DRAWING NAME/NO. REVISION NO. PROPOSED CHANGES DESCRIPTION
DISCIPLINE / DESCRIPTION
AR CV EL ME ST
REASON FOR CHANGE
IMPACTED DOCUMENT & DRAWINGS
IFC Drawing(s) Bill of Materials (BOM)

Purchase Order(s) Others (List Names…)
ISSUED BY (DEPT. MANAGER) REVIEWED BY QA MANAGER SUBMITTED BY CONTRACTOR REP.
Name:
DATE : DATE : DATE :
S AU D I AR AM CO R E V I EW / AP P RO V AL
PMT RECOMMENDATION / COMMENTS
"CONTRACTOR shall notify Saudi Aramco of any discrepancies from standards or procedures. These comments does not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his contractual
obligations. This documents does not constitute a Change. Per Schedule A Paragraph 10 of the Contract, a Change shall be set forth only in writing on a document
entitled “Change Order“ and except as provided in Paragraph 10.3 each Change Order shall be formally signed by both parties"
No Objection No Objection as Noted Correct & Resubmit Rejected
SA PMT REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE DATE
Page 1 of 1 Field Change Notice – RTCC/FM:CO:072 Rev. 00

FINAL DISPOSITION REPORT SUBMISSION FORM
CONTRACT NO. : REF. NO. : RTCC-FDR-XXX DATE……...:

B.I. / J.O. NO……: REV. NO. : REV. 0 LOCATION :
To: DISCIPLINE ISSUE PURPOSE

# Name
ARCHITECTURAL
Company Representative
Saudi Arabian Company STRUCTURAL
C&PPD / MIP-PKG 13 Division NEW SUBMITTAL
CIVIL
Attn: Attn:
#Name #Name
Sr. Project Engineer Group Leader Community,
ELECTRICAL
Saudi Arabian Company Oil & Gas Projects
C&PPD / MIP-PKG 1 Division Vendor Inspection Division (VID) / QMU OTHERS
REVIEW / COMMENTS / APPROVAL / ACTION
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION VENDOR MANUFACTURER
(For Saudi Aramco Use Only)
9COM PURCHASE ORDER INSPECTION LEVEL
INSPECTION LOT

REVIEWED BY REVIEWED BY APPROVED BY
PREPARED BY ACKNOWLEDGED BY APPROVED BY
.
RTCC Proc. QC Supervisor RTCC Procurement Manager RTCC QA Manager RTCC Project Manager Material Specialist Sr. Project Engineer VID Representative
FM-CO-073 / Rev. 00
FINAL DISPOSITION REPORT (FDR) STATUS
Cotract No.: Date: 15 July 2019
SUBMITTAL INFORMATION
SN Project Reference No. Rev. MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Remarks/Comment
Inspection Submission Reply Reply
Level Date Status Date
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Name:
Position:

Third Party Time Sheet
Morning Afternoon / Evening
Total
Date Name Signature
From To From To Hours.
Total Hours
1 of 1 FM:CO:075 / Rev. 00
SITE OBSERVATION REQUEST LOG
Project: Date:
Actual Closed
SOR Ref. No. Description of Deficiencies / Observations Location Initiator Action By Date Raised Due Date Status Remarks
Date

SERVICE PROVIDER PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
CSP No: Date of Evaluation:
Project Name: Evaluation Ref. No:
Subcontractor Name:
Description of Work:
PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT: (To be filled by Quality Team)
Please rate the subcontractor as per the Key to Ratings
Key to Ratings: 5 - Excellent 4 - Good 3 - Satisfactory 2 - Marginal 1 - Unacceptable
RATINGS
1. Quality of Workmanship
a. Compliance with project drawings and specifications
b. Workmanship quality and accuracy
c. Tools – quality and sufficient quantity
d. Equipment – sufficient quantity and operating condition
e. Quality of jobsite craft personnel
2. Scheduling / Productivity
a. Performance with regard to adhering to contract schedules
b. Manpower allocation for maintaining project schedule
c. Material deliveries to support project schedule
d. Productivity of work force
3. Contract Administration
a. Timely submission of complete and correct documentation required to proceed work
b. Timely submission of RFIs, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders
4. Working Relationships
a. Did this subcontractor relate to other parties in a professional manner?
b. Are they co-operative with other subcontractors and engineers on site
c. Responsiveness to any issues
5. Supervisory Personnel Rating

a. Adequate supervisory personnel and their availability during inspections
b. Performance of the on-site supervisory personnel and project management
6. Personnel Rating
a. Adequacy of the personnel deployed at site
b. Competency of the pesonnel working at site
7. Quality Management System

a. Did they provide Quality Plans?
b. Did they provide Quality Documents such as MS, ITP, Calibration Certificates, etc.?
c. Do they observe and implement Quality Management System religiously?
Note : A Total Score of less than 21 or an Average Rating of less than 60% is a
FAILING SCORE
TOTAL 0

SERVICE PROVIDER PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
Subcontractor Name:
Description of Work:
CONTRACT ASSESSMENT: (To be filled by PM/CM)
Date of Work Start: Target Finish Date:
Numbers of Manpower: Actual Finish Date:
1. Did this subcontractor claim change orders or extras? Yes No
2. Were the subcontractor’s prices on change orders and extras reasonable? Yes No
3. Are the Key Personnel have the knowledge, management skills and experience to run a project Yes No
of this size and scope?
4. Did the contractor submit the required paperwork promptly and in proper form? Yes No
5. Should this subcontractor be considered for larger, smaller or the same size work? Larger Smaller Same Size
OTHER COMMENTS:
Quality Personnel's Review Project Manager's Review
Would you recommend this subcontractor for future work? Would you recommend this subcontractor for future work?
Other Remarks: Other Remarks:
Name Name
Signature Signature
Date Date
Note : In the absence of Quality Personnel, related and authorized personnel may fill the form.

SUPPLIER PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
Purchase Order / Contract Number: Performance Period:
Supplier Name: Final Interim Evaluation

Product Description:
PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT: (To be filled by Quality Team)
Please rate the subcontractor as per the Key to Ratings
RATINGS
1. Quality of Material
Material delivered as per the Purchase Order
Material is in good condition and free from any damage
Material is packed properly to avoid deterioration of the material
2. Timeliness of the Delivery

Delivered on time as per the Purchase Order or as instructed
3. Documentation
Material comes with the required shipping documents
Quality Documents (e.g. Testing, Certificates, Warranty, Manuals, etc.) are pro
4. Customer Service
Responsiveness to any issues
Participation and cooperation of personnel after material delivery
5. Working Relationships
Adequate supervisory personnel and their availability during inspections
Professionalism of the personnel/staff before delivery
6. Follows Instructions
Personnel competency in handling the material
7. Compliance with Laws and Regulations

Observation and compliance to National Regulations and Site Instructions
FAILING SCORE
TOTAL 0
OTHER COMMENTS:
QA/QC Review Project Manager Review
Would you recommend this supplier for future work? Would you recommend this supplier for future work?
Other Remarks: Other Remarks:
Name Name
Signature Signature
Date Date

ACTIVITY /SITE CLEARANCE REQUEST
SECTION 1- General Information :

Project No : Ref No:
Building : Date:
Location :
SECTION 2- Description of Proposed Activity :
Mobilization Installation /Construction Testing /Operation
Activity Stage
Finishing Pre/Final Commissioning Other (any ) ________________
Relevent DWG No: Spec Ref. / M.S / ITPNo.:

SECTION 3 - Clearance Required from:
Authority RTCC Sub contractor Extenal Agency/Party Others ____________
Discipline Arch Civil Stru Mech Elec Comm Others
Description :
SECTION 4 - Required action Needed / Issuance : SECTION 5- Submitted to :

Initiator Project Manager/Construction Manager/Senior Engineer
Name & Signature : __________________________ Name & Signature: __________________________________
Job Title : __________________________ Job Title : __________________________________
Verified by Assigned for Clarification (Action Owner/Responsible)
Name & Signature : __________________________ Name & Company : __________________________________
Job Title : __________________________ Job Title : __________________________________
SECTION 6- Action
Work Can Start - No Objection Name : _________________________________
Work Can't Start - Hold Job Title : _________________________________
Signature & Date : _________________________________
SECTION 7 - Actual Cause Lead to the Situation
SECTION 8 - Risk Associated:
SECTION 9 -Remedial Action / Disposition
SECTION 10 - Proposed Clearance Date :

SECTION 11- Aknowledge by / RTCC Representative: SECTION 12 - Information & Records ( RTCC Quality Team)
Action Owner /Responsible Discipline QA/QC Supervisor
Name : ___________________________ Name : ___________________________
Job Title : ___________________________ Job Title : ___________________________
Signature & Date ___________________________ Signature& Date : ___________________________
Approved by QC Manager
Name : ___________________________ Signature& Date : ___________________________
Job Title : ___________________________ QA Manager
Signature & Date ___________________________ Signature& Date : ___________________________
PM: Copy with Stamp CM : Copy with Stamp RTCC QA/QC : Original Senior Engineer's Site Office : Copy SAPMT: if Necessary

FM:PU:008-PO's Status
Project No. CSP# 1590 15 July 2019
S. No. Dept. PO No. PO Date PO Description Supplier / Sub-Contractors PO Forcast Date of Delivery Remarks
Page 1 of 1 FM:PU-008-R0
Al Rashid Trading & Contracting Co.CJSC. (RTCC)
Corporate Headquarter – Contracting Sector
Riyadh
MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM - PKG 13

FM: CS: 004
INTER OFFICE MEMO
To: CC: Date: 15/07/2019
From:
Ref :
Project No. Subject:

CSP# 1590
Page 1 of1 Revision 4

AL RASHID TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. LTD. (RTCC)
CORPORATE HEADQUARTER - CONTRACTING SECTOR
QUALITY ASSURANCE UNIT
RTCC RIYADH - KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
FM:QA:002 - NEW DOCUMENT/DOCUMENT CHANGE PROPOSAL
DATE:
DOCUMENT TITLE DOC. NO. TIER/LEVEL REVISION NO.
REASON FOR CHANGE/NEW DOCUMENT
SUMMARY OF PROPOSED CHANGES/NEW DOCUMENT CONTENTS
PREPARED BY APPROVED BY
CHANGE OF NEW DOCUMENT AGREED BY

POSITION NAME SIGNATURE DATE
CHANGED/NEW DOCUMENT TO BE ISSUED TO (DISTRIBUTION LIST)

NAME TITLE CONTROLLED COPY NUMBER
Management Representative
Signature
Date
C:/FM:QA:002 QA:002 - 1/1 Revision 4
Page 1 of 1 FM:QA:002/Rev 00
AL RASHID TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. CJSC
QUALITY DEPARTMENT
RIYADH - KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA
MASTER LIST OF DOCUMENTS (PROJECT)
PROJECT NUMBER / ISSUED COPY

SN DOCUMENT NO. DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION Revision REMARKS
Rev 00 Rev 01 Rev 02 Rev 03
Status
1 Manuals
2 Project Procedures
3 Project Forms
Page 1 of 1 FM:QA:003 / Rev 0

CORRECTION / CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUEST

SECTION 1 : GENERAL INFORMATION
Subject: CCAR NO.:
FROM: DATE:
DIV./DEPT./UNIT CR
CAR PAR
SECTION 2 : DESCRIPTION OF PROBLEM OR POTENTIAL PROBLEM
Issued: Approved:
Position: Position:
SECTION 3 : POSSIBLE CAUSES (To be Filled by Originator)
SECTION 4 : ASSIGNED TO (To be Filled by Project Manager)
Name: Assigned Date:
Position: Target Date: Project Manager

Signature
SECTION 5 : ACTUAL CAUSES (To be Filled by Receiver)
SECTION 6 : PROPOSED CORRECTIVE / PREVENTIVE ACTION (To be Filled by Receiver)
Accepted by QC Supervisor
Name:
Signature:
Action Completion Date:
SECTION 7 : ACTION VERIFICATION (To be Completed by Responsible Person)

CORRECTIVE PREVITIVE ACTION Yes
COMPLETED No Date: Signature:
SECTION 8 : CLOSURE (To be Completed by Originator & QA Manager)
COMPLETION ACTION ACCEPTED: Yes No
Verified: Approved:
Position: Position:
COPIES TO: QA Manager : Original Project Manager : Copy Site Engineers : Copy
Action and Reply must be completed within maximum 48 hours.

AL RASHID TRADING & CONTRACTING CO. (CJSC)
QUALITY DEPARTMENT
PERFORMANCE SATISFACTION SURVEY
Dear Customer,
Thank you for choosing us for your construction project requirements and for giving us the opportunity to serve you. It is our constant effort to offer you the
best quality services. Your comments and suggestions are very important in this venture. We would be most grateful if you could fill out this questionnaire
and send it to us by fax or mail.
Sincerely yours
Quality Department
PART 1
(Performance Checklist )
Service Excellent Good Average Fair Poor Remarks
In terms of QUALITY, how will you rate the following items?
1.0 Materials provided by RTCC
a. Are the materials delivered according to schedule?
b. Are the materials of good quality
c. Are the materials handled properly
d. Are the materials properly stacked?
e. Are the materials properly installed
f. Are the materials installed in good condition?
2.0 Equipments being used by the company
a. Does RTCC uses the appropriate equipment to the specific task?
b. Do RTCC equipments used efficient and capable of performing?
c. Do we have frequent equipment down time
d. Do we have replacements for damaged equipments
e. Do our operators work efficiently
f. Do we have enough equipments deployed
3.0 Technical knowledge and understanding.
a. Is our technical workforce competent?
b. Is our technical workforce efficient?
c. Does our technical employees need minimum supervision
d. Do we have enough technical staff per field of expertise
e. Do we have a good working relationship with your team
f. Does our team gives importance to your concerns?
g. Are your concerns answered correctly
h. Are your concerns answered immediately?
4.0 Workmanship of Manpower
a. Does our workforce works efficiently
b. Does our workforce need minimum supervision
c. Do we have enough manpower per field of work
d. Is our workforce easy to work with and follows instructions easily
5.0 For TIME BOUNDED concerns, how will you rate the following items?
a. Do we carry out activities based on the latest approved plan
b. Do we meet the expected productivity on a weeky/monthly basis
c. Do we try to cope up to our delays in the earliest time
d. Are the materials delievered on time on site
e. Are the documents delivered/processed on time
f. Are your concerns on site answered on time
g. Does RTCC submit the required document(s) on the specified time?
h. Do we satisfy you on the action taken to correct & close this NCR?
Any other matter
Page 1 of 2 FM:QA:014A / Rev 00

QUALITY DEPARTMENT
PERFORMANCE SATISFACTION SURVEY
PART 2
(Additional Questionaires for Future Improvement and Development )
Do you like to recommend our corporate to any others?
Do you like to use our services in future?
What did you like the best about us?
What did you dislike most about us?
How do you rate our performance compared to the previous year?
Other Complaints (If any)
How could we improve our services to you?
Please fill-up your details alloted below:
Name of Project :
Your Name :
Client Representative Title :
Address :
Phone No. : Fax No.: E-mail:
Page 2 of 2 FM:QA:014A / Rev 00

Participation in: ……………………………………………………………………..………….

Date: ………………………………………………………………………………….…….…….
Title: ……………………………………………………………………………………………..
A. Please select how applicable each of the provided statement in evaluating the attended
training session / program:
Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly

Agree Disagree
1- The objectives of the training
were clearly defined.
1- Participation and interaction
were encouraged.
2- The topics covered were
relevant to me.
3- The lecture contents were
organized and easy to follow.
4- The information provided
was helpful.
5- The training experience was
useful to me.
6- The trainer was
knowledgeable about the
training topic.
7- The trainer was well
prepared.
8- Training objectives were
met.
9- The time allotted for the
training session was
sufficient.
10- The meeting room and
facilities were comfortable
and adequate.
11- What did you like most about this training?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………..…………………………………………………………..
12- What aspects of the training could be improved?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
13- How do you hope to change your practice as a result of this training?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………....
14- What additional training programs would you like to have in the future?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………
15- How do you rate the training overall?
Excellent Good Average Poor Very Poor
Thankyouforyourfeedback
RTCC SAPMT

RTCC PROJECT QUALITY PERSONNEL
COMP. DATE YEAR CONTACT MOB. DEMOB. WORK APPROVAL PID REV. REFERENCE
NO. NAME DESIGNATION NATIONALITY SALARY EMAIL APPROVAL STATUS
NO. HIRED GRAD. NO. DATE DATE STATUS DATE CODE NUMBER

RISK REGISTER
RISK IDENTIFICATION RISK ASSESSMENT RISK RESPONSE PLAN RISK RE-ASSESSMENT
Remarks / Further
L C Risk Rating L C Risk Rating Action Required
Risk ID Date Raised Risk Risk Owner Source / Cause of Risk Impact Classification Current Controls Mitigation Action by Due Date Date
Likelihood Consequence LxC Likelihood Consequence LxC
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0

OPPORTUNITY REGISTER
Associated Risk from the action
SN Opportunity Date Raised Action Required Action Owner Target Date Remarks
Required

RIYADH - KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA Date:
INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL ISSUE REGISTER

Internal / Positive /
SN Issue Description Category Potential Effect
External Negative
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Page 1 of 1 FM:QA:025 / Rev00

RIYADH - KINGDOM OF SAUDI ARABIA Date:
INTERESTED PARTY REGISTER

Internal /
SN Interested Party Requirements / Expectations
External
Page 1 of 1 FM:QA:026 / Rev00

RISK IDENTIFICATION FORM

SECTION 1: Risk Identification (To be filled by Originator)
Risk Title Date
Department / Project Risk ID
Date Likely to Occur Identified By:
Potential Party Involve Classification
Description
Potential Source / Cause
Potential Impact
Description
SECTION 2: Risk Assessment (To be filled by Originator)

Risk Level
Impact Probability Risk Rating 0
SECTION 3: Acknowledgement (To be filled by Concerned Manager/Project Manager)
Name: Position: Signature: Date:
SECTION 4: Risk Response Plan (To be filled by Responsible Person in coordination with the Concerned Manager/Project Manager)
Mitigation Due Date
Mitigation Tasks Assigned Risk Owner Due Date
10
11
Note: (1) Responsible Person may be a Planning Manager/Engineer, Construction Manager, Senior Discipline Engineer, Supervisor, QC Personnel, etc.
(2) Content of this Risk Identification Form shall be transffered to the Risk Register and this shall be retained as a record
(3) Copy of this form shall be given to each assigned Risk Owner for their necessary action.

Date: 15-Jul-2019
LESSONS LEARNED REGISTER

Date Involved Recommendations to pursue / avoid
ID Project Entered By Title Situation Cause of the Situations How situation was recified Remarks
Identified Party recurrence

LESSON LEARNED IDENTIFICATION FORM
Title Date
Department / Project Reference ID
Source of Lesson
Identified By:
Learned
Involved Party
Description of the situation
Circumstances/cause that leads to the situation
Actions made to rectify the situation
Recommendations to pursue/avoid recurrence in the future

Quality Department
CSP 1590- Quality Division MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM - PKG-13
Reset Form NON-CONFORMANCE REPORT (NCR) Save Form
(PROJECTS & MATERIALS)
Code : 1 2 3 4 Discipline : AR CV ✔ EL ME ST
SECTION 1: General Information
NCR No...: INCR-CIVIL-001 Date......: 10-Nov-2019 Is this repeated? Yes No

Reference/Attachments: Ref. No.: SAES-A-114
Photo ✔ Drawing Specs ✔ Other

ACD......: Dec 1, 2020 Surveillance No.:
Location.........: Administration Building Issued To.......: Engineering Construction ✔ Procurement
SECTION 2: Description of Non Conformance and State the Basis of Issuance Non Conformance
During site inspection it been observed that water for compaction used without approved water test, its violate the Standard SaES-A-114 states that
Water Test Reports. Sources and test results of all fill materials and compaction water shall be submitted for approval prior to beginning fill operations.
Compaction water shall be tested for Total Dissolved Solids, Chloride (Cl-) and Sulfate (SO4) contents according to SAES-Q-001.
SECTION 3: Required Action / Issuance SECTION 4: Assigned to Concerned Manager / Engineer
Use it as it is Repair Reject Confirm Knowledge :

Name........... :
Initiator / QC Supervisor Job Title........:
Name / Signature..... :
Comp. No.....:
QC Manager
Name / Signature..... : Signature......:
QA Manager Project Director / Manager
Name / Signature.....: Signature......:
SECTION 5: Root Cause of Non-Conformance
SECTION 6: Proposed Corrective Action

Accepted by :
QC Supervisor Signature
NCR FEEDBACK : Yes No
SECTION 7: Completion of Corrective Action / Site Updates

Corrective Action Completed Yes No Concerned Manager / Engineer :
Signature :
Responsible / Action Owner :
Date.........:
SECTION 8: Proposed Preventive Action by Concerned Engineer
SECTION 9: Closing the Non-Conformance

Corrective Action Verified Yes No Final QA Manager Approval / Acceptance Closure :
QC Supervisor / Signature......: Project QA Manager / Signature...:
Proj. QC Manager / Signature : Date ....:
Saudi Aramco Acceptance
SAPMT Signature : Date : SAPID Signature : Date :
* Section 1, 2, 3 & 9 to be filled by QA/QC Manager, Supervisor, Inspector.

* Section 4, 5, 6, 7 & 8 to be filled by Site PM / Discipline. FM:QC:003 Rev. 00
EXTERNAL VIOLATION INVESTIGATION FORM
VIOLATION TYPE VIOLATION # DATE OF ISSUANCE
LBE NCR WS
PROPOSED ACD:
VIOLATION DESCRIPTION
ROOT CAUSE ANALYSIS
PROPOSED CORRECTIVE ACTION (To be accepted by SA)
PROPOSED PREVENTIVE ACTION
RTCC CONSTRUCTION TEAM RTCC QUALITY TEAM
SR. ENGR. CONST. MGR QCS QCM QAM
External Violation Investigation Form Page 1 of 1 FM:CO:092 Rev. 0

PROJECT SUBCONTRACTING PLAN
% of
SUB CONTRACTOR'S Subcontracted ACTIVITY ACTIVITY CONTACT PERSON TRANSMITTAL
NO. DESCRIPTION VENDOR ID# REMARKS
NAME, PHONE NO. & ADDRESS Work Out START DATE FINISH DATE & PHONE NO. REFERENCE NO.
of Total Work
This document is dynamic and will be submitted to Saudi Aramco when deamed necessary if additional subcontractors mobilized under this contract.
Project Subcontracting Plan Page 1 of 1 FM:QC-093 REV. 0

THIRD PARTY / OUT SOURCED DESIGNER PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
CSP No: Date / Duration of Evaluation:
Designer Name:
Scope of Work:
PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT: (To be filled by Engineering Team / Quality Team)
Please rate the Designer as per the Key to Ratings
RATINGS
1. Time Management & Progress
a. Ontime Submission of schedule and List of Deliverables
b. Performance with regrds to adhering to the schedule
c. Revise and resubmission of schedue to avoid delay of old schedule
d. Any client Compliants received due to time management
2. Contract Administration
a. Adhere with Contract Terms and Conditions . Any amendments are requested to include in the Contra
b. Adhere with payment Terms and timely submission of Interim Payments without ambiguity
3. Resource Availability
a. Advanced Tools and Softwares are used for Design and Development
b. Sufficent Infrstructure available and have access to Client
c. Do they have Qualified, Competent and Trained Team available to Handling the Job
4. Quality of Work
a. Compliance with Project requirements, applicable Codes and Standards
b. Input output verification ,Validation and Inter Diciplinary checks are conducting
c. Pro Actively identify all technical ,regulatory aspects and communicate with
d Site Visits are conducting upon request
e. Any Serious Rejection of deliverables from stackholders due to technical Issues
5. Communication
a. Communication is intact ? Provides Proper Monthly / Weekly Reports , Current Updates Notifications e
b. Properly Monitoring & Closing the Comments, Revisons ,Technical Quieries and suggestions etc.
6. Engineering Approch
a. Endorse Value Engineering Approch, Proper Implimentation of Applicabe Codes updated Vendors Dat
b. Proper Support with Detailed Calculations
7. Utilisation of Quality Management System

a. Did they provide Quality Plans for project?
b. Did they provide Quality Documents such as Design Management Plan, Internal procedure , Forms etc
c. Do they observe and implement Quality Management Systemin all functional Area?
d. Do they Provide continual improvements during contract
e. Do they provide risk base thinking and Pro active approch during the execution of the contract
FAILING SCORE
TOTAL 0

THIRD PARTY / OUT SOURCED DESIGNER PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
CSP No: Date / Duration of Evaluation:
Designer Name:
Scope of Work:
CONTRACT ASSESSMENT: (To be filled by PM/CM)
Date of Work Start: Target Finish Date:
Numbers of Manpower/Man hours: Actual Finish Date:
1. Did this Designer claim change orders or extras? Yes No
2. Were the subcontractor’s prices on change orders and extras reasonable? Yes No
3. Are the Key Personnel have the knowledge, management skills and experience Yes No
to Execute all Designand Associated issues of a project of this size and scope?
4. Did the Designer submit the Deliverables promptly and in proper Manner? Yes No
5. Should this Designer be considered for larger, smaller or the same size work? Larger Smaller Same Size
OTHER COMMENTS:
Design / Engineering in Charge / Authorized Personnel's Review Department Manager / Project Manager's Review
Would you recommend this Designer for future work? Would you recommend this Designer for future work?
Other Remarks (if any) : Other Remarks(if any):
Name Name
Signature Signature
Date Date
Note : In the absence of Design Personnel, related and authorized personnel may fill the form.

Quality Department (Corporate) MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM – PKG13
CSP-1590 – Quality Division INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES
RELATED NCR#
ISSUER CLARIFICATION
QCS QCM ACCEPTANCE QAM APPROVAL
NAME & SIGNATURE QC MANAGER QA MANAGER

DATE DATE DATE
CONSTRUCTION TEAM RESPONSE
RESPONSIBLE ENGR. PM / CM APPROVAL
NAME & SIGNATURE NAME & SIGNATURE

DATE DATE
FINAL RESPONSE & ACCEPTANCE
QA MANAGER
DATE
Note : This form will be implemented whenever needed additional clarification or resolution to the subject non-conformity.
Page 1 of 1 FM :QC:003A(1) /Rev 00

ENGINEERING AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE LIST
NO. NAME DISCIPLINE SIGNATURE
10
11
12
13
Document: ENGINEERING Authorized Signature List Page: 1 of 1
FM:CO:21(A) / Rev 00
APPENDIX 8
LIST OF APPLICABLE TYPICAL INSPECTION

PLAN, INSPECTION CHECKLIST AND TEST
REPORTS
INSPECTION CHECK LIST,TEST PLAN& REPORTS
Note: RTCC Will Comply with the Standard Cut of date of March 31, 2018. Document Will be
revised upon receive the SATIP, SAIC, SATR from SAPMT.
APPENDIX ‐ 8‐(i)
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN (SATIP)
DATE OF
SL NO DOC. ABBR. DOCUMENT TITLE DISCIPLINE REV.
APPROVAL
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Soil

1 SATIP-A-000-01 Civil
Improvement (Vibro Replacement & Vibro Compaction)
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Earthwork –

2 SATIP-A-114-01 Civil
Site Preparation, Excavation and backfill During Construction
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Coating

3 SATIP-H-003-01 Civil
Application on Concrete Surfaces
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Security and
4 SATIP-M-006-01 Civil
General Purpose Fencing
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Concrete
Masonry Units and Building Bricks
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for
Waterproofing of Roof Slabs
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Structural
Steel For Buildings
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Pre-
Engineered Metal Buildings
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Raised
Equipment Floor Systems
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Security
10 SATIP-O-101-01 Civil
Fencing & Gates, (Type SSD/1 Standard Security Fence)
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Ready Mix

11 SATIP-Q-001-01 Civil
Concrete Batch Plants and 3rd Party Laboratory Management
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Cast-In-

Place Portland Cement Concrete
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Pre-cast
Concrete Fence Post at Fabrication Yards
Pre-cast/ Pre- Stressed Concrete at Fabrication Yards
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Cement
Based Non-Shrink Grouting
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Epoxy Grout
for Machinery Support
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Installation
of Structural and Architectural Pre-cast Concrete
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Asphalt
Paving
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Asphalt &
19 SATIP-Q-006-01 Sulfur Extended Asphalt Paving – Batch Plants Management & Civil
Third Party Laboratory
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Earthworks

20 SATIP-S-070-01 Civil
– Excavation and Backfill for Underground Utilities
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Gypsum

Board Installation
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Ceramic
Wall and Floor Tiles
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Doors and
Windows
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Acoustical
False Ceiling System
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Glass and
Glazing
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Resilient

Vinyl Composition Floor Tile & Base
1 of 3
DATE OF
APPROVAL
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for HVAC Metal
27 SATIP-K-001-03 Mechanical
Duct System
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Packaged
Air Conditioning Unit (PACU) System
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Air Filtration
Devices & Grease Filter
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for TAB of
HVAC System
31 SATIP-M-001-01 Steel Pipe rack, Steel Supports & Miscellaneous Steel structures Mechanical
(Incl. Piping Supports as per Spec’s)
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Gravity
32 SATIP-S-010-01 Mechanical
Sanitary Sewer Pipe and Sewer Manhole
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Storm water
Drainage System
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Plumbing
Fixtures and Fittings
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Roof Drain
and Drainage Piping
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Building
Drain, Waste and Vent (DWN) Pipe
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Irrigation
Piping
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for
Thermoplastic and RTR Piping
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for AC
39 SATIP-P-103-01 Electrical
Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) Systems
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Stationary
Direct (DC) Current Systems
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Low Voltage
(up to 1kV) Power Cable and Building Wire
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Medium
Voltage (1 kV to 35kV) Cable Conductors
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Cable Tray,
Fittings and Accessories
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Final boxes

(junction terminal and pull) Wire Throughs and Wireways
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Above

Grade Conduit, fittings and Accessories
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Below
Grade Conduit and Duct bank
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for HVAC
Equipment
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Receptacles
& Cord Connected Equipment
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Grounding
and Bonding
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Lightning
Protection
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Diesel
Generator Set
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Electrical
System Protection and Metering
Voltage Switchgear
2 of 3
DATE OF
APPROVAL
Voltage Controlgear
Switchgear and Switchboards
Controlgear
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Switchracks
& Distribution Racks
Panel Board
Voltage Cablebus (Maximum 15 kV)
Cablebus
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Dry
Transformers (Low Voltage & Medium Voltage)
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Power
Transformers (≥35 kV or 2.5 MVA)
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Pad
Mounted (Oil Filled) transformers (35 kV and ≤2.5 MVA)
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Light
Fixtures and Lighting Systems
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Factory
Assembled (Packaged) & Auxiliary Electrical Systems
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Fire Instrumentation
66 SATIP-B-014-01
Detection and Alarm Systems & control
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Instrumentation
67 SATIP-J-003-01
Instrumentation Piping and Tubing & control
68 SATIP-J-900-01
Instrumentation Control Loop Checking & control
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Fiber Optic Instrumentation
69 SATIP-J-902-04
Cable & control
SAUDI ARAMCO TYPICAL INSPECTION PLAN for Electronic Instrumentation
70 SATIP-J-902-05
Control Systems – DCS ESD PLC & control
71 SATIP-J-902-06
Instrumentation Racks and Panels (open) & control
3 of 3
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
SAUDI ARAMCO INSPECTION CHECKLIST (SAIC)
DOC. DATE OF
SL.No DOCUMENT TITLE DISCIPLINE REV.
ABBREVIATION APPROVAL
Inspection Checklist for Soil Sampling, Testing and Review of Test
1 SAIC-A-1001 Civil 8
Reports
Inspection Checklist for Fill, Select Fill and marl cap materials
Receiving Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Soil Protection and Control, drainage and
Dewatering Inspection
4 SAIC-A-1004 Inspection Checklist for Fill Placement and compaction Inspection Civil 8
5 SAIC-A-1005 Inspection Checklist for Compaction testing Civil 8
6 SAIC-A-1006 Inspection Checklist for Final Fill Placement Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for Review Procedure- Pressure testing (All

7 SAIC-A-2001 Mechanical 8
Applications)
Inspection Checklist for Review of Test Package Preparation
(Content, Format & Database)
Inspection Checklist for Review Procedure – Post Test
9 SAIC-A-2006 Piping 8
Reinstatement & Checklist
Inspection Checklist for Review Procedure – Lay-up of Piping
Systems or Vessels
Inspection Checklist for Verify Test Medium for Hydrostatic Testing
& Lay-up
12 SAIC-A-2009 Inspection Checklist for Verify Test Equipment (Safety Assessment) Mechanical 8
13 SAIC-A-2011 Inspection Checklist for Inspection of Pressure Test Preparation Mechanical 8
Inspection Checklist for Inspection of Filling & Pressurization

(Hydrotest)
15 SAIC-A-2015 Inspection Checklist for Visual Inspection of Test Pressure Plumbing 8
Inspection Checklist for Visual Inspection of Air Test on Repads &

Weld-Plus-Ends Couplings
Inspection Checklist for Depressurization & Disposal of Hydrotest
Water
18 SAIC-A-2018 Inspection Checklist for Lay-up of Piping Systems & Vessels Mechanical 8
Inspection Checklist for Fire Alarm System-Cable and Accessories Instrumentation

19 SAIC-B-6101 8
– Material Receiving & Installation & control
Inspection Checklist for Fire Alarm System-Control Panel – Material Instrumentation
20 SAIC-B-6102 8
Receiving & Installation & control
Inspection Checklist for Fire Alarm System-Audible/ Visual Instrumentation
21 SAIC-B-6103 8
Annunciator – Material Receiving & Installation & control
Inspection Checklist for Fire Alarm System-Smoke & Heat Detector Instrumentation
22 SAIC-B-6104 8
– Material Receiving & control
Inspection Checklist for Fire Alarm System-Smoke/ Heat/ Radiant Instrumentation
23 SAIC-B-6105 8
Detector - Installation & control
Inspection Checklist for Fire Alarm System-Water Flow Switch & Instrumentation
24 SAIC-B-6106 8
Water Valve Position Switches – Material Receiving & Installation & control
Inspection Checklist for Fire Alarm System-Manual Pull station – Instrumentation

25 IC-B-6107 8
Material Receiving & Installation & control
Inspection Checklist for Fire Alarm System-Pre-Commissioning Instrumentation
26 SAIC-B-6108 8
Inspection & Control
Inspection Checklist for Concrete Coatings & Repair Materials
27 SAIC-H-1002 Civil 8
Receiving, Storage & Preservation Inspection
1 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for Concrete Coatings Pre-Installation
28 SAIC-H-1003 Civil 8
Inspection
29 SAIC-H-1004 Inspection Checklist for Concrete Coatings and Final Inspection Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for Review of Contractor Qualifications-

30 SAIC-H-2010 Mechanical 8
Coating Personnel Certification (In-Kingdom Field Application Only)
Inspection Checklist for Review Procedure for Liquid Coatings on

31 SAIC-H-2023 Industrial Services & Pipelines-Buried Services (APCS-113A, B & Mechanical 8
D)
32 SAIC-H-2026 Inspection Checklist for Coating Equipment Inspection Mechanical 8
Inspection Checklist for General Tubing and Accessories-Handling,

33 SAIC-J-6001 Mechanical 8
Storage & Preservation.
Inspection Checklist for Brass/ Stainless Steel Globe/ Needle
Valves, Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Stainless Steel & Copper Tubing, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Compression Fittings & Accessories,
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Copper Tubing & Fittings Installation and
Pre- Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Copper Tubing & Fittings Installation and
Pre- Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for General – Instrumentation Accessories, Instrumentation
39 SAIC-J-6017 8
Material Receiving & Control
Inspection Checklist for General – Mechanical Equipment Skid –
Zone or Div. 2 Locations, Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Skid for Non-Hazardous Locations, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for General – Mechanical Equipment Skid

–Corrosive Locations, Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for General – Instrumentation Work Space
Instrumentation
43 SAIC-J-6022 Clearances Civil/ Structural Installation – Visual Inspection (Before 8
& Control
Skid Installation)
Inspection Checklist for General – Manufactured Instrument Instrumentation
44 SAIC-J-6025 8
Enclosures, Panels & Racks, Material Receiving & Control
Inspection Checklist for Stainless Steel Tubing & Accessories Instrumentation
45 SAIC-J-6028 8
Installation and Pre-Commissioning & Control
Inspection Checklist for Instrumentation Enclosures, Panels & Instrumentation
46 SAIC-J-6030 8
Racks - Installation and Pre-Commissioning & Control
Inspection Checklist for Supplemental Support Fabrication & Instrumentation
47 SAIC-J-6031 8
Installation Visual Inspection (Before Installation) & Control
Instrumentation
48 SAIC-J-6202 Inspection Checklist for Pressure Switches, Material Receiving 8
& Control
Inspection Checklist for General – Instrumentation Accessories - Instrumentation
49 SAIC-J-6205 8
Installation & Control
Inspection Checklist for Instrumentation & Control Loop Checking- Instrumentation

50 SAIC-J-6501 8
Documentation review (Procedures & Packages) & Control
Inspection Checklist for I & C Copper Cable – Unshielded, Instrumentation

51 SAIC-J-6601 8
SingleTwisted Pair/ Triad & Multi pair/ Triad, Group 1 & 3 - MR & Control
Inspection Checklist for I & C Copper Cable – Shielded, Single Instrumentation

52 SAIC-J-6602 8
TwistedPair/ Triad & Multi pair/ Triad, Group 2 & 4 - MR & Control
Inspection Checklist for Instrument Cable Accessories, Material Instrumentation
53 SAIC-J-6605 8
Receiving & Control
2 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for Instrument Cable – Installation, Instrumentation
54 SAIC-J-6606 8
Termination, Identification & Pre-Commissioning & Control
Inspection Checklist for Fiber Optic Cable-Multi-Mode Fiber Cable- Instrumentation
55 SAIC-J-6622 8
Material Receiving & Control
Inspection Checklist for Fiber Optic Cable-Multi-Mode Fiber Cable Instrumentation
56 SAIC-J-6623 8
Splicing/ Testing Tools Accessories-Material Receiving & Control
Inspection Checklist for Fiber Optic Cable-Installation, Instrumentation
57 SAIC-J-6624 8
Termination,Identification & Pre-Commissioning & Control
58 SAIC-L-1001 Inspection Checklist for Pipeline Right of Way Inspection CIVIL 8
59 SAIC-L-1002 Inspection Checklist for Trench Excavation & Preparation CIVIL 8
60 SAIC-L-1003 Inspection Checklist for Pipe Lowering Inspection CIVIL 8
Inspection Checklist for Review Procedure-Internal cleaning for

61 SAIC-L-2001 Piping 8
Plant Systems, Plant Equipment & Pipelines
Inspection Checklist for Piping Equipment Internal Cleaning
Inspection
63 SAIC-L-2041 Inspection Checklist for Storage & Preservation of Valves Mechanical 8
Inspection Checklist for Pre-Test Punch Listing of Cross Country

Pipeline
Inspection Checklist for Fence & Gate Components Receiving
65 SAIC-M-1001 Civil 8
Inspection-Type I-V Fences
66 SAIC-M-1002 Inspection Checklist for Fencing Types I-V Installation Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for Location, Depth of trench/ Boreholes &

Elevation for Types I-V Fences Inspection
68 SAIC-M-1004 Inspection Checklist for Pre-pour Inspection for Type I-V Fences Civil 8
69 SAIC-M-1005 Inspection Checklist for Final Inspection for Type I-V Fences Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for Concrete Masonry Unit (CMU)

Compressive Strength & Aggregate Test Reports
Inspection Checklist for Masonry Materials Receiving and Storage

Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Concrete & CMU Surface Preparation and
Protection Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Masonry Units and Plaster Installation
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Waterproofing Receiving & Storage
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Waterproofing Surface Preparation,
Waterproofing Layer Installation Inspection
76 SAIC-M-1018 Inspection Checklist for Waterproofing Final Inspection Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for Building Components/ Material Receiving

Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Prefab Buildings-Foundations and Pre-
Installation Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Prefab Buildings-Interior & Exterior Final
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Gypsum Wall Board System Receiving &
Storage Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Gypsum Board Framing, Insulation, Pre-
Installation Inspection.
3 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for Gypsum Wall Board Framing, Insulation &
Pre- closing Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Gypsum Wall Board System Plastering,
Finishing and Final Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Ceramic Wall and Floor Tiles and
Accessories Receiving & Storage Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Ceramic Wall and Floor Tiles Pre-
Installation & Surface Preparation Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Ceramic Wall and Floor Tiles Installation &
Final Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Metal Doors & Windows Receiving
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Metal Doors & Windows Installation
Inspection
89 SAIC-M-1051 Inspection Checklist for Metal Doors & Windows Final Inspection Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for Acoustical False Ceilings Receiving &

Storage Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Ceilings Suspension System Installation
Inspection
92 SAIC-M-1059 Inspection Checklist for Glass & Glazing Pre-Installation Inspection Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for Glass & Glazing Installation & Final

Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Resilient Vinyl Floor Tile & Base Receiving
& Storage Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Resilient Vinyl Floor Tile Pre-Installation
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Resilient Vinyl Floor Tile Installation
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Raised Equipment Floor Material Receiving
Inspection
Inspection Checklist & Receiving Inspection – Bolts, Nuts &
Washers for Structural Connections
Inspection Checklist for Fence & Gate Components Receiving
99 SAIC-O-1001 Civil 8
Inspection – SSD/1 Fence
Inspection Checklist for Pre-cast Posts Receiving Inspection for
SSD/1 Fence
Inspection Checklist for SSD/1 Location, Depth of Trench/
Boreholes & Elevation Inspection
102 SAIC-O-1004 Inspection Checklist for Pre-pour Inspection for SSD/1 Fence Civil 8
103 SAIC-O-1005 Inspection Checklist for Final Inspection for SSD/1 Fence Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for General-Electrical Equipment, Storage,

104 SAIC-P-3002 Electrical 8
Handling & Preservation
Inspection Checklist for General-Switchgear Room/ Sub-station,
Equipment Pre-Installation Inspection
Inspection Checklist for General-Hazardous Location Conduit &
Cable Sealing Special Work Procedure, Document Review
Inspection Checklist for General-Channel, Strut, and Support
Materials – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for General-Boxes, Enclosures and
Accessories – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for General Boxes & Enclosures- Metallic Wire
ways and Accessories – Material Receiving
4 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for General Boxes & Enclosures- Non-Metallic
Wire ways and Accessories – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for General Boxes & Enclosures- Pushbutton &

Pilot Light Control Stations & Accessories-Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for General Boxes & Enclosures-Non-

Hazardous Indoor Enclosures, Installation & Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for General Boxes & Enclosures-Non-

Hazardous Outdoor Enclosures, Installation & Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for General Boxes & Enclosures-Class I, Div. 1
114 SAIC-P-3016 or Zone 1, Hazardous Location Enclosure Installation & Pre- Electrical 8
Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for General Boxes & Enclosures-Class I, Div. 2
115 SAIC-P-3017 or Zone 2, Hazardous Location Enclosure Installation & Pre- Electrical 8
Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for General-Exothermic (Thermite) Welding
Materials, Molds & Tools – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for General-Mechanical Equipment Skid for
Zone (0 or 1) or Div. 1 – Material Receiving
Zone 2 or Div. 2 – Material Receiving
Non- Hazardous Locations – Material Receiving
Corrosive Location – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for UPS/ DC Vented Ni-Cad Wet Cell, Storage,
Inspection Checklist for UPS/ DC Vented Lead-Acid Wet Cell,
Storage, Handling & Preservation
Inspection Checklist for UPS/ DC Valve Regulated Lead Acid
(VRLA) Gelatin Cell, Storage, Handling & Preservation
Inspection Checklist for UPS/ DC Aqueous Sulfuric Acid
Electrolyte,Storage, Handling & Preservation
125 SAIC-P-3106 Inspection Checklist for UPS, DC/AC Inverter, Material Receiving Electrical 8
126 SAIC-P-3107 Inspection Checklist for UPS Static Switch, Material Receiving Electrical 8
127 SAIC-P-3108 Inspection Checklist for UPS Transfer Switch, Material Receiving Electrical 8
Inspection Checklist for UPS Bypass Line Transformer, Material

Receiving
Inspection Checklist for UPS Maintenance Bypass Switch, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for UPS Panel boards/ CB’s, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for UPS/ DC System Battery & Accessories,
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for UPS/ DC Battery Room Equipment Pre-
Installation Inspection
Inspection Checklist for UPS/ DC Equipment and Battery Rack,
Installation & Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for UPS/ DC System Electrochemical Battery,
135 SAIC-P-3122 Inspection Checklist for DC Switchboard/ CB’s, Material Receiving Electrical 8
136 SAIC-P-3123 Inspection Checklist for DC Panel board/ CB’s, Material Receiving Electrical 8
5 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for Grounding-GES-DCS/ESD/PLC/SCADA
Grounding-Installation
Inspection Checklist for GEC/EGC-AC UPS System Grounding-
Installation
Inspection Checklist for GEC/EGC-AC DC System Grounding-
Installation
140 SAIC-P-3201 Inspection Checklist for Cable Storage, Handling & Preservation Electrical 8
Inspection Checklist for Low Voltage UL/NEC Power & Control

Cable and Wire, Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Low Voltage NEC/SASO/IEC Unjacketed

Wire, Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Low Voltage IEC Armored Cable, Material

Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Low Voltage IEC Unarmored Cable,

Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Low Voltage Power Cable Accessories,
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Low Voltage Power & Control Cable,
Inspection Checklist for Low Voltage Building Wire, Installation &
Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Hazardous Location Conduit/ Cable Seal
Fitting Installation & Sealing
Inspection Checklist for Medium Voltage Cable-Termination &
Splicing Work Procedure-Document Review
Inspection Checklist for Medium Voltage UL/NEC Cable, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Medium Voltage IEC Cable, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Medium Voltage Cable, Installation & Pre-
Commissioning (Rated 5KV through 35KV)
Inspection Checklist for MV Cablebus Framework, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for MV Cablebus Conductor, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for MV Cablebus Accessories, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for MV Cablebus Installation & Pre-
Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for MV Cablebus Bulkhead Fire Barrier
Inspection Checklist for LV Cablebus Framework, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for LV Cablebus Conductor, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for LV Cablebus Accessories, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for LV Cablebus Installation & Pre-
Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for LV Cablebus Bulkhead Fire Barrier
Inspection Checklist for Cable Tray & Accessories, Storage,
6 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for Cable Tray, Metallic Tray Systems, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Cable Tray, Fire Wall Barriers, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Cable Tray, Metallic Tray Systems,
Inspection Checklist for Cable Tray, Fire Wall Barriers, Installation
& Pre-Commissioning
168 SAIC-P-3310 Inspection Checklist for Conduit, Storage, Handling & Preservation Electrical 8
Inspection Checklist for Conduit, Galvanized Rigid Steel (GRS)

169 SAIC-P-3311 Conduit & Fittings, Material Receiving (PVC Coated & HD Electrical 8
Galvanized)
Inspection Checklist for Conduit, Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC),
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Conduit, Liquid-tight Flexible Metal Conduit
(LT Flex), Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Conduit, Explosion-proof Flexible Metal
Couplings (EXP Flex), Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT),
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Conduit, EXP Fittings & Accessories,
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Conduit, EMT & FMC Fittings &
Accessories, Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Conduit, GRS Fittings & Accessories,
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Conduit, LT Flex Fittings & Accessories,
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Conduit, Hazardous Location GRS & LT
178 SAIC-P-3321 Flex Conduit system (Class 1, Zone or Div 2), Installation & Pre- Electrical 8
Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Conduit, Hazardous Location GRS & EXP
179 SAIC-P-3322 Flex Conduit System (Class 1, Zone or Div 1), Installation & Pre- Electrical 8
Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Conduit, PVC Coated GRS & LT Flex
Conduit System (HL & NHL), Installation & Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Conduit, GRS & LT Flex Conduit Systems
(HL & NHL), Installation & Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Conduit, EMT & FMC Raceway Systems
(NHL), Installation & Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Pre-cast Duct bank/ Manhole/ Hand hole,
Jobsite Storage, Handling & Preservation
184 SAIC-P-3328 Inspection Checklist for Duct bank PVC Conduit, Material Receiving Electrical 8
185 SAIC-P-3331 Inspection Checklist for Direct Buried Conduit Installation Electrical 8
Inspection Checklist for Duct bank/ Conduit Excavation, Trenching

& Backfilling
Inspection Checklist for Duct bank Fabrication (Pre-cast & Cast-in-
Place)
Inspection Checklist for Manhole/ Hand hole Fabrication (Pre-cast
& Cast-in-Place)
Inspection Checklist for Conduit Identification & Termination, Visual
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Duct bank/ Manhole/ Hand hole Grounding
& Bonding, Installation & Pre-Commissioning
7 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for HVAC-Control Panel, Material Receiving,
Inspection Checklist for HVAC-E&I Installation for Pressurized
Building Inspection
Inspection Checklist for LV SCIM – Squirrel – Cage Industrial Motor
194 SAIC-P-3420 Inspection Checklist for DG Set – Storage, Handling & Preservation Electrical 8
Inspection Checklist for DG Set – Engine & Synchronous

Generator, Material Receiving
196 SAIC-P-3423 Inspection Checklist for DG Set – Installation & Pre-Commissioning Electrical 8
Inspection Checklist for Receptacles & Cords – Pin-and-Sleeve

Receptacle/ Plug, Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Receptacles & Cords – NEMA Receptacle/
Plug, Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Receptacles & Cords – Flexible Cord,
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Receptacles & Cords – Cable Reels,
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Receptacles & Cords – Festoon Systems,
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for LV SCIM-API Air-Cooled H/E Fan Motor,
Material Receiving
203 SAIC-P-3611 Inspection Checklist for HID Light Fixtures, Material Receiving Electrical 8
Inspection Checklist for Emergency Light Fixtures, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Incandescent Light Fixtures, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for 12V High Intensity Incandescent
Fixtures,Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Aviation/ Obstruction Light Fixtures,
Material Receiving
208 SAIC-P-3616 Inspection Checklist for Lighting Accessories, Material Receiving Electrical 8
209 SAIC-P-3617 Inspection Checklist for Light Pole Assembly & Installation Electrical 8
Inspection Checklist for Hung Ceiling, Surface/ Flush Mounted Light
Fixtures-Assembly, Installation & Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for HID-Low/ High bay Light Fixtures-
Assembly, Installation & Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Lighting Control System, Installation & Pre-
Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Pole-Mounted Light Fixtures, Assembly,
Inspection Checklist for Security Light Fixtures (Fence, Area &
Checkpoint lighting), Assembly, Installation & Pre-ommissioning
Inspection Checklist for Aviation/ Obstruction Light Fixtures,
Assembly,Installation & Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Grounding, GES, Copper Rod, Copper
Jacketed Rod & Galvanized Steel Rod - Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Grounding, GES, Zinc and Magnesium
Anode Electrodes - Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Grounding, GES-Ground Grid & Electrode
Conductors - Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Grounding, GES-Hydraulic Connectors &
Tools- Material Receiving
8 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for Grounding & Bonding Accessories -
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Grounding – Neutral Ground Resistor -
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Grounding – GES – Copper – Copper Clad
Steel,Galvanized Steel Rod - Installation
Inspection Checklist for Grounding – GES – Zinc & Magnesium
Anode Electrode - Installation
Inspection Checklist for Grounding – GES/ GEC – Exothermic
(Thermite) Welding Materials – Molds & Tools Installation
Inspection Checklist for Grounding – GES/ GEC/ EGC – Hydraulic
Compression Connectors Installation
Inspection Checklist for Grounding – GES – Concrete Embedded
Copper Electrode Installation
Inspection Checklist for Grounding – GES – Piping Electrode
Installation
Inspection Checklist for Grounding – GES – Copper Conductor
Ground Ring Installation
Inspection Checklist for Grounding – GES – Power Ground
Electrode System (GES) - Installation
Inspection Checklist for Grounding – GES – Substation Grounding
Installation
Inspection Checklist for Grounding – GES – Cathodic Protection
Grounding Installation
Inspection Checklist for GES – Telecommunications Grounding
System Installation
Inspection Checklist for GEC – High Resistance Grounding
Installation
Inspection Checklist for GEC – LV Dry Transformer Grounding
Installation
Inspection Checklist for GEC/EGC – Panel board Grounding
Installation
Inspection Checklist for GEC/EGC – Switchgear/ Control gear
Inspection Checklist for GEC/EGC – DG Set System Grounding
Installation
Inspection Checklist for GEC/EGC – ATS/ MTS System Grounding
Installation
Inspection Checklist for GEC/EGC – Pad Mounted Transformer
Inspection Checklist for GEC/EGC – Power Transformer
Inspection Checklist for GEC/EGC – Variable Speed Drive
Inspection Checklist for EGC – Conduit Grounding/ Bonding
Installation
Inspection Checklist for EGC – Buried Cable Grounding/ Bonding
Installation
Inspection Checklist for EGC – Electrical Manhole Grounding/
Bonding Installation
Inspection Checklist for EGC – Electrical Equipment Grounding
Inspection Checklist for EGC – Instrumentation Grounding/ Bonding
Shielding Installation
Inspection Checklist for EGC – Surge Arrestor Grounding/ Bonding
Installation
9 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for EGC – Structural Steel Grounding/ Bonding
Installation
Inspection Checklist for EGC – LV Cable Grounding/ Bonding
Installation
Inspection Checklist for EGC – MV Cable Grounding/ Bonding/
Shielding Installation
Inspection Checklist for EGC – Raised Floor Grounding/ Bonding
Installation
Inspection Checklist for EGC – Fence Grounding/ Bonding
Installation
Inspection Checklist for EGC – Tank Grounding/ Bonding
Installation
Inspection Checklist for EGC – Static Electricity Grounding/
Inspection Checklist for EGC – Isolated Grounding/ Bonding
Installation
Inspection Checklist for Lightning Protection Air Terminals, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Lightning Protection Ground Terminals,
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Lightning Protection Cable, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Lightning Protection Accessories, Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Lightning Protection Air Terminals
Installation
Inspection Checklist for Lightning Protection Ground Terminals
Installation
Inspection Checklist for Lightning Protection Loop/ Down/ Bonding
Conductor Installation
Inspection Checklist for Protection & Metering – Annunciator Panel -
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Protection & Metering – Metering Cabinet -
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Protection & Metering – Relay Cabinet -
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Protection & Metering – Current
Transformer - Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Protection & Metering – Potential
Transformer - Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Protection & Metering – Protection Relay -
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Protection & Metering – Electric Meter
Recorder - Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Protection & Metering – Accessories -
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Protection & Metering – Equipment
Inspection Checklist for Protection & Metering – CT & PT
Inspection Checklist for Protection & Metering – Relay Installation &
Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Protection & Metering – Meter/ Recorder
Inspection Checklist for MV Switchgear – Metal Clad
Switchgear(Indoor/ Outdoor) – Material Receiving
10 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for MV Switchgear – SF6 Switchgear
(Outdoor) – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for MV Switchgear – Manual SF6 Breaker –
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for MV Switchgear – Vacuum Circuit Breaker 1
to 38 kV (Motor Load) – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for MV Switchgear – Vacuum Circuit Breaker 1
to 38 kV (Feeder Load) – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for MV Switchgear & SF6 Breaker Accessories
– Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for MV Switchgear – Metal Clad Switchgear
Installation and Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for MV Switchgear – Outdoor SF6 witchgear
Inspection Checklist for MV Switchgear – Outdoor SF6 Circuit
Breaker Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for MV Switchgear – MV Vacuum Circuit
Breaker – Motor Load Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for MV Switchgear – MV Vacuum Circuit
Breaker – Feeder Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for LV Switchboard – Installation & Pre-
Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for LV Panel board – Industrial Panel board
(≤400A) – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for LV Panel board – Non-Industrial Panel
board – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for LV Panel board – Non-Industrial Explosion-
Proof Panel board (≤400A) – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for LV Panel board – Non-Hazardous AC/DC
Panel board Installation & Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for LV Panel board – Explosion Proof AC/DC
Panel board Installation & Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Dry Transformer – LV Open Vented & Non-

Vented Xfmr (≤500kVA, LV Pri) Material Receiving & Storage
Inspection Checklist for Dry Tyoe Transformer – MV Xfmr (MV or

≥501kVA) Material Receiving & Storage
Inspection Checklist for Dry Transformer – LV Xfmr (≤500kVA, LV
Pri) Installation & Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Dry Transformer – Medium Voltage –
295 SAIC-P-3921 MVXfmr (MV or ≥501 kVA) Assembly, Installation & Pre- Electrical 8
Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Power Transformer – Storage, Handling &
Preservation
297 SAIC-P-3923 Inspection Checklist for Power Transformer – Material Receiving Electrical 8
Inspection Checklist for Power Transformer Accessories– Material

Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Power Transformer – Installation, Assembly
& Filling
Inspection Checklist for Power Transformer – Pre-Commissioning &
Energization
Inspection Checklist for Exhaust Fan Receiving, Handling &
301 SAIC-K-4001 HVAC 8
Preservation
302 SAIC-K-4002 Inspection Checklist for Exhaust Fan Installation Inspection HVAC 8
Inspection Checklist for Installation of Air Moving and Cooling Duct/
Pipe Connections
11 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for Air Handling Unit (AHU) Receiving,
Handling, Storage & Preservation
305 SAIC-K-4005 Inspection Checklist for Air Handling Unit (AHU) Installation HVAC 8
Inspection Checklist for Essential Operating Facilities (EOF) HVAC

Requirements
307 SAIC-K-4007 Inspection Checklist for Condensate Drain Installation HVAC 8
Inspection Checklist for Metal Duct, Hangers and Supports and

Insulation Receiving Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Air Terminal Devices, Volume Damper and
Duct Heaters Receiving Inspection
310 SAIC-K-4010 Inspection Checklist for Fire Damper Receiving Inspection HVAC 8
Inspection Checklist for Duct System Handling, Storage &

Preservation
312 SAIC-K-4012 Inspection Checklist for Metal Duct Hangers & Support Installation HVAC 8
313 SAIC-K-4013 Inspection Checklist for Metal Duct Installation HVAC 8
314 SAIC-K-4014 Inspection Checklist for Grease Duct Installation HVAC 8
315 SAIC-K-4015 Inspection Checklist for Metal Duct Insulation Installation HVAC 8
316 SAIC-K-4016 Inspection Checklist for Volume Damper & Duct Heater Installation HVAC 8
Inspection Checklist for Air Terminal Devices (Diffusers, Grills&

Registers) &Flexible Connector Installation
318 SAIC-K-4018 Inspection Checklist for Fire Damper Installation HVAC 8
Inspection Checklist for Refrigerant Gas – Receiving, Handling,

Storage & Preservation
320 SAIC-K-4026 Inspection Checklist for Refrigerant Piping Lay-out HVAC 8
Inspection Checklist for Air Moving/ Cooling Valve and Apparatus

Arrangement Installation (DX Units)
Inspection Checklist for Receiving, Storage, Handling &
Preservation of Filters
323 SAIC-K-4029 Inspection Checklist for Air Filtration Devices Installation HVAC 8
324 SAIC-K-4030 Inspection Checklist for Grease Filter Installation HVAC 8
Inspection Checklist for Through-The-Wall and Window-Mounted

325 SAIC-K-4031 Air Conditioners (Room Air Conditioners), Receiving, Handling, HVAC 8
Inspection Checklist for Through-The-Wall and Window-Mounted
Air Conditioners (Room Air Conditioners) Installation
Inspection Checklist for Exhaust Hood Receiving, Handling &
Preservation
328 SAIC-K-4037 Inspection Checklist for Air Cooled Condenser Receiving & Storage HVAC 8
Inspection Checklist for Fan Coil Unit (FCU) Receiving, Handling,

330 SAIC-K-4039 Inspection Checklist for Air Cooled Condenser Installation HVAC 8
12 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
331 SAIC-K-4040 Inspection Checklist for Fan Coil Installation HVAC 8
Inspection Checklist for Review of HVAC System Testing

Organization Qualifications
Inspection Checklist for HVAC System Testing Adjusting and
Balancing Procedures
334 SAIC-K-4043 Inspection Checklist for Final Inspection of HVAC System HVAC 8
335 SAIC-K-4044 Inspection Checklist for Pressurized Building HVAC Requirements HVAC 8
Inspection Checklist for Communication Facilities HVAC

Requirements
337 SAIC-K-4046 Inspection Checklist for Battery Room HVAC Requirements HVAC 8
Inspection Checklist for Raw Materials Sampling, Testing and

338 SAIC-Q-1001 Civil 8
Reviewing Test Reports/ Plant calibration Certificates
Inspection Checklist for Concrete Batch Plant/ Equipment
Inspection
340 SAIC-Q-1003 Inspection Checklist for Concrete Ingredients Inspection Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for Fresh Concrete Sampling & testing

Inspection @ The Batch Plants
342 SAIC-Q-1005 Inspection Checklist for Plant QC Lab Inspection Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for Raw Materials Sampling, Testing &

Concrete Mix Design Approval
Inspection Checklist for FBE Rebar & Embedments Receiving
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Handling, Storage & Preservation of FBE
Steel Bars
Inspection Checklist for Cast-in-Place Ready Mix Concrete
Inspection Checklist for Cast-in-place Concrete Pumps/ Transit
Mixer Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Cast-in-place Concrete Grade & Site
Preparation
Inspection Checklist for Cast-in-place Concrete Formwork
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for FBE Reinforcing Steel, Embedded Items
and Form Closure Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Cast-in-place Concrete Finishing & Curing
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Cast-in-place Concrete Formwork Stripping
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Concrete Compressive Strength Testing
and Final Acceptance Inspection
354 SAIC-Q-1018 Inspection Checklist for Reinforcing Bar & Formwork Inspection Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for Pre-cast Concrete Fence Posts at
355 SAIC-Q-1019 Fabrication Yard Concrete Placement, Sampling and Testing Civil 8
Inspection
Fabrication Yard Demolding and Curing Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Pre-cast Concrete Fence Posts Final
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Pre-Stressed Concrete – Pre-Concreting
Inspection
13 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for Pre-cast Post - Concreting & Final
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Raw Materials Sampling, Testing and
Review of Test Reports/ Plant Calibration Certificate
361 SAIC-Q-1031 Inspection Checklist for Plant Equipment & Set-up Inspection Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for Asphaltic Concrete Ingredients Inspection

at Batch Plants
363 SAIC-Q-1033 Inspection Checklist for Hot Mix Asphalt Inspection Civil 8
364 SAIC-Q-1034 Inspection Checklist for Plant QC Lab Inspection (Asphalt) Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for Aggregate Sub-base and Base Course

Materials Sampling, Testing & Review of Test Reports
Inspection Checklist for Raw materials Sampling, Testing & Asphalt
Mix Design Review
Inspection Checklist for Sub-base and Aggregate Base Course
Material Receiving Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Grades, Elevation and Surface Preparation
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Placement and Compaction of Sub-base
and Aggregate Base Course Materials Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Asphalt Pavement Prime Coat & Tack
Coating Inspection
371 SAIC-Q-1043 Inspection Checklist for Asphalt Core Density Inspection Civil 8
372 SAIC-Q-1044 Inspection Checklist for Asphalt Paving Final Inspection Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for Sampling, Testing Cement Based Non-

Shrink Grout and Review of Compressive Strength Test Report
Inspection Checklist for Cement Based Non-Shrink Grout Material
components and Ingredients Receiving Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Cement Based Non-Shrink Grout Surface
Preparation & Final Formwork Inspection Prior to Grouting
Inspection Checklist for Cement Based Non-Shrink Grout Mixing,
Placement, Sampling, testing, Curing and final Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Sampling, Testing Epoxy Grout and Review
of Compressive Strength Test Report
Inspection Checklist for Epoxy Grout Materials Receiving and
Storage Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Surface Preparation and Formwork
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Epoxy Grout Mixing, Placement, Sampling
& Testing Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Foundation and Epoxy Grout Curing/
Protection and Final Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Concrete Sampling, Inspection, Testing &
Placement Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Asphalt Concrete Receiving, Placement
and Testing Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Repair of Major Defects on Structural
Concrete Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Receiving & Storage Inspection for
Structural and Architectural Pre-cast Members & Connectors
Inspection Checklist for Structural and Architectural Pre-cast
Concrete Pre-Installation Inspection
14 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for Pre-cast Concrete Erection and Alignment
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Pre-cast Concrete Installation Final
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Clean Sand and Aggregate Base Course
389 SAIC-S-1001 Civil 8
Sampling, Testing & Review of Test Reports
Inspection Checklist for Clean Sand and Aggregate Base Course
Inspection Checklist for Excavation Bracing and Dewatering
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Excavation, Placement and Compaction in
Subkha Areas
Non- Subkha Areas
Trenches with High Pressure Piping
395 SAIC-S-1007 Inspection Checklist for Final Inspection Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for Manhole Receiving, Handling, Storage and

396 SAIC-S-4001 Plumbing 8
Preservation
397 SAIC-S-4002 Inspection Checklist for Sanitary Sewer Pipe Layout Plumbing 8
Inspection Checklist for Sanitary Sewer Manhole Installation

Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Lift Station Electrical & Control Receiving,
Handling, Storage & Preservation
400 SAIC-S-4008 Inspection Checklist for Force Main/ Piping Lay-Out Plumbing 8
401 SAIC-S-4009 Inspection Checklist for Thrust Block Installation Plumbing 8
402 SAIC-S-4012 Inspection Checklist for Lift Station Control Installation System Plumbing 8
403 SAIC-S-4013 Inspection Checklist for Lift Station Enclosure Installation Plumbing 8
Inspection Checklist for Final Inspection of Sanitary Sewage Lift

Station
Inspection Checklist for Water Distribution Lay-out (Upstream of
IsolationValve)
Inspection Checklist for Hangers and Supports Receiving, Handling
and Storage
Inspection Checklist for Water Distribution Lay-out (Downstream of
Isolation Valve and within Building)
408 SAIC-S-4019 Inspection Checklist for Hangers and Supports Installation Plumbing 8
Inspection Checklist for Disinfection of Newly Constructed Water

Mains
Inspection Checklist for Final Inspection of Water Distribution
Systems.
Inspection Checklist for Receiving, Handling, Storage &
Preservation of Sprinkler and Standpipe System
Inspection Checklist for Piping & Fitting Installation (Sprinkler &
Standpipe)
413 SAIC-S-4024 Inspection Checklist for Location and Spacing of Sprinkler Plumbing 8
414 SAIC-S-4025 Inspection Checklist for Valve Installation Plumbing 8
15 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for Final Inspection of Building Sprinkler and
Standpipe System
Inspection Checklist for Electric Water Heater Receiving, Handling,
Storage and Preservation
Inspection Checklist for Electric Water Heater Installation and
Piping Connection
418 SAIC-S-4032 Inspection Checklist for Control Wire Installation Plumbing 8
419 SAIC-S-4036 Inspection Checklist for Plumbing Fixtures Receiving and Storage Plumbing 8
420 SAIC-S-4037 Inspection Checklist for Plumbing Fixtures Installation Plumbing 8
421 SAIC-S-4038 Inspection Checklist for Roof Drain Installation Inspection Plumbing 8
422 SAIC-S-4039 Inspection Checklist for Roof Drain Receiving and Storage Plumbing 8
423 SAIC-S-4040 Inspection Checklist for Drainage System Layout Plumbing 8
424 SAIC-S-4041 Inspection Checklist for Vent Piping Connection Plumbing 8
425 SAIC-S-4042 Inspection Checklist for Trap & Interceptors/ Separators Installation Plumbing 8
426 SAIC-S-4043 Inspection Checklist for Indirect Waste Piping Installation Plumbing 8
427 SAIC-S-4047 Inspection Checklist for Review of Brazer Qualifications Plumbing 8
428 SAIC-S-4048 Inspection Checklist for Brazing Procedures Plumbing 8
429 SAIC-S-4049 Inspection Checklist for Copper Pipe & Brazing Wire Receiving Plumbing 8
430 SAIC-S-4050 Inspection Checklist for Copper Pipe Installation Plumbing 8
431 SAIC-S-4052 Inspection Checklist for Irrigation Piping Layout Plumbing 8
432 SAIC-S-4053 Inspection Checklist for Irrigation System Accessories Plumbing 8
Inspection Checklist for RTR & Thermoplastic Pipe Installer

Qualifications
Inspection Checklist for RTR & Thermoplastic Piping Receiving

(Pressure & Sewer Pipe)
Inspection Checklist for RTR & Thermoplastic Piping Handling,

Inspection Checklist for Assembly of Thermoplastic (PVC, UPVC,
CPVC & HDPE) Piping
437 SAIC-S-4058 Inspection Checklist for Assembly & Laying of RTR Piping Plumbing 8
438 SAIC-S-4060 Inspection Checklist for Storm Water Drainage Systems Installation Plumbing 8
Inspection Checklist for Fire Sprinkler System (Hanging, Bracing &

Restraint of System Piping)
440 SAIC-S-4062 Inspection Checklist for Sprinkler Installation Plumbing 8
Inspection Checklist for Water flow Alarms & Fire Department

Connection
Inspection Checklist for General – Indoor Electronic Equipment –
442 SAIC-T-5001 Telecom 8
Storage, handling and Preservation
16 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for DC System – Master Ground Bus Bar
(MGB) – Material Receiving
444 SAIC-T-5118 Inspection Checklist for DC Power System – Installation Inspection Telecom 8
445 SAIC-T-5119 Inspection Checklist for DC System – DC MGB - Installation Telecom 8
Inspection Checklist for Page Party P.A. System – Manufacturers

page/party power cable, Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Page Party P.A. System – Manufacturers
page/ party speaker cable, Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Page Party P.A. System – Speaker,
MaterialReceiving
Inspection Checklist for Page Party P.A. System – Page Party
Station - Indoor, Materials Receiving
Inspection Checklist for In-Plant Voice Paging System – Page Party
Station -Outdoor, Materials Receiving
Station –Speaker/ Amplifier, Materials Receiving
Station –Speaker Line Balance Assembly, Materials Receiving
Accessories,Materials Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Page Party P.A. System – Installation & Pre-
Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Communication System – Equipment Rack
–Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Communication System – RF Equipment –
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Communication System – Antenna –
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Communication System – PBX Distribution
Equipment – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Communication System – Transmission
Equipment– Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Communication System – User Premise
Equipment – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Communication System – RF Waveguide/
CoaxialCable – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Communication System Accessories –
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Communication System – Equipment Rack
– Installation and Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Communication System – RF Equipment -
Inspection Checklist for Communication Systems – PBX/
Distribution Equipment - Installation and Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Communication Systems – Transmission
Equipment- Installation and Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Communication Systems – Antenna -
Inspection Checklist for Communication Systems – Waveguide
Bulkhead -Installation and Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Communication Systems – RF Waveguide/
Cox -Installation and Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Fiber Optics Circuits-OSP-Single Mode
FOC cable –Material Receiving
17 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for Fiber Optics Circuits-OSP-Multimode Fiber
OpticCable – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Fiber Optics Circuits-Building-Single Mode
FOC cable – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Fiber Optics Circuits-Optical Splicing
Accessories –Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Fiber Optics Circuits-Optical Optical Fiber
Testing Accessories – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Fiber Optics Circuits-Cable Accessories –
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Fiber Optics Circuits-OSP FOC Cable
Installation, Termination & Identification
Inspection Checklist for Fiber Optics Circuits-Inter & Intra Building
OSP FOC Cable Installation, Termination & Identification
Inspection Checklist for Copper Circuits-Cable Storage, Handling &
Preservation
Inspection Checklist for Copper Circuits-OSP Cable – Material
Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Copper Circuits-ISP Building Cable –
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Copper Circuits-Cable Accessories –
Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for Copper Circuits-Excavation, Trenching &
Backfilling
Inspection Checklist for Copper Circuits-OSP Cable – Underground
Inspection Checklist for Copper Circuits - ISP Building Cable
Inspection Checklist for Copper Circuits - OSP Cable – Direct
Burried Installation & Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Comms Facilities – Cable Rack – Material
receiving
Inspection Checklist for Comms Facilities – Communication Tower
Inspection Checklist for Comms Facilities – HVAC Systems –
Installation & Pre-Commissiong
Inspection Checklist for Comms Facilities – Security IDAS/ CACS
–Installation & Pre-Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Comms Facilities – Vault Cable Racks
Inspection Checklist for OSP Ductbank – Plastic Conduits/ Sleeves/
Innerduct, Storage, Handling & Preservation
Inspection Checklist for OSP Ductbank – Manhole & Handhole
Hardware Storage, Handling & Preservation
Inspection Checklist for OSP Ductbank – Conduit Plugs/ Seal

Fittings/ Innerducts Accessories, Storage, Handling & Preservation
Inspection Checklist for OSP Ductbank – PVC Plastic Conduit/

Sleeves – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for OSP Ductbank – Maintenance & Service
Hole Hardware – Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for OSP Ductbank – Plastic Innerducts &
Accessories Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for OSP Ductbank – Conduit Fitting &
Accessories – Material Receiving
18 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Inspection Checklist for OSP Ductbank – Ductbank Fabrication,
Installation & Mandrel Test
Inspection Checklist for OSP Ductbank – Maintenance & Service
Holes Fabrication & Installation
Inspection Checklist for OSP Ductbank – Innerduct Installation &
Identification
501 SAIC-T-5712 Inspection Checklist for OSP Ductbank – Conduit ID Termination Telecom 8
Inspection Checklist for OSP Circuits – Pedestal & Accessories

Material Receiving
Inspection Checklist for OSP Circuits – Pedestal Installation & Pre-
Commissioning
Inspection Checklist for Building Premises Distribution System –
Cable Tray System, Material Receiving
Square “D” Ducting System, Material Receiving
Cellular & Under floor Ducting System, Material Receiving
Distribution Conduit System, Material Receiving
UTP/STP Copper Cable - Material Receiving
Indoor Fiber Optic Cable - Material Receiving
Equipment Racks & Accessories - Material Receiving
Cable Management Trays - Material Receiving
Horizontal Connecting Hardware - Material Receiving
Backbone Connecting Hardware - Material Receiving
TC/TER Size & Location
Inspection Checklist for Building Premises Distribution System – TC
Miscellaneous Requirements
TER Miscellaneous Requirements
Inspection Checklist for Building Premises Distribution System – TC
Power Requirements
TER Power Requirements
Installation of Backbone Cable Tray System
Installation of Backbone Conduit System
Installation of Sleeve and Slots System
Installation of Horizontal Cable Tray System
Installation of Square “D” Ducting System
Installation of Cellular & Underfloor Duct System
Installation of Horizontal Distribution Conduit System
19 of 20
APPENDIX ‐8 (ii)
DOC. DATE OF
Installation of Conduits For Homerun Ceiling System
Sizing & Installation of Indoor Pull Boxes
Installation of Work Area Outlet Boxes
Sizing & Installation of Outdoor Pull Boxes
Installation of Horizontal UTP/STP Copper Cable
Installation of Horizontal Fiber Optic Cable
Installation of Horizontal Connecting Hardware
Installation of Backbone UTP/STP Copper Cable
Installation of Backbone Fiber Optic Cable
Installation of Backbone Connecting Hardware
Inspection Checklist for Building Premises Distribution System
–Installation of Equipment Racks & Accessories
Inspection Checklist for Building Premises Distribution System
–Installation of Cable Management Trays
Inspection Checklist for Cast-in-Place Ready Mix Concrete
ReceivingInspection
539 SAIC-Q-1018 Inspection Checklist for Reinforcing Bar & Formwork Inspection Civil 8

540 SAIC-Q-1019 Fabrication Yards Concrete Placement Sampling & Testing Civil 8
Inspection
Fabrication Yards Demolding & Curing Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Pre-cast Concrete Fence Posts Final
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Pre-cast & Pre-Stressed Concrete – Pre
Concreting Inspection
544 SAIC-Q-1028 Inspection Checklist for Pre-cast Post-Concreting & Final Inspection Civil 8
Inspection Checklist for Sampling, Testing Epoxy Grout & Review

of Compressive Strength Test Report
Inspection Checklist for Epoxy Grout Materials Receiving & Storage
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Repair of Major Defects on Structural
Concrete Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Receiving & Storage Inspection for
548 SAIC-Q-1064 Structural & Architectural Pre-cast Concrete Members & Civil 8
Connectors.
Inspection Checklist for Structural & Architectural Pre-cast Concrete
Pre- Installation Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Pre-cast Concrete Erection and Alignment
Inspection
Inspection Checklist for Pre-cast Concrete Installation Final
Inspection
20 of 20
APPENDIX ‐ 8‐(iii)
SAUDI ARAMCO TEST REPORT (SATR)
DATE OF
SL.No DOC. ABBR. DOCUMENT TITLE DISCIPLINE REV.
APPROVAL
Test Report for Final Inspection/ Re-Instatement Punch List
1 SATR-A-6133 8
(Punch List by Contractor)
Test Report for Fire Alarm System – Control Panel – Pre- Instrumentation
2 SATR-B-6101 8
Commissioning Test & control
Test Report for Fire Alarm System – Smoke/ Heat Detector – Instrumentation
3 SATR-B-6103 8
Pre-Commissioning Test & control
Test Report for Fire Alarm System – Water Flow Switch & Instrumentation
4 SATR-B-6104 8
Water Valve Position Switch – Pre-Commissioning Test & control
Test Report for Fire Alarm System – Manual Pull Station – Pre- Instrumentation
5 SATR-B-6105 8
Commissioning Test & control
Test Report for Concrete Moisture Field Test (For coating
6 SATR-H-1003 Civil 8
Purposes)
Test Report for Pressure/ Leak Test for Instrument & Air Sub-
7 SATR-J-6001 Mechanical 8
Headers & Pneumatic Hook-up
Test Report for Pressure Gauges – Document Review,
8 SATR-J-6201 Mechanical 8
Installation, Bench Testing & Pre-Commissioning
Test Report for Instrument Loop – Inputs – Thermocouple Instrumentation
9 SATR-J-6504 8
Circuit Test & control
Instrumentation
10 SATR-J-6505 Test Report for Instrument Loop – Inputs – RTD Circuit Test 8
& control
Instrumentation
11 SATR-J-6506 Test Report for Instrument Loop – Inputs – CT/PT Circuit Test 8
& control
Test Report for Instrument Loop – Outputs – Recording Instrumentation
12 SATR-J-6507 8
Indicator Test & control
Test Report for Instrument Loop – Outputs – Analog/ Digital Instrumentation
13 SATR-J-6508 8
Display Meter Test & control
Test Report for Instrument Loop – Outputs – Visual/ Audible Instrumentation
14 SATR-J-6509 8
Annunciator/ Alarm Test & control
Test Report for Instrument Loop – Outputs – Relay/ Contactor/ Instrumentation
15 SATR-J-6510 8
Transducer Operation and Trip Test & control
Test Report for Instrument Loop – Outputs – Motor Operated Instrumentation
16 SATR-J-6511 8
Valve Test & control
Test Report for Instrument Loop – Outputs – Hydraulic/ Instrumentation
17 SATR-J-6512 8
Pneumatic Control Valve Test & control
Test Report for Instrument Loop – Outputs – Variable and Instrumentation
18 SATR-J-6513 8
Fixed Speed Motor & control
Test Report for Instrument Loop Checking – Integrated (Input Instrumentation

19 SATR-J-6514 8
and Output) Loop Inspection, Functional Test and Acceptance & control
Test Report for Instrument Cable – Continuity, Insulation
Instrumentation
20 SATR-J-6601 Resistance Testing (On-reel) & Insulation Testing (Installed 8
& control
Cable)
Test Report for Instrument Cable – Continuity, Insulation Instrumentation
21 SATR-J-6602 8
Resistance (Installed) & Termination Torque Testing & control
22 SATR-J-6621 Test Report for Fiber Optic Cable – Continuity Testing Telecom 8
Test Report for Electronic Control Systems – DCS/ESD Instrumentation

23 SATR-J-6801 8
Systems - Functional Testing & control
Test Report for Electronic Control Systems – PLC - Functional Instrumentation

24 SATR-J-6802 8
Testing (Stand-Alone as well as integrated with DCS) & control
Test Report for Fire Damper Functional Field Test (Static Instrumentation
25 SATR-K-4001 8
Testing) & control
1 of 4
DATE OF
APPROVAL
Test Report for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of HVAC
26 SATR-K-4006 Mechanical 8
System
27 SATR-M-1014 Test Report for Roof Flood Testing Civil 8
Test Report for Glass Window or Glass Curtain Wall

28 SATR-M-1060A Civil 8
Installation Leak Test
Test Report for Glass Window or Glass Curtain Wall
29 SATR-M-1060B Civil 8
Installation Tests and Warranties
Test Report for Concrete Floor Moisture & pH Test (For
30 SATR-M-1063 Civil 8
Resilient Vinyl Purposes)
Test Report for UPS/DC Electrochemical Battery, Storage and
31 SATR-P-3101 Electrical 8
Preservation Testing
Test Report for UPS/DC Vented Ni-Cad Cell Jobsite
Acceptance Test
Test Report for UPS/DC Vented Lead-Acid Wet Cell, Jobsite
Acceptance Test
Test Report for UPS DC/AC Inverter, Pre-Commissioning &
Functional Testing
Test Report for UPS Static Switch, Pre-Commissioning &
Functional Testing
Test Report for UPS Transfer Switch, Pre-Commissioning &
Functional Testing
Test Report for UPS Panel boards/ CB’s, Pre-Commissioning
&Functional Testing
Test Report for UPS/DC Battery Rectifier/ Charger, Pre-
Commissioning & Functional Testing
Test Report for UPS Distribution System, Energized Bolted –
Fault Test
Test Report for UPS/DC Vented Ni Cad Wet Cell, Battery Pre-
Commissioning Test
Test Report for UPS/DC Vented Lead Acid, Battery Pre-
Commissioning Test
Test Report for Low Voltage Power and Control Cable (On
Reel),Continuity and Megger Insulation Resistance Testing
Test Report for Low Voltage Building Wire (On Reel),
Continuity and Megger Insulation Resistance Testing
Test Report for Low Voltage Power & Control Cable, Continuity
and Megger Insulation Resistance Testing
Test Report for Low Voltage Building Wire, Continuity and
Megger Insulation Resistance Testing
Test Report for Low Voltage Power & Control Cable,
Termination Torque Testing
Test Report for Low Voltage Building Wire, Termination Torque
Testing
Test Report for Medium Voltage Power Cable (On Reel),
Test Report for Medium Voltage Power Cable (Installed),
Test Report for Medium Voltage Power Cable (Installed),
Termination Torque Testing
Test Report for Medium Voltage Power Cable, High Potential
Withstand Testing
2 of 4
DATE OF
APPROVAL
Test Report for MV Cablebus Continuity & Insulation
Resistance Testing
53 SATR-P-3234 Test Report for MV Cablebus Torque Testing Electrical 8
54 SATR-P-3235 Test Report for MV Cablebus High-Potential Withstand Testing Electrical 8
Test Report for LV Cablebus Continuity & Insulation Resistance

Testing
56 SATR-P-3239 Test Report for LV Cablebus Torque Testing Electrical 8
57 SATR-P-3301 Test Report for Cable Tray, NEMA VE 1 Static Load Testing Electrical 8
Test Report for HVAC System – Energized Functional Testing

& Motor Four Hour Run Test
Test Report for Area and Street Lighting (point to point) –
Illumination Testing
Test Report for Interior Lighting (zone cavity) – Illumination
Testing
Test Report for Security Lighting (Fence, Area and Checkpoint)
– Illumination Testing
Test Report for Aviation/ Obstruction Light Fixtures –
Illumination Testing
Test Report for Grounding – Soil Resistivity Test Report
(Jobsite FinalSoil)
Test Report for Grounding – GES – Electrode Resistance Test
(IEEE 81)
Test Report for Grounding – GES – Electrode Resistance Test
(Geonics)
66 SATR-P-3704 Test Report for Grounding – EGC – Continuity to GES Testing Electrical 8
Test Report for Grounding – EGC – Ground Termination

Testing
Test Report for Protection and Metering – Relay Calibration,
Setting and Functional Testing
Test Report for Protection and Metering – Meter/ Recorder
Calibration, Setting and Functional Testing
Test Report for Protection and Metering – Annunciator Pre-
energization and Functional Testing
Test Report for Protection and Metering – CT Pre-energization
and Functional Testing
Test Report for Protection and Metering – PT Pre-energization
and Functional Testing
Test Report for MV Switchgear/ Controlgear – Jobsite
Acceptance and Space Heater Functional Testing
Test Report for MV Switchgear – Metal-enclosed Switchgear
Pre-energized and Functional Testing
Test Report for MV Switchgear – SF6 Switchgear, Pre-
energized and Functional Testing
Test Report for MV Switchgear – MV Manual SF6 Circuit
Breaker Calibration, Setting and Functional Testing
Test Report for MV Controlgear – Metal – Enclosed Equipment
Pre- Energized and Functional Testing
3 of 4
DATE OF
APPROVAL
Test Report for LV Switchgear – Metal – Enclosed Equipment
Pre- Energized and Functional Testing
Test Report for Power Circuit Breakers – Protection Relay &
79 SATR-P-3817 Trip Unit Testing & Setting (Electromechanical & Solid State Electrical 8
Relays)
Test Report for Protection Relay & Circuit Breaker Trip Unit
80 SATR-P-3818 Testing & Setting (for Energization Certificate for Molded Case Electrical 8
Circuit Breakers)
Test Report for LV Controlgear – Metal – Enclosed Equipment
Pre- Energized & Functional Testing
Test Report for LV Controlgear – Power Circuit Breaker –
Calibration, Setting & Functional Testing
Test Report for LV Controlgear – Full Voltage Motor Controller
Calibration, Setting & Functional Testing
Test Report for LV Controlgear – Reduced Voltage Motor
Controller Calibration, Setting & Functional Testing
Test Report for LV Controlgear – Reduced Voltage Motor
Controller Calibration, Setting & Functional Testing
Test Report for LV Controlgear – Feeder Contactor Calibration,
Setting & Functional Testing
Test Report for LV Controlgear – ATS/ MTS Calibration, Setting
& Functional Testing
Test Report for LV Panel board – Pre-energized and Functional
Testing
Test Report for Dry Transformer – LV Xfmr (≤500kVA,LV Pri)
Pre- Commissioning and Functional Testing
Test Report for Dry Transformer – MV Xfmr (MV or≥500kVA)
Pre- Commissioning and Functional Testing
91 SATR-S-4001 Test Report for Sanitary Sewers Gravity Test Plumbing 8
Test Report for Water & Sewage Retaining Structures

92 SATR-S-4002 Plumbing 8
(manhole, catch basin, holding tanks, etc.) Leak Test
93 SATR-S-4003 Test Report for Building Drainage and Vent Piping Hydrotest Plumbing 8
Test Report for On-site Built-up Shower Receptor Water

94 SATR-S-4006 Plumbing 8
Tightness Test
Test Report for Weld Summary, Welder Performance and Non-
95 SATR-W-2008 Mechanical 8
Destructive Test (NDT)
4 of 4
APPENDIX 9
LIST OF METHOD STATEMENTS AND

CONSTRUCTION ITP’S
METHOD STATEMENT & ITP LOG
Page 1 of 7
SN Description Status Remarks
CIVIL METHOD STATEMENTS
1 Method Statement Pioneer Office
2 Method Statement for Survey work
3 Method Statement for Mobilization Survey work
4 Method Statement for the Erection of Labor Camp
Method Statement for Carpentry, Steel, Maintenance, Welding Workshop

5
for temporary facility
Method Statement for the erection of site professional office, camp &
6
admin office, canteen and mosque buildings
7 Method Statement for Excavation, Backfilling, and Compaction works
8 Method Statement for cast in Place concrete for Residential Units
9 Method Statement for Pre cast panel
10 Method Statement Termite Control
11 Method Statement Chain Link Fence
12 Method Statement for Damp Proofing
13 Method Statement for Shuttering And Reinforcement for foundation
14 Method Statement for Unit Masonry Block
15 Method Statement for painting works
16 Method statement for Asphalt road works & Installation of curbstone
17 Method statement for formwork & Reinforcement
18 Method Statement for Interlocks paving works & Greenery Plants
19 Method Statement for Structural Concrete Repair
20 Method Statement for repair of pre-cast Element
21 Method Statement for water Proofing for wet areas
22 Method Statement for Screeding works
Page 2 of 7
23 Method Statement for Plastering works
24 Method Statement for Tiling work
25 Method Statement for Acoustic ceiling panel works
26 Method Statement for Gypsum board ceiling works
27 Method Statement for Bituminous Road works
28 Method Statement for Subgrade and base works
29 Method Statement for Roof water proofing System
30 Method Statement for Wooden doors and frames
31 Method Statement for Hollow steel doors and Frames
32 Method Statement for Sliding and fixed windows
33 Method Statement for Installation of cabinets and Carpentry works
34 Method Statement for Exterior Painting works
CIVIL INSPECTION & TEST PLAN

35 ITP for Excavation, Backfilling, and Compaction works
36 ITP for cast in Place concrete for Residential Units
37 ITP for Pre cast panel
38 ITP for Termite Control
39 ITP for Chain Link Fence
40 ITP for Damp Proofing
41 ITP for Shuttering And Reinforcement for foundation
42 ITP for Unit Masonry Block
43 ITP for painting works
44 ITP for Asphalt road works & Installation of curbstone
45 ITP for formwork & Reinforcement
46 ITP for Interlocks paving works & Greenery Plants
Page 3 of 7
47 ITP for Structural Concrete Repair
48 ITP for repair of pre-cast Element
49 ITP for water Proofing for wet areas
50 ITP for Screeding works
51 ITP for Plastering works
52 ITP for Tiling work
53 ITP for Acoustic ceiling panel works
54 ITP for Gypsum board ceiling works
55 ITP for Bituminous Road works
56 ITP for Subgrade and base works
57 ITP for Roof water proofing System
58 ITP for Wooden doors and frames
59 ITP for Hollow steel doors and Frames
60 ITP for Sliding and fixed windows
61 ITP for Installation of cabinets and carpentry works
62 ITP for Exterior Painting works
63 ITP for Exterior Painting works
ELECTRICAL METHOD STATEMENTS

64 Method Statement for the Installation of LV and MV cables
Method Statement for the Installation of Electrical Conduit , Race Ways

65
Boxes And Accessories
66 Method Statement for the Installation of Electrical Wiring
67 Method Statement for Fire Alarm & Accessories
78 Method Statement for generator set
69 Method Statement for Installation Wiring device and accessories
Page 4 of 7
70 Method Statement for electrical panel board and Accessories
71 Method Statement for Interior Luminaire
72 Method Statement for Isolators and Disconnect switch
73 Method Statement for Grounding System and Lightning protection
74 Method Statement for Exterior Lighting
75 Method Statement for voice data system
76 Method Statement for security video intercom.
77 Method Statement for unit substations
ELECTRICAL INSPECTION & TEST PLAN

78 ITP for the Installation of LV and MV cables
ITP for the Installation of Electrical Conduit , Race Ways Boxes And
79
Accessories
80 Method Statement for the Installation of Electrical Wiring
81 ITP for Fire Alarm & Accessories
82 ITP for generator set
83 ITP for Installation Wiring device and accessories
84 ITP for electrical panel board and Accessories
85 ITP for Interior Luminaire
86 ITP for Isolators and Disconnect switch
87 ITP for Grounding System and Lightning protection
88 ITP for Exterior Lighting
89 ITP for voice data system
90 ITP for security video intercom.
91 ITP for unit substations
MECHANICAL METHOD STATEMENTS
Page 5 of 7
Method Statement for the Installation of Sanitary, Sewer Lines, Storm

92 Drainage, Fire Fighting, Domestic Water Supply & Irrigation Pipe for
External Work (Underground Pipe)
Method Statement for Plumbing works Inside Buildings Including Sleeves

93
for Electrical & Mechanical Utilities
94 Method Statement for Installation of Storm Drainage system
95 Method Statement for Installation of Sanitary sewer system
96 Method Statement for Installation of Domestic water supply system
97 Method Statement for Installation of Irrigation system
98 Method statement for AC Installation of Hi wall Unit
99 Method statement for Pneumatic (Air test) for storm drainage pipe
100 Method statement for installation of Fire hydrants
101 Method statement for installation of Residential Fire protection System
102 Method statement for Air diffusing equipment
103 Method statement for Air Ducting system
104 Method statement for Air Flow control Devices
105 Method statement for Air Handling unit
106 Method statement for installation of FM 200
107 Method statement for WWTP & PWTP
108 Method Statement for traffic signal system
109 Method Statement for Installation of Fire hydrants & firefighting system
ITP MECHANICAL
ITP for the Installation of Sanitary, Sewer Lines, Storm Drainage, Fire
110 Fighting, Domestic Water Supply & Irrigation Pipe for External Work
(Underground Pipe)
ITP for Plumbing works Inside Buildings Including Sleeves for Electrical &
111
Mechanical Utilities
112 ITP for Installation of Storm Drainage system
Page 6 of 7
113 ITP for Installation of Sanitary sewer system
114 ITP for Installation of Domestic water supply system
115 ITP for Installation of Irrigation system
116 ITP for AC Installation of Hi wall Unit
117 ITP for Pneumatic (Air test) for storm drainage pipe
118 ITP for installation of Fire hydrants
119 ITP for installation of Residential Fire protection System
120 ITP for Air diffusing equipment
121 ITP for Air Ducting system
122 ITP for Air Flow control Devices
123 ITP for Air Handling unit
124 ITP for installation of FM 200
125 ITP for WWTP & PWTP
126 ITP for traffic signal system
127 ITP for Installation of Fire hydrants & firefighting system
Note:
1 List shall be updated as the Scope and project progress proceeds

2 Method Statements and ITP's will be updated and prepared as the project proceeds as per
the Project activities and SAPMT requests
Page 7 of 7
APPENDIX 10
RTCC QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

CERTIFICATE
APPENDIX 11
MANAGEMENT REPRESENTATIVE (MR)

APPOINTMENT
APPENDIX 12
SCOPE OF WORKS
SCOPE OF WORKS
4 SCOPE OF WORK
4.1 General
Tanajib Gas Plant Industrial Support Facilities are composed of the Off-plant Industrial
Support Facilities (outside the Category-1 fenced Process Plant Area) which shall be
constructed by CONTRACTOR and the In-Plant Support Facilities (inside the Category-
1 fenced Process Plant Area) will be constructed by OTHERS.
4.2 Architectural
4.2.1 The buildings under Architectural scope are split into two main types and are
identified in the Building List (CE-536393).
Precast Concrete Buildings
The precast concrete buildings shall be procured from a SAUDI ARAMCO

approved manufacturer along with the necessary engineering support to
facilitate construction.
These buildings may also be considered as a steel frame with Concrete
Cladding panels.
Internal partitions will be provided by blockwork walls and metal stud
plasterboard partitions.
Pre- Engineered Buildings
The pre-engineered buildings shall be built steel frames and cladding system /
Precast cladding as stated in the Building List (CE-536393).
4.2.2 General
The Architectural scope of work shall be but not limited to the

following:
4.2.2.1 CONTRACTOR shall furnish all materials, tools, equipment and labor all
Architectural works as shown on the drawings and specified in the
Constructions Specifications and described in this scope of works.
4.2.2.2 CONTRACTOR shall verify all horizontal and vertical dimensions of the
buildings prior to staking.
4.2.2.3 Building numbering
CONTRACTOR shall use the building number as assigned for each
building as per The Building List CE-536393.
Page 1 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
4.2.2.4 Parking areas

CONTRACTOR shall provide all parking areas and associated structures
as required for each building. All car parking spaces in ISF area shall be
shaded as per COMPANY standard design library drawings nos. DA-
950182.001, DA-950183.001, DA-950184.001 & DA-950185.001. For the
administration building parking area, CONTRACTOR shall print names/
positions for the parking lots. Coordination between the CONTRACTOR
and the COMPANY is required during the construction phase.
4.2.2.5 Signage
Each building shall be provided with required exterior and interior signage.
The CONTRACTOR shall supply and install the signage in accordance
with COMPANY External & Internal Signage manual.
4.2.2.6 Colors
All exterior and interior finishes and colors shall be submitted for review
and approval by COMPANY before the construction. Refer to SAES-R-
004, SAES-H-001, SAES-H-003, SAES-H-100 and SAES-H-101V for
Interior Finishes & painting specifications.
4.2.2.7 Exterior Equipment Protection

All buildings shall have the exterior mechanical and electrical equipment
protected as noted below:
a. For all buildings, removable guard post and chains shall protect
exterior HVAC equipment unless otherwise stated. Maximum center-
to-center post spacing shall be 1.5m. Clear distance between
equipment and guard posts shall be sufficient for equipment
maintenance, but not less than 1.5m.
b. Posts shall be grounded. Refer to COMPANY Standard Drawing AD-

036010 for post details.
c. Fire hydrants, fire hose reels and other fire protection equipment
vulnerable to damage from nearby traffic shall be protected as per
COMPANY standards SAES-B-017, Sec. 5.26
4.2.3 Administration Building
4.2.3.1 CONTRACTOR shall build a 2 storey Administration Building, with an

approximate total footprint area of 7,696 m², as shown on the project
Building Code Data and in the Architectural Specifications, is comprised of
pre-cast concrete frame structure, pre- cast floor/roof slabs with pre-cast
Page 2 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
concrete wall claddings and high parapet panels, internal CMU block
walls, gypsum partitions with acoustical insulation & gypsum perimeter
liners with rockwall thermal insulation.
4.2.3.2 The roof water-proofing system to all areas laid to a drainage collection
system. Roof primary and secondary drainage is comprised of separate
roof drains and downpipes, routed internally within the building,
discharging into the drainage system.
4.2.3.3 The building contains offices, meeting and conference rooms, library,
emergency control center (ECC), class rooms, tea rooms, toilets, storage,
telecom rooms, electrical room, mechanical rooms and a 2-story freight
elevator.
4.2.3.4 CONTRACTOR to verify all horizontal and vertical dimensions of the
building prior to staking.
4.2.4 Dining Building
4.2.4.1 CONTRACTOR shall build a 1 story Dining Building, with an

approximate total footprint area of 2,469 m² as shown on the project
Building Code Data and in the Architectural Specifications, is
comprised of pre-cast concrete structure, pre-cast roof slab, steel frame
roof over the multi-purpose training room, space frame roof over dining
area, with pre-cast concrete wall claddings and high parapet panels,
internal CMU block walls, gypsum partitions with acoustical insulation
& gypsum perimeter liners with rock wall thermal insulation.
4.2.4.2 The roof water-proofing system to all areas, except for the space frame
roofs, is insulated single ply membrane water-proofing, laid to a
drainage collection system. Roof primary and secondary drainage is
comprised of separate roof drains and downpipes, routed internally
within the building, discharging into the drainage system.
4.2.4.3 The building contains dining hall, main kitchen, Training / multi-function
room, audio room, storage, telecom rooms, electrical room, mechanical
rooms.
4.2.5 Masjid
4.2.5.1 CONTRACTOR shall build a Masjid, with an approximate total footprint

area of 372 m² and a maximum prayer hall capacity of one hundred six
(106) people as shown on the Building Code Data and in the
Architectural Specifications, is comprised of pre-cast concrete structure,
Page 3 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
pre-cast roof slab with pre-cast concrete wall claddings and high parapet
panels, internal CMU block walls & gypsum perimeter liners with rock
wall thermal insulation.
4.2.5.2 The roof water-proofing system to all areas is insulated single ply
membrane waterproofing, laid to a drainage collection system. Roof
primary and secondary drainage is comprised of separate roof drains
and downpipes, routed internally within the building, discharging into the
drainage system.
4.2.5.3 The building contains prayer hall, open courtyard, mechanical and
electrical rooms, ablution and toilet, minaret and external circular
arcade.
4.2.6 Medical Clinic
4.2.6.1 CONTRACTOR shall build a Medical Clinic, with an approximate total

footprint area of 401 m² and an approximate occupancy of six (6)
personnel as shown on the Building Code Data and in the Architectural
Specifications, is comprised of pre-cast concrete structure, pre-cast roof
slab with pre-cast concrete wall claddings and high parapet panels,
internal CMU block walls, gypsum partitions with acoustical insulation
& gypsum perimeter liners with rockwall thermal insulation.
4.2.6.2 The roof water-proofing system to all areas laid to a drainage collection
system. Roof primary and secondary drainage is comprised of separate
roof drains and downpipes, routed internally within the building,
discharging into the drainage system.
4.2.6.3 The building contains decontamination chambers, triage room, 2-
treatment rooms, medicine/equipment supply storage room, clean
supply storage, general storage room, medicine preparation room and
nurse station area, staff lounge, meeting room, soiled holding room,
disaster storage toilets, telecom room, electrical & mechanical rooms,
ambulance covered parking space
4.2.7 Fire Station Facility
4.2.7.1 Fire station building

a) CONTRACTOR shall build a Fire Station Building, with an
approximate total footprint area of 1,997 m² and a maximum
approximate occupancy of twenty four (24) persons (12 per shift), as
shown on the Building Code Data and in the Architectural
Page 4 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
Specifications, is comprised of a pre-cast concrete frame and roof

slab with pre-cast concrete wall claddings on the main offices /
workshop area and steel framed structure and curved roof with
insulated profile metal sheeting roof, roof skylights and pre-cast
concrete wall claddings for the fire trucks garage, internal CMU
block walls, gypsum partitions with acoustical insulation & gypsum
perimeter liners with rock wall thermal insulation.
b) The roof water-proofing system over the main offices / workshop area
is insulated single ply membrane water-proofing, laid to a drainage
collection system. Roof primary and secondary drainage to all areas is
comprised of a combined overflow scupper and downpipe, discharging
onto a concrete splash block onto the external paving surrounding the
building.
c) The building contains a 4-bay truck garage, offices, prayer room,

physical fitness room, crew/day room, training/conference room,
kitchen, storage, lockers, mechanical and electrical rooms, a TR and
toilets.
d) CONTRACTOR to verify all horizontal and vertical dimensions of the

e) The Fire Station comprised of a series of the following support

building/shelter structures:
4.2.8 Equipment Shelter
a. CONTRACTOR shall build a new Equipment Shelter, with an approximate

coverage area of 91 m², as shown on the project drawings and in the
Specifications, is comprised of a 4-bay pre-engineered steel structure, with an
insulated profile metal roof. The shelter has a 1500mm high plaster CMU wall on
3 sides.
b. Roof primary drainage is comprised of a metal gutter and downpipe,
discharging onto a concrete splash block onto the external paving surrounding
the shelter.
4.2.9 Washing Bay Shelter
a) CONTRACTOR shall build a Washing Bay Shelter, with an approximate coverage

of 103 m², as shown on the project drawings and in the Specifications, is comprised
of a pre-engineered steel structure, with an insulated profile metal roof. The shelter
has a concrete surface, sloped towards a central steel grating cover over
a collection pit.
Page 5 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
b) Roof primary drainage is comprised of a metal gutter and downpipe, discharging

onto a concrete splash block onto the external paving surrounding the shelter.
4.2.10 Hose Drying Shelter
a) CONTRACTOR shall build a new Hose Drying Shelter, with an approximate

coverage area of 68 m² as shown on the project drawings and in the Specifications,
is comprised of a pre-engineered steel cantilevered structure, with an insulated
profile metal roof. The shelter has a raised channel formed from reinforced concrete
with a steel grating, sloped towards a floor drain.
4.2.11 Test Pit Shelter
a) CONTRACTOR shall build a Test Pit Shelter, with an approximate coverage area
of 134 m² as shown on the project drawings and in the Specifications, is comprised
of a pre-engineered steel structure, with an insulated profile metal roof.
4.2.12 Fire Training Tower
a) CONTRACTOR shall build a Fire Training Tower, with an approximate coverage

area of 84 m² as shown on the project drawings and in the Specifications, is
comprised of a pre-engineered steel structure, with mesh grating platforms and
stairs and mesh cladding.
b) The structure is approximately 13m high.
4.2.12.1 Test Pit U/G Tank

a. This underground tank area has no Architectural scope.
4.2.12.2 Fire Training Drill Area
a. This open area has no Architectural scope.
4.2.13 Central Maintenance Shop Building
4.2.13.1 CONTRACTOR shall build a Central Maintenance Building, with an

approximate total footprint area of 4,747 m² as shown on the Building Code
Data and in the Architectural Specifications, is comprised of a pre-
engineered steel structure, with an insulated profile metal roof and
insulated pre-cast wall claddings, internal CMU block walls, gypsum
Page 6 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
partitions with acoustical insulation.

4.2.13.2 Roof primary and secondary drainage is comprised of an overflow scupper
and downpipe, discharging onto a concrete splash block onto the external
paving surrounding the building.
4.2.13.3 The building contains mechanical shop, metal shop, instrument shop, a/c
shop, office areas, EMTS room, break room, toilets and locker rooms,
telecom, electrical & mechanical rooms.
4.2.13.4 CONTRACTOR to verify all horizontal and vertical dimensions of this
support building/ shelter and yards prior to staking.
4.2.14 Material Co-ordination Building and associated Facilities
4.2.14.1 CONTRACTOR shall build a Material Co-ordination Building, with an

approximate total footprint area one thousand of 1,364 m² and a maximum
approximate occupancy of twenty-four (24) persons, as shown on the
Building Code Data and in the Architectural Specifications, is comprised of
a pre-engineered steel structure, with an insulated profile metal roof and
wall claddings.
4.2.14.2 Roof primary and secondary drainage is comprised of an overflow scupper
and downpipe, discharging onto a concrete splash block onto the external
4.2.14.3 The building contains store for mechanical/ instrument/ shipping and
receiving/ DC materials, T&I long lead materials items, office areas, break
room, toilets, telecom, electrical & mechanical rooms and external cylinder
storage area.
support building/ shelter and yards prior to staking
4.2.14.5 CONTRACTOR shall build an open space store yard for material co-
ordination building as shown on the project drawings.
4.2.15 Fuel Station Facility
4.2.15.1 Gas Station Building

a. CONTRACTOR shall build Gas Station Building, with an approximate
total footprint area of 71 m² and a maximum approximate occupancy of
six (6) persons, as shown on the Building Code Data and in the
Architectural Specifications, is comprised of a pre-cast concrete
frame, pre-cast roof slab with pre-cast wall cladding.
b. The roof water-proofing system is insulated single ply membrane
Page 7 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
water-proofing, laid to a drainage collection system. Roof primary and

secondary drainage is comprised of a combined overflow scupper and
downpipe, discharging onto a concrete splash block onto the external
c. The adjacent Car Wash Area, with an approximate total footprint area
of 138m², as shown on the project drawings and in the Specifications,
is comprised of a pre- engineered steel frame, with an insulated profile
metal roof and wall panels.
d. The combined facility contains an office, digital control room, storage,

electrical rooms and toilets, together with the car-wash bay with
automatic washing equipment.
4.2.15.2 Sunshade over Fuel Dispenser
a. CONTRACTOR shall build a sun shade with an approximate
coverage area of 415m², as shown on the project drawings and in the
Specifications, is comprised of a space frame supported of four (4)
reinforced concrete columns.
b. The structure, with a profile metal roof, provides shade to the fuel
dispenser area.
c. Roof primary drainage is comprised of a metal gutter and downpipe,

discharging onto a concrete splash block onto the external paving
surrounding the sun shade
4.2.15.3 Fuel Tanks Yard
a. This open yard has no Architectural scope.
4.2.16 Maintenance Supporting Facility Shelters and Yard
The Maintenance Facility is comprised of a series of the following support shelters,

fenced yards and vehicles parking:
Building Description Function Area Construction Type

Maintenance Shop
Exposed laydown yard 4,488m²
Yard
To store equipment,
Pre-engineered steel
spare parts & tools
Sun Shelter for structure with
which supporting 462m²
Maintenance Shop insulated
Mechanical &
profile metal roof.
Fabrication Shop
Page 8 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
Relief Valve Shop

Exposed laydown yard 3,500m²
Yard
structure with
An air-conditioned
insulated
Relief Valve Shop manned building to 550m²
profile metal wall &
repair Relief Valves
roof, with 5 tons
overhead crane.
T & I Yard Exposed laydown yard 7,000m²
To store materials in structure with
T & I Shelter 635m²
metal shelving insulated profile
metal wall and roof.
Major Equipment
Tools and Special Exposed laydown yard 1,761m²
Tools Yard
Major Equipment To store special tools &
structure with
Tools, Special Tools capital spare 653m²
insulated profile
Shelter equipment
metal wall and roof
To store painting structure with
Paint Shelter 214m²
martials insulated
profile metal roof
Paint Shelter Yard Exposed laydown yard 7,000 m²
structure with
Oil Shelter To store oil gallons 496m²
insulated
profile metal roof
Oil Shelter Yard Exposed laydown yard 3,500 m²
Waste Disposal structure with
To store waste material 241m²
Shelter insulated
profile metal roof
Waste Disposal
Exposed laydown yard 1,690 m²
Material Yard
Future laydown Open Space for future
14,000 m²
Storage Yard expansion

building/ shelters and yards prior to staking.
Page 9 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
4.2.17 Common Facility
4.2.17.1 Lift Stations

a. Lift Stations has no Architectural scope.
4.2.17.2 Oily Water Holding Tank
a. Oily Water Holding Tank has no architectural scope
4.2.18 Typical Buildings
4.2.18.1 Bus Drop-Off Shelter

a) CONTRACTOR shall construct Bus Drop-off Shelters at designated
areas shown on Plot Plan CE-536400, with an approximate total
footprint area of 35m², are as shown on the project drawings and in the
Specifications.
b) The air-conditioned shelters are constructed from pre-cast concrete
frame and roof, with full-height glazing on three sides and a pre-cast
concrete rear wall panel
c) CONTRACTOR shall follow the finishing schedules listed on the plan.

d) The roof water-proofing system is insulated single ply membrane water-
proofing, laid to a drainage collection system. Roof primary and
secondary drainage is comprised of combined overflow scuppers and
downpipes, discharging on concrete splash blocks onto the external
paving surrounding the building. Roof construction shall be as per
SAES-M-100, chapter 15, sec.1501.1.
e) Contractor shall provide a fixed concrete benches and trash bins inside
the shelter.
4.2.18.2 Emergency Generator Building
a. CONTRACTOR shall construct the Emergency Generator Buildings at
designated areas shown on Plot Plan CE-536400, with an approximate
total footprint area of 130m² are as shown on the project drawings and
in the Specifications. They are constructed of pre-cast concrete
frame and roof and pre-cast cladding walls, internal CMU block
walls and gypsum perimeter liners with rockwall thermal insulation.
b. The roof water-proofing system is insulated single ply membrane water-
secondary drainage is comprised of combined overflow scuppers and
downpipes, discharging on concrete splash blocks onto the external
Page 10 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
c. CONTRACTOR shall follow the finishing schedules listed on the plan.

4.2.18.3 Shaded Car Parking
a) CONTRACTOR shall develop Car-parking by installing pre-
engineered metal structural frames and tensile fabric shade netting, at
designated location shown on Plot Plan CE-536400 and in the
Specifications.
b) The shading structures will cover 90º and chevron parking

arrangements and will be self-draining onto the external hard surface.
Development of Car Parking areas includes pre-cast concrete parking
Bumpers as per COMPANY Library Drawings from the latest Desktop
Standard issued.
4.2.18.4 Smoking Shelter
a) CONTRACTOR shall construct Smoking Shelters on different locations
as shown on Plot Plan CE-536400 with an approximate total footprint
area of 20m², as shown on the project drawings and in the
Specifications, are comprised of pre-cast concrete frame and roof and
precast wall claddings.
b) The repetitive structures include decorative balustrade panels on three
sides.
c) The roof water-proofing system is insulated single ply membrane water-
secondary drainage is comprised of a combined overflow scupper and
downpipe, discharging onto a concrete splash block onto the external
paving surrounding the shelter.
4.2.18.5 Trash Enclosure
a) CONTRACTOR shall construct Trash Enclosures on different locations
as shown on Plot Plan CE-536400 with an approximate total footprint
area of 43m², as shown on the project drawings and in the
Specifications, are comprised of pre-cast concrete structures.
4.2.18.6 Computer Gate Truck Parking
a) CONTRACTOR shall develop Truck parking near the computer gate at
location as shown on Plot Plan CE-536400 and in the Specifications.
4.3 Civil and Structural
The work under Civil and Structural scope shall include but not limited to the following;
Page 11 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
4.3.1 General
4.3.1.1 CONTRACTOR shall supply and construct the structure specified in

the project drawings and scope of work.
4.3.1.2 CONTRACTOR shall supply and construct all required foundations and
floor slabs for equipment, buildings, and structures – including but not
limited to all required: excavation; shoring; dewatering; blinding;
waterproofing; rebar; formwork; concrete placement; anchor bolts and
embedded items; coating and protection; backfill and compaction; and
grouting.
4.3.1.3 CONTRACTOR shall conduct the necessary detailed geotechnical
investigation to ensure that the design soil parameters under foundations
were achieved prior to any construction activities. In case of any
discrepancy CONTRACTOR shall seek SAUDI ARAMCO approval in
writing prior any local ground improvements work.
4.3.1.4 CONTRACTOR shall supply and install all required concrete works
including concrete structures, pipe tracks, pipe supports, plinths, minor
foundations, walls, steps, kerbs, channels and ditches, and other
miscellaneous concrete items – including all required: excavation; shoring;
dewatering; blinding; waterproofing; rebar; formwork; concrete placement;
anchor bolts and embedded items; coating; backfill and compaction; and
grouting.
4.3.1.5 CONTRACTOR shall plan and execute the work as per Saudi Aramco
Procedures, Engineering Standards and Saudi Aramco Construction
Safety Manual (SACSM). CONTRACTOR shall submit a detailed project
execution plan to COMPANY Representative for approval prior to the start
of work. CONTRACTOR shall carry out site surveys to verify actual field
conditions, review all design and Vendor’s shop drawings and
recommendations.
4.3.1.6 CONTRACTOR shall verify existing underground utilities/facilities before
construction.
4.3.1.7 CONTRACTOR shall provide reinforced concrete foundations including
excavation, backfill and compaction.
4.3.1.8 CONTRACTOR shall perform all earthwork operations for foundations in
accordance with Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards SAES-A-114 and
SAES-Q-005 and shall be excavated to the levels and depths specified on
the drawings and excavation shall be limited to the minimum required
depth for the Work.
4.3.1.9 Backfill materials around and under the foundation shall be in accordance
with SAES- A-114 requirements and per approved geotechnical report.
Page 12 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
Conduct compaction test on all areas before starting any construction of

foundation and slab-on-grade.
4.3.1.10 Concrete shall conform to COMPANY Material Specifications 09-SAMSS-
097 and be provided from a source approved by the Batch Plant and Civil
Testing Unit. All concrete works shall conform to COMPANY Engineering
Standard SAES-Q-001.
4.3.1.11 CONTRACTOR shall employ an independent COMPANY approved
testing agency to perform field and laboratory testing, as per SAES-Q-001
and SAES-A-114 requirements.
4.3.1.12 All concrete works shall conform to COMPANY Engineering Standard
SAES-Q-001.
4.3.1.13 CONTRACTOR shall provide complete structural work of concrete building
which consists of cast-in-place RC foundations, beams, walls, floor & roof
slabs, slab-on-grade and precast wall claddings as specified in the
project drawings and specifications.
4.3.1.14 CONTRACTOR shall provide pre-engineered buildings and shelters
complete with roofing and all accessories as required per 12-SAMSS-014.
Shape and size of structural elements shall be designed per architectural
plans and elevations.
4.3.1.15 All fixing arrangement of precast elements will be as per precast
manufacturer details and requirements.
4.3.1.16 All new above ground structures and building wall surfaces shall be
prepared and painted as per SAES-H-001, SAES-H-003, and SAES-H-
101V unless otherwise indicated in the drawings. All coats shall be
approved by a qualified coating inspector.
4.3.1.17 All new below ground concrete surfaces shall be prepared and coated as
per SAES- H-003 (APCS-10) unless otherwise indicated in the drawings.
All coats shall be approved by a qualified coating inspector.
4.3.1.18 CONTRACTOR shall remove all rubbish and waste material on daily basis
from across the WORK site and dispose off at a COMPANY and/or
Government approved disposal site.
4.3.1.19 During construction; CONTRACTOR shall provide and install temporary
fences, guardrails, barricades, lights and or other protective measures
required for the safety of personnel and premises and maintain in good
condition. Safety and Protection shall be in accordance with SAES-A-114
para. 5.5.
4.3.1.20 CONTRACTOR scope for each building shall include but not limited to the
following items:
Page 13 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
4.3.2 Administration Building
4.3.2.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct the complete structural

work of the building which consist of cast-in place RC foundations and
slab-on grade, pre-cast columns, beams, floor & roof slabs, with exterior
pre-cast concrete wall cladding and high parapet panels.
4.3.2.2 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install concrete masonry unit (CMU)
interior walls ranging from 200 mm thick and 100 mm thick as per project
requirement. Location and extent of wall as per shown on architectural
drawings.
4.3.2.3 CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct pre-cast concrete stairs and
walls for elevator shaft as per project requirement. Location and extent of
stairs and walls as per shown on architectural drawings.
4.3.2.4 CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct reinforced concrete mounting
pads for air condition condensing units (ACCU) as per project requirement.
4.3.2.5 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install waterproofing in wet areas and
roof waterproofing and drainage system as per project requirement and as
per SAES-M- 100 requirement.
4.3.2.6 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install precast concrete scupper, splash
blocks and drainage (downspout) pipes as per project requirement and as
shown in the drawings
4.3.2.7 CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct concrete ramps including
associated metal handrails as per project requirement and as shown in the
drawings.
4.3.2.8 For Civil/Structural general requirements, refer to Section 4.3.1
4.3.3 Dining Building

slab-on grade, pre-cast columns, beams, floor & roof slabs, with exterior
pre-cast concrete wall cladding and high parapet panels.
drawings.
4.3.3.4 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install water proofing in wet areas and
Page 14 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS

shown in the drawings.
4.3.3.6 For Civil/Structural general requirements, refer to Section 4.3.1.
4.3.4 Masjid

slab-on grade, pre-cast columns, beams, floor & roof slabs, with pre-cast
concrete wall cladding, including minaret with cast-in-place RC
foundations, exterior pre-cast concrete wall cladding and parapet panels.
drawings.
4.3.4.6 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install pre-cast concrete domes, and
precast concrete archways and column as shown in the drawings.
4.3.5 Medical Clinic
4.3.5.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct complete cast-in place RC

foundations and slab-on grade, pre-cast columns, beams, floor & roof slabs,
with pre-cast concrete wall claddings.
drawings.
Page 15 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
per COMPANY standard SAES-M-100 requirement.
4.3.5.6 CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct concrete ramps including
associated metal handrails as per project requirement and as shown in the
drawings.
4.3.5.7 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install HDPE fabric parking shade
including its associated foundation and support for Ambulance Shade area
per project requirement and as shown in the drawings.
4.3.6 Fire Station Facility
4.3.6.1 Fire station building

a. The building consists of mixed construction. CONTRACTOR shall
provide and construct cast-in place RC foundations and slab-on
grade, pre-cast columns, beams, floor & roof slabs, with pre-cast
concrete wall claddings on main offices/workshop areas and steel PEB
frame structure on the fire truck garage area, with exterior pre-cast
concrete wall cladding and metal sheet roof.
b. CONTRACTOR shall provide and install concrete masonry unit (CMU)
interior walls ranging from 200 mm thick and 100 mm thick as per
project requirement. Location and extent of wall as per shown on
architectural drawings.
c. CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct reinforced concrete
mounting pads for air condition condensing units (ACCU) as per project
requirement.
d. CONTRACTOR shall provide and install water proofing in wet areas and
roof waterproofing and drainage system as per project requirement and
as per SAES- M-100 requirement.
e. CONTRACTOR shall provide and install precast concrete scupper,
splash blocks and drainage (downspout) pipes as per project
requirement and as shown in the drawings
f. For Civil/Structural general requirements, refer to Section 4.3.1
Page 16 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
g. The Fire Station Facility comprises of a series of the following ancillary

building/shelter structures;
4.3.6.2 Equipment Shelter
a. CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct the complete structural
work of the shaded structure which consist of cast-in-place RC
foundation, slab on grade, ramps and pre-engineered steel shelter.
b. CONTRACTOR shall provide and install precast concrete splash
blocks and drainage (downspout) pipes as per project requirement and
as shown in the drawings
4.3.6.3 Washing Bay Shelter

foundation, slab on grade and pre-engineered steel shelter.
4.3.6.4 Hose Drying Shelter
foundation, draining pad with grating and pre-engineered steel shelter.
4.3.6.5 Test Pit Shelter
a) CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct the complete structural
foundation, slab on grade and pre-engineered steel shelter.
b) CONTRACTOR shall provide and install precast concrete splash
as shown in the drawings.
c) CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct reinforced concrete pit and
pumps mounting pad as per project requirement and as shown in the
drawings.
4.3.6.6 Fire Training Tower
work which consist of cast-in-place RC foundation, slab on grade and
Page 17 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
steel frame tower with grated floors and sheet metal sidings as shown
in the drawing.
b) CONTRACTOR shall provide and install precast concrete splash
as shown in the drawings.
4.3.6.7 Test Pit U/G Tank
a) CONTRACTOR scope shall include procurement, construction
including testing and commissioning the Test pit requirements per
NFPA 1402.
b) Prepare fabrication drawings and submit for approval to Company Loss
Prevention and Company Fire protection Department before the work
commence
c) Local instrument panel for testing shall be provided with caster wheels
and shelter.
4.3.6.8 Training Drill Area
a) This is an open area, CONTRACTOR shall provide and laid asphalt
pavement to the fire drill area. Asphalt pavement shall be in accordance
with the requirement of Company standard SAES-Q-006.
4.3.7 Central Maintenance Shop Facility
4.3.7.1 Central Maintenance Building

work of the building which consist of cast-in-place RC foundation,
slab-on-grade, ramps and pre-engineered steel framing with insulated
metal roof and pre-cast wall claddings.
mounting pads for air condition condensing units (ACCU) as per
project requirement.
d. CONTRACTOR shall provide and install water proofing in wet areas
and roof waterproofing and drainage system as per project requirement
and as per COMPANY standard SAES-M-100 requirement.
Page 18 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
requirement and as shown in the drawings.

f. CONTRACTOR shall provide 20T overhead crane in mechanical shop,
5T overhead crane in the metal shop and various jib cranes as shown
in the project drawings and specifications.
g. The office areas is comprised of steel structure frames, composite
steel/ concrete floors and serviced by an external elevator provided by
the CONTRACTOR.
h. For Civil/Structural general requirements, refer to Section 4.3.1
4.3.8 Material Co-ordination Facility
4.3.8.1 Material Co-ordination Building

work of the building which consist of cast-in-place RC foundation,
slab-on-grade, ramps and pre-engineered steel framing with insulated
metal roof and wall claddings.
mounting pads for air condition condensing units (ACCU) as per
project requirement.
d. CONTRACTOR shall provide and install water proofing in wet areas
and roof waterproofing and drainage system as per project requirement
and as per COMPANY standard SAES-M-100 requirement.
f. For Civil/Structural general requirements, refer to Section 4.3.1
4.3.9 Fuel Station Facility
4.3.9.1 Gas Station Building

work of the building which consist of cast-in-place RC foundation, slab-
on-grade and pre-cast columns, beams, floor & roof slabs, with pre-cast
concrete wall claddings on main offices areas and steel PEB frame
structure on the car wash bay area, with exterior pre-cast concrete wall
Page 19 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
cladding and metal sheet roof.

c. CONTRACTOR shall provide and install water proofing in wet areas
and roof waterproofing and drainage system as per project
requirement and as per COMPANY standard SAES-M-100
requirement.
d. CONTRACTOR shall provide and install precast concrete scupper,
e. For Civil/Structural general requirements, refer to Section 4.3.1
The Fuel Station Facility comprises of a series of the following ancillary
building/shelter structures;
4.3.9.2 Sunshade over Fuel Dispenser
work of the shed which consist of cast-in-place RC foundation, slab-
on-grade, cast-in-situ supporting columns and steel framing cover.
b. Underground system to be connected to the existing one for oily water
under the dispenser area.
mounting Pad Island for dispenser pump area as per project
requirement.
d. For Civil/Structural general requirements, refer to Section 4.3.1
4.3.9.3 Fuel Tanks Yard
a. CONTRACTOR shall provide foundations for supporting diesel tank and
gasoline tank.
b. CONTRACTOR shall provide dike walls around the Tanks to overcome
soil lateral surcharge pressure & to prevent spillage.
c. CONTRACTOR shall provide fence around the fuel tank area.
d. Paving is required around tank area to provide access
e. CONTRACTOR shall provide pits in the dike wall areas to collect any
spillage.
f. CONTRACTOR shall provide stairs to gives access in between the
Page 20 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
horizontal vessels & the paved area.

g. CONTRACTOR shall provide a ladder as a second egress.
h. CONTRACTOR shall provide curbed areas underneath fill header
pipes.
i. For Civil/Structural general requirements, refer to Section 4.3.1
4.3.10 Maintenance Supporting Facility Shelters and Yard
4.3.10.1 T&I Yard

a. CONTRACTOR shall provide and laid asphalt pavement within the
yard area.Asphalt pavement shall be in accordance with the
requirement of Company standard SAES-Q-006.
4.3.10.2 T&I Building
foundation, slab on grade and pre-engineered steel shelter with sheet
metal roof and walls.
blocks and drainage (downspout) pipes as per project requirement
and as shown in the drawings
4.3.10.3 Major Equipment Tools, Special Tools Building
blocks and drainage (downspout) pipes as per project requirement
and as shown in the drawings
4.3.10.4 Major Equipment Tools, Special Tools Yard
a. CONTRACTOR shall provide and laid asphalt pavement within the yard
area. Asphalt pavement shall be in accordance with the requirement
of Company standard SAES-Q-006.
4.3.10.5 Relief Valve Shop Building
Page 21 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
b. CONTRACTOR shall provide and install precast concrete splash blocks

and drainage (downspout) pipes as per project requirement and as
4.3.10.6 Relief Valve Yard
4.3.10.7 Paint Shelter
metal roof.
b. CONTRACTOR shall provide and install precast concrete splash blocks
4.3.10.8 Paint Shelter Yard

area. Asphalt pavement shall be in accordance with the requirement of
Company standard SAES-Q-006.
4.3.10.9 Oil Shelter
metal roof.
b) CONTRACTOR shall provide and install precast concrete splash blocks
c) CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct 200 mm high containment
concrete curb within the peripheral edge of the shelter.
4.3.10.10 Oil Shelter Yard
a) CONTRACTOR shall provide and laid asphalt pavement within the yard
4.3.10.11 Waste Disposal Material Shelter
Page 22 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS

metal roof.
4.3.10.12 Waste Disposal Shelter Yard
4.3.10.13 Sun Shelter for Maintenance Shop
metal roof.
4.3.10.14 Maintenance Shop Yard
area.Asphalt pavement shall be in accordance with the requirement of
Company standard SAES-Q-006.
4.3.11 Common Facility
4.3.11.1 Lift Stations

a. CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct the complete structural work
of the lift station which consist of cast-in-place RC pit and steel frame
and foundation for hoist beam structure.
b. CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct reinforced concrete
mounting pads for odor control and electrical panels as shown on the
drawing.
c. For Civil/Structural general requirements, refer to Section 4.3.1
4.3.12 Typical Buildings
4.3.12.1 Bus Drop-Off Shelter

work of concrete building which consist of cast-in-place RC foundations,
pre-cast frame and roof slab and pre-cast concrete wall claddings.
Page 23 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
b) CONTRACTOR shall provide and install roof waterproofing and drainage

system as per project requirement and as per COMPANY standard
SAES-M-100 requirement.
c) For Civil/Structural general requirements, refer to Section 4.3.1

4.3.12.2 Emergency Generator Building
work of concrete building which consist of cast-in-place RC
foundations, pre-cast frame and roof slab and pre-cast concrete wall
claddings.
b) CONTRACTOR shall provide and install roof waterproofing and
drainage system as per project requirement and as per COMPANY
standard SAES-M-100 requirement.

4.3.12.3 Shaded Car Parking
foundations and steel support and frame for shade structures.
b) For Civil/Structural general requirements, refer to Section 4.3.1
4.3.12.4 Smoking Shelter
foundations, pre-cast frame and roof slab, slab-on-grade and pre-
cast concrete wall claddings.
b) CONTRACTOR shall provide and install roof waterproofing and
drainage system as per project requirement and as per COMPANY
standard SAES-M-100 requirement.
4.3.12.5 Trash Enclosure

foundations, grade beams, slab-on-grade and precast wall.
b. For Civil/Structural general requirements, refer to Section 4.3.1
4.4 Building Services (HVAC, Plumbing and Building Fire Protection)
Page 24 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
4.4.1 General
4.4.1.1 CONTRACTOR shall procure, supply, fabricate, construct, inspect, install,

test, pre- commission and provide commissioning assistance for HVAC,
Plumbing and Fire Protection.
4.4.1.2 CONTRACTOR shall complete all the work up to the tie-in points outside
the buildings and complete the tie-in connections.
4.4.1.3 CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all firefighting systems and equipment
installation work is performed by only those persons who are qualified in
their specialty in compliance with the COMPANY standards.
4.4.2 HVAC
CONTRACTOR shall supply and install, as a minimum the following HVAC

systems and equipment as applicable to individual building / facility and as
specified in the applicable project drawings.
4.4.2.1 Central Split Air Conditioning System (AHU & ACCU)
a. Central ducted split air handling units (AHU), modular double skin
type shall be provided for the buildings wherever specified in project
drawings. Units shall consist of mixing box, washable pre-filter, final
filter, evaporator coil (direct expansion), belt driven fan/motor,
condensate drain and all necessary accessories. AHU units shall be
located in the mechanical room.
b. The respective air-cooled condensing units (ACCU) shall consist of
scroll compressors, condenser coil, fans and all necessary
accessories. ACCU units shall be located outdoor as shown on
drawings.
c. AHU & ACCU units shall be complete with refrigerant piping and all
accessories.These units shall be floor mounted type complete with
spring vibration isolators and anti-vibration rubber pads mounted on
concrete base.
4.4.2.2 System (DFCU & ACCU)
a. Ducted Fan Coil Units (DFCU), ceiling/ wall mounted decorative type or
concealed (ducted) type shall be provided for the buildings wherever
specified in the drawings. Units shall consist of filters, evaporator coil
(direct expansion), fan section, condensate drain and all necessary
accessories.
b. The respective air-cooled condensing units (ACCU) shall consist of
compressors, condenser coil, fans and all necessary accessories, floor
Page 25 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
or wall mounted type complete with anti-vibration rubber pads located

outdoor as shown in the drawings.
c. DFCU& ACCU units shall be complete with refrigerant piping and all
accessories, floor mounted type shall be installed on concrete base. If
the unit is wall mounted type, wall hangers and support shall be
provided.
4.4.2.3 Package Air Conditioning Units (PACU)

Package air conditioning units (PACU) modular double skin type shall be
provided for the buildings wherever specified in the drawings. Units shall
consist of scroll compressor, condenser coil, mixing box (if required,
washable pre-filter, final filter, evaporator coil (direct expansion),
condenser fans, evaporator, belt driven fan/motor, condensate drain and
complete with all accessories. Floor installation shall be complete with
spring vibration, isolators and anti-vibration rubber pads mounted on
concrete base as shown on drawings.
4.4.2.4 Air Conditioning System for Communication rooms (TER)

Computer room type PACU or DFCU/ACCU shall be installed in TER to
work as backup/ stand-by unit to ensure continuous operation, 24 hours
per day, 365 days per year according to SAES-T-916. The vertical PACU
or DFCU/ACCU shall be suitable for onshore application, of high
reliability type and shall have its local temperature and humidity
controller. These units shall be provided with humidifier section, reheat
section and other related accessories.
4.4.2.5 Air Conditioning Unit Coils

SAES-K-001, Para 4.8.4.9: Copper fins on copper tubes shall be
used for all condenser coils within 1/2 km of sea. Evaporator coils shall
also have copper fins on copper tubes when introducing 20% or more
outside air within 1/4 km of sea or within an industrial area.
4.4.2.6 Variable Air Volume Units

Variable Air Volume boxes shall be used in wherever specified in the
drawings with Re-heating Coil and Thermostat.
4.4.2.7 Exhaust Fans (EF)
a. For battery rooms, provide sidewall type explosion proof exhaust

fans, wall mounted complete with pre-fabricated wall curbs at
locations specified in the drawings. The installation shall be two fans
(one duty and one stand-by).
Page 26 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
b. For toilet / locker / ablution / janitor room / kitchenette, provide wall or

roof type exhaust fans complete with pre-fabricated wall or roof
curbs, at locations specified in the drawings.
c. For workshops, provide wall/ roof type exhaust fans, complete with
pre-fabricated wall/ roof curb, at locations specified in the drawings.
d. For kitchen hoods of dining Building, provide roof type exhaust fans
having grease collector and containment device, with pre-fabricated
roof curbs at locations specified in the drawings. Exhaust duct
material shall be stainless steel.
e. Exhaust fume hood shall be equipped with sprinkler head, mounted
inside of the kitchen hood.
4.4.2.8 Fresh Air Fans (FAF)
Provide fresh air intake fans in-line, installation complete with all
accessories to insure fresh air supply for kitchen and at locations specified
in the drawings.
4.4.2.9 Refrigerant
Refrigerant R 22 in HVAC equipment is not allowed as per the Ministry of

Commerce directive in this regards. Refrigerant for all HVAC equipment
shall be environment friendly type such as R134a, R407C or R410A.
4.4.2.10 Duct work and accessories
a) Provide the following miscellaneous HVAC equipment, duct work and

accessories
• Supply, return, exhaust and fresh air ductwork complete with
insulation, hangers and supports
• Fire/smoke dampers or fire dampers for ductwork through fire rated

walls as indicated in the drawings. Fire, smoke and combination fire-
smoke dampers shall be UL Classified in accordance with all the
requirements of UL555 for Fire Dampers; UL555S for Smoke
Dampers and UL 555 & 555S for combination fire- smoke dampers
as required by SAES-K-001 sec 4.8.17.8.
• Manual control volume dampers, motorized dampers, sand trap
louvers, back draft dampers, turning vanes and duct access door
complete with all accessories.
• Fresh air intake for the buildings wherever required shall be through
a sand-trap louver with insect screen. The AHU shall contain 2
stages of dust filtration, 30% and 90% efficient, Flow-away type
Page 27 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
filters. Filters shall be accessible through resalable hinged doors.

Fresh air take shall be provided with H2S detectors as specified in
the relevant drawings.
• If required in actual equipment selection sound attenuators shall be
provided and installed for main supply air duct and main return air
duct on the AHU’s to comply with SAES-A-105
• Duct-mounted smoke detectors in the supply/return air duct in
mechanical room as per SAES-K-001.
• Supply and return registers, grilles, ceiling diffusers, linear slot
diffusers, linear bar grilles and exhaust disc valve complete with all
accessories.
• Flexible ducts interconnecting the branch duct and supply air outlets
• Condensate drain pipe for air handling/fan coil/package units, after
that discharge to the nearest floor drain/gravel pit or soak away pit
• Duct mounted toxic gas (LEL/H2S) detectors on fresh air intake as
required/ as shown in the drawings.
• Supply and installation electric duct heaters (EDH) interconnecting
the branch duct as shown in the drawings
• Ductwork insulation with approved insulation material after leak test
approval.
4.4.2.11 Direct digital controller panel (DDC)
DDC panel complete with all instrument control, equipment

monitoring, temperature thermostat/sensors, pressure differential
switches, Fire Alarm System control and all other necessary
accessories location in mechanical rooms as shown on drawings.
Control wires and accessories between HVAC equipment and direct
digital controller panel (DDC), as well with other related interface
equipment.
Summary of the HVAC systems utilized for ISF buildings are provided
in the below table. Full details of all HVAC requirements are provided
in the drawings.
Qty. of
Qty. of Precision
HVAC Central AC
SI # Building Name central Ac Type Split
Systems
Systems AC System
for TERs
Administration
1 1x100% Split Units 4 Nos 4 Nos
Building
Page 28 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
2 Dining Building 1x100% Split Units 3 Nos 1 Nos

3 Masjid 1x100% Split Units 1 Nos -
Medical Clinic
Building
5 Fire Station Building 2x50% Split Units 1 Nos 1 Nos
Central Maintenance shop
building
1x100% Split Unit for
7 Relief Valve Shop Building Workshop & 1x100% 2 Nos -
PACU for offices
8 Gas Station Building 1x100% PACU 1 Nos -
2x50% Split units for
Material Coordination
9 workshop & 1x100% 2 Nos 1 Nos
Building
for offices
10 T& I Building 1x100% PACU 1 Nos -
Major Equipment & Special
11 1x100% Split Units 1 Nos -
Tools Building
Emergency Generator
12 2x100% PACU 1 Nos -
Building
4.4.3 Plumbing
CONTRACTOR shall supply and install, as a minimum the following plumbing

systems and equipment as applicable to individual buildings/ facilities and as
specified in the applicable drawings. All plumbing work will be provided as
required by SAES-M-100, COMPANY Building Code.
4.4.3.1 Cold and hot drinking water piping for wash rooms, kitchen, ablutions Toilets
etc.
4.4.3.2 Utility water piping for workshops, service stations, maintenance areas, utility
stations etc.
4.4.3.3 Compressed air piping in maintenance areas and utility stations
4.4.3.4 Electric water heaters, electric water coolers (Bottled type) various plumbing
fixtures, e.g. water closets, ablution hoses, lavatories, kitchen sinks and
janitor sinks.
4.4.3.5 Sanitary, waste and vent piping system for toilets, kitchen and laundry areas
and tie- in to the external sewer system.
4.4.3.6 Condensate drainage system for HVAC (mechanical room) equipment
indirectly to floor drains.
Page 29 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
4.4.3.7 Emergency shower/eyewash complete with accessories in accordance with

SAES-B- 069.
4.4.3.8 Water hammer arrestors to suppress surge pressure in water supply system.
4.4.3.9 Vacuum breakers in ablution hoses for water closets to prevent backflow/
back siphon age.
4.4.3.10 Under counter type grease interceptor for kitchen waste.
4.4.3.11 Di-electric unions at dissimilar piping material connections.
4.4.3.12 Floor cleanouts, ground cleanouts and wall clean-out.
4.4.3.13 Indirect waste connections for drinking fountains.
4.4.3.14 "Flush Valve" flushing mechanism for all EWC’s, WWC's, and urinals
4.4.3.15 All plumbing fixtures will be connected into a sewer drainage system which
will exit the building at one point for connection to an inspection chamber
before disposal to the main sewer network.
4.4.3.16 Above grade and underground utility and drinking water pipe shall be
CPVC schedule 80 ASTM F493.
4.4.3.17 Sanitary sewer line shall be PVC Sch. 40. Acid waste line shall be
Polypropylene Random with fuse seal joint
4.4.3.18 Valves for copper and PVC piping systems shall be bronze ASTM B61 or
B62 for 2 inches diameter and below. Larger than 2 inches diameter shall
be steel valves conforming to SAES-S-060 and SAES-L-108 respectively.
4.4.3.19 Pluming and drainage from the battery rooms will be sent to neutralization
pit prior to disposal.
4.4.3.20 Provide Vehicle wash treatment and recycling system.
4.4.4 Fire Protection
4.4.4.1 CONTRACTOR shall supply, as a minimum the following firefighting

systems and equipment as required and as specified in the drawings.
• Automatic wet sprinkler system.
• Pre-engineered wet chemical extinguishing systems for kitchen hoods.
• Fire Hose Stations consisting of fire hose reels and fire hose cabinets.
• Portable Fire Extinguishers.
• CO2 system for Diesel Generator Room
• NOVEC System for TER.
• Fire Hydrant Network.
4.4.4.2 All Fire protection equipment shall be UL Listed and or FM Approved, in
Page 30 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
accordance with SAES-M-100

4.4.4.3 Fire hydrant shall be located within 30 meters of any fire Dept. connection
as per SAES-B-017 sec.9.10.5
4.4.4.4 Slip joints are prohibited in all water distribution piping systems.
4.4.4.5 Fixed fire extinguishant systems utilizing carbon dioxide as the
extinguishing medium shall be provided to protect diesel driven emergency
generator enclosures. As per Standard NFPA 12 Standard on Carbon
Dioxide Extinguishing Systems shall be followed.
4.4.4.6 Fire Hose Cabinet shall be provided to all the building as per SAES - B -
019 and NFPA 14 Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose
Systems.
4.4.4.7 Fire sprinkler systems and stand pipe systems for the buildings shall be
provided as per the requirement of NFPA 13, 14 and IBC complying
SAES-B-017, SAES-S-050 and 070.
4.4.4.8 Fire extinguishers for all buildings shall be as per SAES and NFPA
standards.
4.4.4.9 Kitchen hood fire extinguishing system shall be provided for hoods venting
smoke or grease-laden vapours from cooking. Protect kitchen cooking
appliances and Type I hoods by a UL 300 listed, wet chemical fire
extinguishing system. It shall be activated with both automatic and manual
means of operation. Manual activation shall be located in the path of
egress. The extinguishing system shall be interlocked with the fire alarm
system and shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 17A.
Fire Protection Requirement

Building Type
Location Fir e Fire Gas
/Description Sprinkler Hose Extinguishe Suppressio
Cabinet r n System
Administration
Off -Plot Y Y Y
Building
Off -Plot Dining Building Y Y Y Y
Off -Plot Masjid Y Y
Emergency
Off -Plot Generator Building - Y Y
Admin area
Medical Clinic
Off -Plot
Building
Y Y
Page 31 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
Off -Plot Bus Drop Shelter Y

Off -Plot Trash Enclosure Y
Class "A" Fire
Off -Plot
Station
Y Y Y
Off -Plot Equipment Shelter Y
Washing Bay
Off -Plot
Shelter
Y
Off -Plot Test Pit U/G Tank Y
Off -Plot Test Pit Shelter Y
Off -Plot Hose Drying Shelter Y
Off -Plot Fire Training Tower Y
Off -Plot Gas Station Y Y
Sunshade Over
Off -Plot Y
Fuel Dispenser
Central
Off -Plot
Maintenance Shop
Y Y Y
Material
Off -Plot Coordination Y Y
Building
Major Equipment
Off -Plot Tools, Special Tools Y Y
Building
Sun shelter for
Off -Plot
Maintenance Shop
Y Y
Off -Plot Relief Valve Shop Y Y
Off -Plot Oil Shelter Y Y
Off -Plot T&I Building Y Y
Off -Plot Paint Shelter Y Y
Waste Disposal
Off -Plot
Material Shelter
Y Y
4.5 Gas Station
4.5.1 A fuel station consisting of one above ground Gasoline storage tank and one
above ground diesel storage tank, fuel pumps mounted on top of the tanks, level
switches, flame arrestor, dedicated piping, strainers, motor operated valve,
dispenser (both diesel and gasoline), local control panel and level gauge shall
be provided. Refer project drawings.
4.5.2 The inlet fill line to each of the Diesel and Gasoline storage tanks shall be
designed for no pocket condition to achieve gravity flow.
Page 32 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
4.5.3 Spill containers having a capacity of not less than 5 gallons (19 L) shall be
provided for each inlet fill connection as per industry standards IBC Section
406.5.1 and IFC Section 2206.6.2.6.
4.5.4 An approved emergency shutoff valve (breakaway device) designed to close

automatically and retain liquid on both sides in the event of a fire or impact in the
liquid supply line shall be provided at the base of each dispensers as per IBC
Section406.5.1 and IFC Section 2206.7.4.
4.5.5 Fill pipe shall be provided with a means for making a direct connection to the tank
vehicles fuel delivery hose so that the delivery of fuel is not exposed to the open
air during the filling operation.
4.5.6 Vent-line flame arresters and venting devices shall be installed in accordance with
their listings as per IBC Section 406.5.1 and IFC Section 3404.2.7.3.2.Moreover
vent pipe outlets for tanks storing Class I, II or IIIA liquids shall be located not less
than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the adjacent ground level as per. IBC Section
406.5.1 and IFC Section 3404.2.7.3.3.Vendor to confirm vent design/sizes as
proposed.
4.5.7 Stationary, above-ground tanks shall be equipped with additional emergency

venting that will relieve excessive internal pressure caused by exposure to fires.
Emergency vents for Class I, II and IIIA liquids shall not discharge inside
buildings. The venting shall be installed and maintained in accordance with NFPA
30, Section 22.7, IBC Section 406.5.1 and IFC, Section 3404.2.7.4. Vendor to
confirm vent design/sizes as proposed.
4.5.8 For top-loaded tanks, a metallic fill pipe shall be designed and installed to
minimize the generation of static electricity by terminating the pipe within 6 inches
(152 mm) of the bottom of the tank, and it shall be installed in a manner which
avoids excessive vibration as per IBC Section 406.5.1 and IFC Section
3404.2.7.5.5
4.5.9 Independent overfill protection shall be provided for each tank. Provide audible
alarm for notification when the fuel level reaches 90% of tank capacity. Provide
automatic shut-off of fuel flow to tank when fill level reaches 95% capacity as per
IBC Section 406.5.1 and IFC Section 3404.2.9.7.6.
4.5.10 A control shall be provided as per section#6.3.3 of NFPA-30A that will permit the
pump to operate only when a dispensing nozzle is removed from its bracket or
normal position with respect to the dispensing device and the switch on this
dispensing device is manually actuated. This control shall also stop the pump
when all nozzles have been returned to their brackets or to their normal non-
dispensing position (Vendor scope).
Page 33 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
4.5.11 Fuel dispenser pumps shall be in compliance with UL79 requirements. A line
leak detector shall be provided as integral part of the fuel pump that will detect a
leak in the piping and dispensers and provide an indication (Vendor scope).
4.5.12 Both gasoline and Diesel tanks to comply and listed according to UL 142
(Vendor scope).
4.5.13 The liquid offloading system /facility including external connecting coupler along
with the hose for collecting the liquid from the fuel storage tank’s dyke is by
others.
4.5.14 Fuel tanker truck, for decanting fuel into the fuel tanks, including external
connecting coupler along with the hose is by others.
4.5.15 The dispenser pump vendor shall provide electric motor control typical drawing
and seal details (if any) as part of vendor manual.
4.5.16 Supports or pilings for above-ground tanks storing Class I, II or IIIA liquids
elevated more than 12 inches (305 mm) above grade shall have a fire-
resistance rating of not less than 2 hours as per IBC Section 406.5.1 and IFC
Section 3404.2.9.1.3.
4.5.17 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install galvanic anodes as per project drawing.
4.5.18 CONTRACTOR shall provide the LEL detectors and MOV switches/controls in
accordance with project drawing.
4.5.19 CONTRACTOR shall provide sign boards in both Arabic & English at the tank
filling point
4.5.20 CONTRACTOR shall provide Color code for off-loading piping as per the
applicable COMPANY standards.
4.5.21 CONTRACTOR shall provide different off-loading hose connection or sizes to

eliminate the possibility of wrong tanker filling.
4.5.22 CONTRACTOR to verify the location and grade elevation of the Dispensing fuel
storage tanks is in accordance with the COMPANY Standards regarding
flammable fuel storage tanks.
4.5.23 CONTRACTOR to confirm the tanker hose connection type and size from
COMPANY for Diesel and Gasoline off-loading.
4.5.24 4.5.24 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install underground oily water collection
tank including its associated drainage piping from fuel tank yard sump pit into the
Page 34 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
underground collection tank.
4.6 Lift Stations
4.6.1 CONTRACTOR shall construct and install two (2) numbers of Sanitary Lift
Stations inside ISF area as shown on project drawings.
4.6.2 The lift station pump’s vendor to provide the seal plan /mechanical seals as per
manufacturer standard.
4.7 Site Preparation, Roads, Area Paving and Fencing
4.7.1 General
4.7.1.1 CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct all roads, area paving,
traffic signs and road markings, fencing, and related facilities as
described in this Scope of Work and drawings.
4.7.1.2 The area of the works covers but not limited to:
a) All asphalt roads, pavements and parking lots inside Off-Plant ISF.
b) Entrance road to Off-Plant ISF
c) All fences inside and within Off-Plant ISF.
4.7.2 Site Preparation
4.7.2.1 It is intended that site preparation (rough grade for the pad)
including ground improvements activities for the Tanajib Gas Plant
including ISF area are completed by Site Preparation Contractor
phased with CONTRACTOR Site Mobilization Start.
4.7.2.2 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for Clearing & Grubbing before
site preparation
4.7.2.3 CONTRACTOR shall perform excavation as required, including
structural excavation, earthen, trenching and rock excavation. All
material removed during excavation, and which is not suitable for fill,
shall be removed from site and disposed of by CONTRACTOR.
Excavated material suitable for backfill, shall meet the requirements
of the specification. Surplus suitable material shall be removed from
site by the CONTRACTOR, to a COMPANY specified dump site
location. CONTRACTOR shall comply with excavation safety as per
the COMPANY Safety Manual. CONTRACTOR shall re-use surplus
excavated material where possible, providing it meets the
specification requirements. Re-use of material shall be approved by
COMPANY Representative prior to start of work.
Page 35 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
4.7.2.4 CONTRACTOR shall fill, re-surface over the rough grade level of the
pad, level and grade to the required finish grade per project
requirement. Fill and grade shall be done as per the requirement of
SAES-A-114. CONTRACTOR shall provide 150 mm thick marl cap to
pad embankment side slope for stability and to open areas not
covered by asphalt pavement.
4.7.2.5 All fill, select fill and marl-materials shall meet the requirements of
the Specification. Compaction shall take place in order to achieve
the density requirement as per the Specification.
4.7.2.6 CONTRACTOR shall interface with existing ground according to

slopes shown in drawing. The site preparation levels shall be
checked and approved by the COMPANY Representative, prior to
progressing with construction of road pavement, structural
foundations, and underground utility works and trenching.
Site preparation/Grading shall be in accordance with the
specifications and relevant drawings
4.7.3 Roads
4.7.3.1 CONTRACTOR shall construct all roads as shown on the drawings for ISF
area and This includes truck and bus parking lots, car parking lots,
intersections, curbs, and medians. The Contractor shall carry out all
earthwork include subgrade preparation, laying of aggregate sub-base
material, laying of aggregate base materials, hot mix asphalt and their
placement, compaction, finishing, quality control, testing, signage, and road
markings.
4.7.3.2 CONTRACTOR shall co-ordinate with utility installation so that new asphalt
surfaces are not damaged and reinstalled.
4.7.4 Area Paving
a) CONTRACTOR shall construct all road, asphalt, concrete pavement,

concrete sidewalks, and marl capping for open areas and road around
storm water pond as shown on Drawings.
4.7.5 Traffic Signs and Road Markings
a. CONTRACTOR shall install all Traffic Signs including post with concrete
foundation in accordance with COMPANY standard drawings no. DA-950147
and project drawings.
b. CONTRACTOR shall apply Pavement Marking including centreline marking,
edge marking, stop bar, chevron marking and arrow marking as per
Page 36 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
COMPANY standard drawing no. AD-036512 and project drawings.
4.7.6 Fencing
4.7.6.1 CONTRACTOR shall supply, construct all fences within the Off-Plant ISF
area. Fences and gates shall be in accordance with Company standard
SAES-M-006 and relevant standard drawing nos. AB-036677, AA-
036678, AB-036679 and AC-036680 and project drawings.
4.7.6.2 CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct Type-III fence for T & I Yard,
Material Yard, Central Maintenance Facility Yard and Field Service
Operation Yard, Central Maintenance Yard, GSM service provider area
and Fuel Tank Yard including vinyl coated chain link fence with Zinc
coated (hot-dip galvanized) fence posts as per ASTM F1043 and ASTM
F668 and as shown on drawing.
4.7.6.3 CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct Type-III fence around Lift
stations including drive and walk gates completed in accordance with all
details as shown on the drawings.
4.8 Landscaping
4.8.1 CONTRACTOR shall supply and construct the required landscaping for the ISF area.
CONTRACTOR’s scope shall also include an underground automatic irrigation
system.
4.8.2 CONTRACTOR shall provide and install interlock the concrete paver’s finish and
concrete paving finish and white gravel servicing wherever required as per drawings
and as approved by COMPANY.
4.8.3 CONTRACTOR shall supply and plant appropriate plants, shrubs and trees
including individual mature palm trees, indigenous mixed shrub planting, low-level
ground cover, and individual selected shade trees, as shown on drawings and as
approved by COMPANY.
4.9 Utility Water System
4.9.1 CONTRACTOR shall perform the following work within the working limits as
indicated in the boundaries of Off-Plant ISF area:
4.9.2 CONTRACTOR shall supply and construct a complete utility water system as
shown on the drawings.
4.9.3 CONTRACTOR shall route and distribute utility water from the interface point at
TGP fence to the Off-Plant ISF buildings. Utility water piping network shall be
installed in accordance with COMPANY Standards SAES-S-040 “Saudi Aramco
Page 37 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
Water Systems”.
4.9.4 CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct utility water system with Gate valve
(Direct buried), Pressure control valves, air valves and washout.
4.10 Irrigation System
indicated in the boundaries of Off-Plant ISF area:
4.10.2 CONTRACTOR shall procure, supply, fabricate, construct, inspect, install, test,
pre-commission and provide commissioning assistance for complete Irrigation
system.
4.10.3 CONTRACTOR shall route and distribute Irrigation water from the interface
point to the Off-Plant ISF area.
4.10.4 The irrigation water systems shall comply with COMPANY Standards SAES-
S-040 “Saudi Aramco Water Systems”, SAES-S-060 “Saudi Aramco Plumbing
Code”, and SAES-S-070 “Installation of Utility Piping Systems” shall be applied.
4.11 Sanitary/ Oily Sewer System
indicated in the boundaries of Off-Plant ISF area.
pre- commission and provide commissioning assistance for complete Sanitary
Sewer Network and accessories as shown on drawings.
4.11.3 CONTRACTOR shall provide an oily water sewer system, including Manually
Vacuumed Holding Tank with level Indicator and truck pump-out connection at
the Off- Plant ISF area due to low discharge. A Vehicle wash Water Treatment
and Recycling System shall be provided for fire station area and fuel station.
4.11.4 CONTRACTOR shall supply, construct and test two Sanitary lift stations in the
Off Plant ISF and piping to the interface point at lift station constructed by
OTHERS, going to STP system.
4.11.5 CONTRACTOR shall use RTR (Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) pipe for all
Sanitary/Oily sewer system conforming to Saudi Aramco Material Standard
Specification 01-SAMSS-029. Pressure rating of gravity pipes shall be PN 10.
4.11.6 CONTRACTOR shall Supply, Construct and Test Force main pipe pumping out
from lift stations. Force main pipes shall be RTR (Resin Thermo setting Resin)
Page 38 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
and pressure rating will be Bar-12.
4.11.7 CONTRACTOR shall construct Concrete Sanitary Manhole as per COMPANY

Standard Drawing AB-036380. Concrete Manhole shall be coated internally
with epoxy APCS-2E as per SAES-H-003 and externally below grade with
bituminous APCS-10 as per SAES-H-101V.
4.11.8 Sanitary Sewer Manhole Covers shall be medium duty Ductile Iron in Areas
that are not subjected to traffic loads while manhole covers for the areas
subject to traffic load shall be heavy duty.
4.11.9 CONTRACTOR shall comply with Saudi Aramco Environment Health Code
SAEHC- S-02 (sanitary wastewater and Sewerage system).
4.11.10 The Sanitary Sewer systems shall comply with COMPANY Standards SAES-S-
010 “Sanitary Sewers”, SAES-S-060 “Saudi Aramco Plumbing Code”, and
SAES-S-070 “Installation of Utility Piping Systems”.
4.11.11 The Oily water Drainage system shall comply with COMPANY Standards
SAES-S-020 “Oily water Drainage System”.
4.12 Storm Drainage System
4.12.1 CONTRACTOR shall perform the following works within the working limits as
pre- commission and provide commissioning assistance for complete storm
water drains. Open channels shall be in accordance with COMPANY
Engineering Standard SAES- S-030 “Storm Water Drainage System” & Storm
drains shall be installed in accordance with SAUDI ARAMCO standards.
4.12.3 CONTRACTOR shall construct drainage channel for conveyance of storm

water drainage system. Channel shall be in accordance with COMPANY
Engineering Standards “SAES-S-030. “Strom Water Drainage System”.
4.12.4 CONTRACTOR shall construct box culverts for cross drainage under roads of
storm water system.
4.12.5 CONTRACTOR shall construct concrete head walls at the ends of box culvert
and open channel ends to storm water evaporation pond. Concrete structures
except (reinforced Concrete Pipe) shall be in accordance with COMPANY
Engineering Standards SAES-Q-001.
Page 39 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
4.13 Drinking Water System
pre- commission and provide commissioning assistance for complete water
supply system as shown on drawings.
4.13.3 CONTRACTOR shall route and distribute water from the interface point at TGP
fence to the ISF buildings. Water distribution piping network shall be installed in
accordance with COMPANY Standard SAES-S-040 “Saudi Aramco Water
Systems”.
4.13.4 CONTRACTOR shall provide direct buried valves for pipes up till 6 inches
.Drinking water shall be provided at the building wash rooms and drinking
fountains.
4.14 Fire Water System
pre- commission and provide commissioning assistance for complete fire water
system.
4.14.3 CONTRACTOR shall route and distribute fire water from the interface point at
TGP fence to the ISF buildings. Fire water piping network shall be installed in
accordance with COMPANY Standards SAES-B-017 “Fire Water System
Design” and NFPA 24 “National Fire Protection Agency”.
4.14.4 CONTRACTOR shall provide Fire water system with Fire hydrants and PIV
(Post Indicator Valves). Fire Hydrants spacing shall be in accordance with
SAES-M-100 (90M requirement) and locate within 6m (20ft) of roads or access
by a fire truck.
4.14.5 CONTRACTOR shall supply, laying, testing and construction of fire water line
as per layout drawings.
4.15 Electrical
4.15.1 General
4.15.1.1 The CONTRACTOR shall plan, design & engineering, supply of

equipment and materials, interface and execute the WORK as
per the COMPANY Procedures, Engineering Standards and Saudi
Page 40 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
Aramco Construction Safety Manual (SACSM). CONTRACTOR

shall submit a detailed project execution plan to COMPANY
representative for approval prior to commencement. The
CONTRACTOR shall carry out site surveys to verify actual field
conditions, review all design and Vendor drawings and
recommendations.
4.15.1.2 CONTRACTOR shall perform all WORK in accordance with the
requirements of this project. Any deviation must be approved by
COMPANY prior to its implementation.
4.15.1.3 CONTRACTOR shall co-ordinate with the package Vendors for proper
interfacing and power supply to all electrical equipment /system
coming under various packages.
4.15.2 Scope of Work
CONTRACTOR shall supply and install electrical distribution system for the
facilities and associated WORK covered by this Scope of WORK. This includes,
but not limited to the following:
4.15.2.1 Design, Engineering, Supply, Inspection & Testing at works, delivery and
Supervision of installation, testing & commissioning of Low Voltage
Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) Set, 300KW, 480V, 3Ph, 3W,
60Hz at Admin Building based on One Line Diagram, CA-537267 Sht.
001.
4.15.2.2 Supply, laying, termination, testing and commissioning of two nos.
13.8kV cable loop to the outgoing circuit breakers of indoor, metal clad
switchgear, complete with indoor type-high voltage termination kits
complete with all required accessories based on one-line diagram
drawing no. T80-P-PP-704005 and T81-P-CA-537267 Sht. 001.
4.15.2.3 Supply, termination, testing and commissioning of 13.8kV loop cables to
the respective loop-in and loop-out line switches with outdoor type
termination/splicing kit complete with all required accessories for the
Transformers based on one line drawings.
4.15.2.4 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Indoor type 480V
Switchboards, ATS, Power panels, Lighting panels & Lighting Control
panels having 400V, 3Ph, 4W Busbar with requisite nos. of outgoing 3
Pole MCCBs complete with all required accessories based one line
diagram drawings.
4.15.2.5 Excavation of cable trench, sand bedding, laying of power and control
cables, back filling, and compaction complete with required cable tiles,
warning tapes, route markers complete with all required accessories
inside ISF area.
Page 41 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
4.15.2.6 Supply, termination including jointing/splicing, testing and commissioning

of low voltage power and control cables to the outdoor/indoor electrical
equipment complete with terminal lug, termination/splicing kit, cable
gland, cable shroud/support complete with all required accessories.
4.15.2.7 Supply, laying, terminations, testing and commissioning of LV power &
control cables include but not limited to following;
a. Cables from Diesel Generators to LV switchboards / ATS panels.
b. Cables from LV switchboards / ATS panels to various transformers,
panels boards inside the electrical room of respective buildings etc.
c. Cables from the outdoor main distribution panel boards to outdoor
panel boards to Street light fixtures through Lighting Control Panels.
d. Cables from Outdoor type switch rack with motor controller inside the
package for Lift Stations and cables from switch racks to different
consumers/ motors. All electrical equipment/devices shall be
classified (where required) as per Area Classification drawing.
e. LV power and control cabling requirements for connecting,
Switchboards, Panel boards and auxiliary panels/systems (i.e. ATS,
UPS, HVAC units and any other equipment or items) within the ISF
f. LV Power Distribution System networks and Branch Circuit Provisions
from Panel boards to various equipment, lighting fixtures (internal,
external, street and area lighting), receptacles within and external to
all buildings
g. Supply and installation of Pad mounted transformer in Main gate
house shall be by ISF Contractor and from the secondary side of the
transformer shall be under Security Contractor Scope of Work as per
the interface points shown in the drawing T81-P-CA-537167
h. 13.8kV Power cable from MS1 to ISF area shall be under ISF
Contractor Scope of Work and it is Contractor’s responsibility to liaise
with Security Contractor and MS1 TGP Building contractor for laying
the cables and for the infrastructures like Cable trenches, Trays and
Cable entry in the cable cellar room of the Substation MS1.
Notes:
1. The package Vendors (Like UPS & Batteries, Fuel Station, Lift
Station, Electrical Cranes, Roll up Doors and Switchracks) shall
provide all the required Panels with motor starters/feeders as
required for providing power supply to various motors/ consumers.
2. The package Vendors shall size and supply all required
interconnecting power and control cables between the equipment in
Page 42 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
Contractor scope (between switchboards and switchracks to various

motors / consumers.
4.15.2.8 Supply, laying, testing and commissioning of complete grounding
network and grounding equipment & structures based on SAES-P-111 &
library drawing no. DD-950022 and project grounding drawings.
4.15.2.9 Grounding System for the complete ISF facilities including connections
to the Main TGP Grid, Substations, and other required off-site locations
4.15.2.10 All ISF interface requirements with In Plant and off-site locations for all
Electrical and similar system requirements as per Drawing No. T81-P-
CA-537167.
4.15.2.11 CONTRACTOR shall provide complete power and lighting systems for
buildings in ISF Area.
4.15.2.12 CONTRACTOR shall supply and install the required receptacles for the
telecom equipment racks which will be supplied by others in all the
telecom rooms of the respective Buildings. For these receptacles
Power cabling shall be from the dedicated power panel for
communication.
4.15.2.13 Pre-Commissioning and Testing
COMPANY has a series of Standard Pre-Commissioning Test
Forms which are available to CONTRACTOR’s Vendors and Third
Party Test Agencies. The above Forms shall be utilized for all pre-
commissioning activities and shall be supplemented as required by
specific Vendor or Third Party Test Agency documentation.
COMPANY Pre-Com Form P-000; provides a basic guideline for
general pre-commissioning requirements on all projects.
Full Pre-Commissioning requirements will be stipulated by
COMPANY Pre- Commissioning Forms, COMPANY Engineering
Standards, Manufacturer, Vendor Operation & Maintenance Manual
Requirements and/or other valid recommendations/requirements.
4.16 Communications
4.16.1 CONTRACTOR shall procure, construct, test, pre-commission and provide

commissioning assistance for the communication Systems for Off-Plant ISF
buildings and related as below:
4.16.1.1 Structured Cabling System

a. CONTRACTOR shall provide the infrastructure support for
Communications Services at the Off-Plant ISF buildings.
Page 43 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
CONTRACTOR shall supply and install all required:

telecommunication and public address system infrastructure (i.e. duct
banks, cable tray, Cat-6 UTP cables, conduits, etc.); labelling marking.
The Public Address System shall support the broadcast of clear and
audible live voice announcements, pre-recorded speech messages
and alarm tones to individual designated zones, a combination of
designated zones or all zones within the Industrial Support Facilities
(ISF) of TGP.
MTGP12 will supply and install all telecom equipment (i.e., access
switches, patch panels, equipment racks, etc.) and cabling (i.e., patch
cords, tie cables, OSP copper and fiber optic cables including splice
closures, etc). MTGP12 will supply and install Radio Base station,
DWDM, SDH, MPLS, multiplexer etc. and will perform telecom tower
design, supply and install, mounting arrangement requirement for all
equipment. MTGP12 will supply and install, label, terminate and test all
installed equipment and cables associated to complete the systems.
b. CONTRACTOR shall provide cable pathways in accordance with
SAES-T-916, and current applicable EIA/TIA and BICSI standards to
support voice and data services for the ISF buildings.
c. The structured cabling materials shall be compliant with

Communications scope Systimax Solutions specifications. The number
of outlets should be identified based on IT equipment.
d. CONTRACTOR shall provide Structured Cabling System (SCS)

infrastructure consists of but not limited to the following:
• Cables and cable pathways (such as cable tray, conduits, back

boxes, etc.) can be defined and sized to meet Telecommunication
cabling requirements within buildings.
• Telecommunication Spaces (such as, TER’s, TR’s, telecom cabinet
etc.) can be sized to meet the Telecommunication equipment
requirements;
• Power, HVAC, grounding, layout, etc. can be defined for
Telecommunication Spaces to meet Telecommunication
requirements;
• Horizontal distribution conduits and pull boxes
• Cable entrance conduits
• Terminal equipment and associated supports/mountings can be
sited in the building for telecommunication sub-systems;
Page 44 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
OTHERS (MTGP12) scope will include the following

WORK for Telecommunication S y s t e m s :
• Review and comment on Other Contractor provided drawings, data

and design documents;
• Verify that all cable, cable pathways, cabling and infrastructure has
been provided and installed to meet PROJECT needs and in
accordance with PROJECT specifications and standards;
• Advise Other Contractor of TER/TR sizing, power, grounding and
HVAC requirements;
• Design of equipment support structures and mountings
• Terminate Other Contractor installed cables;
• Provide and install all terminal active and passive equipment -
switches, Rack mounted Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS),
handsets, speakers, amplifiers, antenna, TMGB, racks, patch
panels, outlet faceplates, splice trays etc.;
• Tagging of all equipment and cables;
• Test and commission all installed cabling and equipment;
• Final power and grounding connections to Telecommunications
equipment.
e. CONTRACTOR shall provide Telecommunication Room (TR) to house

communication equipment such as equipment racks, splice closures;
data switches, patch panels and OSP cable protector units. Also, for
buildings which do not have telecommunication rooms, space for
telecommunication cabinets and communication cabinet (cube-IT)
shall be provided.
f. The telecom rooms or cabinets shall be positioned in each building so

that the distance between the telecom room and telecom outlet does
not exceed 90 meters. Unshielded Twisted Pairs (UTP) cables of CAT
6 shall be used and to be terminated to the telecom information outlets
in accordance with EIA/TIA 568-B.
g. CONTRACTOR shall include the requirement for a 35mm diameter

galvanized metal sleeve through the exterior wall at the communication
rooms for each building. The sleeve shall be located below the internal
ceiling level with the ground bar externally mounted 300mm above the
wall penetration. The grounding bar is required to be bonded to the
external building ground grid by a 35mm diameter copper cable.
h. See below table for Telephone requirements:
Page 45 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
Fiber Optics Copper No. of

Building Name
Cable Cable Users
Administration Building
x x 188
(Ground Floor)
Administration Building
x x 216
(First Floor)
Fire Station Building x x 25
Dining x x 17
Masjid - x 3
Central Maintenance Shop

x x 59
(Grounf Floor)
Central Maintenance Shop

x x 43
(First Floor)
Medical Clinic x x 20
Gas Station - x 6
Emergency Generator
- x 3
Bldg.
T& I Building x x 17
Equipment Major & spec.
x x 8
Tools
Material Coordination
x x 29
Bldg.
Relief Valve Shop x x 13
4.16.1.2 Outside Plant Cable System (OPCS)

a. CONTRACTOR shall perform all OPCS activities including, but not
limited to :
• Supply and installation of underground concrete encased conduits

(NEMA TC 8, type DB) and conduit fittings (NEMA TC 9, type DB);
• Supply and install Maintenance holes Type 2A and Type 2B.
• Supply and installation of building entry conduits;
• Mandrel testing of conduits and provision of removable and re-
Page 46 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
usable sealing plugs and ropes in each conduit;

• Supply and installation of pedestals (UP-1278, CAD-8) with guards
rails;
• Supply and installation of cable trays and conduits .
• Supply and installation of building cable tray transits including
firestops;
• Supply and installation of junction boxes;
• Provision of electrical protection and grounding of pedestals, junction
boxes, cable tray and conduits;
• Supply and installation of Telecommunications equipment
support structures/foundations/base details/mountings;
• Provision of power and grounding to Telecommunications field
equipment locations.
4.16.1.3 A Public Address System shall be provided for the Industrial Support
Facilities (ISF) to broadcast clear and audible live voice announcements,
pre-recorded speech messages and alarm tones to individual designated
zones, a combination of designated zones or all zones within the ISF Area
at TGP.
The Public Address System shall be dual redundant type and shall
include system ‘A’ and ‘B’ central equipment, installed in the MTER and
all associated ancillaries, hardware/software required for a complete and
operational System.
The design shall be such that the failure of any single amplifier,
tone/speech generator, power supply, cable, speaker, PA/GA Sounder
and Flashing Beacon does not result in a complete loss of coverage in
any area.
MTGP12 shall perform a desk-top acoustic coverage study and shall

indicate ambient noise levels on the study as a base-line reference.
MTGP12 shall indicate Coverage Zones based on COMPANY
requirements.
From the results of the study, MTGP12 shall produce a report and
indicate/calculate the following:
• The quantity and location of speakers required in any given loop to

achieve the required acoustic output and even distribution;
• The power rating and required tap setting for each speaker
considering the speakers’ own acoustic efficiency (sensitivity) and
ambient noise levels;
• The total audio amplifier power output required for any given
Page 47 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
speaker cable loop;

• The speaker cable loop length in any given loop;
• The speaker cable loop cross sectional area to ensure any
calculated voltage drop remains within tolerance for that length of
loop cable;
• The total System electrical load.
TSI shall provide a Public Address System, suitably sized to meet

PROJECT requirements, including but not limited to:
• Redundant system ‘A’ and system ‘B’ central equipment;

• Speech/tone generators;
• Power amplifiers;
• Equipment cabinets;
• Equipment power supplies/power converters;
• UPS;
• System specific fibre optic and copper cabling distribution panels;
• Operator Access Panels;
• Interface cards;
• Indoor ceiling and horn speakers;
• Flashing beacons;
• Outdoor horn loudspeakers;
• Field cabling;
• Junction boxes;
• Maintenance Terminal;
• Software and licenses.
Post installation, MGTP12 shall perform field acoustic measurements and

ensure the measured acoustic levels meets with design objectives and
PROJECT requirements.
MTGP12 shall optimize and rework the System where acoustic coverage
proves to be insufficient until compliance with the approved design
objectives are achieved.
CONTRACTOR shall complete the WORK including, but not limited to, the
following activities:
• Advise MTGP12 of ambient noise levels and area

classifications for all locations;
• Supply and install building speaker cable;
• Supply and install junction boxes, enclosures and glands;
• Supply and install brackets, supports and accessories as necessary
Page 48 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
for complete installation;

• Supply mains power and grounding.
• MTGP12 shall establish network connections to all connected
equipment and devices.
4.17 Fire Alarm System
4.17.1 CONTRACTOR shall supply, install and test the Fire Alarm system complete
with all required accessories as per drawings.
4.17.2 Contractor scope of work for Fire Detection Alarm System(FDAS) include
4.17.2.1 Engineering of Fire Detection Alarm System for ISF buildings

4.17.2.2 Contractor to estimate cables, Conduits, Junction boxes, pull boxes,
mounting and installation hardware for Fire Alarm System completion.
4.17.2.3 Submit specification sheets for Fire Alarm Devices, Detectors / horns
and beacons, H2S Gas detectors, LFAP Panel Specifications,
Specification for Fiber Optic cables, sensing / annunciating loop
cables, conduits, and erection accessories for company approval.
4.17.2.4 Submit catalogues, literatures, operation and maintenance manuals
4.17.2.5 Submit Annunciating loop power calculations and battery calculations
for company review and approval.
4.17.3 All FDAS devices, panels, battery shall comply with NFPA 72 requirements
and shall be UL listed and FM approved
4.17.4 All buildings shall be provided with fire alarm system. Each building shall be
provided with Local Fire Alarm Panel (LFAP). The Local panels will be looped
in Ring Topology called Fire-net. The Local Panel in Admin building shall be
interfaced with FO patch panel (FOPP) at ECC. Interconnection from ECC
FOPP to CCB by others.
4.17.5 Mount the FO patch panels very close to each LFAP at buildings.
4.17.6 Cabling between sensors, Annunciating devices and manual call points shall
be through Conduits.
4.17.7 LFAPs (One at Main Gate and one at Computer Gate) from Package-05 shall
also be connected with Fire-net. Required FO cable supply and installation for
Entire Fire-net shall be by ISF Contractor.
4.17.8 The Local Fire Alarm Panel at Emergency Generator Rooms (one for Admin
Building, and one for Main Gate area) shall interface with Standalone Fire
Alarm & CO2 actuation panel provided for Generator Rooms.
Page 49 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
4.17.9 Contractor scope include LFAPs connection with Fire Net and the handover of
all design data to the MTGP12 (Utilities Contractor Package-12) to develop the
full graphics and alarms for display on the MFACP LCD and the development
of the FDAS Engineering Workstation in the Central Control Building
4.17.10 The Fire net cable shall be routed through cable duct in Telecom Trench which
are marked as Non-IT ducts. The Fire-net FO cable to ECC, Admin building
shall enter through telecom room at admin. Contractor to route the cable from
telecom room to ECC room, admin building.
4.17.11 All testing and pre-commissioning of the FAS, wiring and hardware within Off-
Plant ISF area shall be carried out by CONTRACTOR.
4.17.12 Refer the following documents:
• T80-J-PP-595025 - PROJECT SPECIFICATION FOR FIRE

DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM (FDAS)
• T80-A-PP-060601 - FIRE AND GAS DETECTION AND

PROTECTION PHILOSOPHY
4.18 Instrumentation and Controls
4.18.1 The scope of work shall include but not limited to the following:
4.18.1.1 Sanitary Lift Station:
a. There are two (2) new Sanitary Lift Stations under the scope of this
project.
b. Each lift station shall be provided with Remote DCS I/O cabinet to connect
all field signals and controls as shown on respective P&IDs and cable
block diagrams of each lift station. This cabinet shall be interfaced with
Fiber Optic Patch Panel (FOPP) at ECC, admin building via FO link. The
FO cable supply and installation is in Contractor scope.
c. The FO cable shall be routed through cable ducts in Telecom Trench

which are marked as Non-IT ducts.
d. Submit FO cable Specification for Company review and approval
e. Submit catalogues, literatures, operation and maintenance manuals
f. All instruments and controls of lift station shall be connected to respective

remote DCS I/O cabinet through hardwire cables. CONTRACTOR shall
Page 50 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
supply and install instrument cables as per cable schedule.
g. The DCS Remote I/O cabinets shall be free issued to ISF Contractor for
Installation.
h. Number of inputs/ outputs for ODOR CONTROL system from each

sanitary lift station will finalized after ODOR Control system package
vendor input.
4.18.1.2 Gas Station:

a. The gas station shall be equipped with two fuel storage sump
tanks (one diesel fuel and another for gasoline), a local control
panel and one set of two fuel dispensing island for each fuel
type (diesel and gasoline).
b. Instrumentation & Controls shall be provided for fuel tanks as
shown on P&ID
c. All instruments & controls of gas station shall be connected to
the Local Control Panel through hardwire cables. Contractor
shall supply & install instrument cables as per cable schedule.
d. Each Fuel Station shall be provided with a Level Transmitter,
control box, for low, low low, high & high high-level alarms to the
local control panel.
e. Contractor shall supply a DIN rail mounted or Board mouted

programmable process indicator / trip amplifier designed for trip-
alarm applications. It shall receive 4-20mA input from GWR level
transmitters and shall generate relay outputs for trip and alarm
purposes. This process indicator shall be mounted inside a
weather proof enclosure (Junction Box) or can be pole mounted
type if suitable for outdoor type. The complete set is called as
Control Box.
f. Each tank area shall be provided with one Combustible Gas

detector with Alarm, beacons and all these will be connected to
local Gas Detection Panel as per CE- 536766.
g. Submit Panel Specifications, wiring details, terminal details, data

sheets for panel mounted instruments relays, indicators for
company approval.
4.18.1.3 Utility and Drinking Water Systems
Page 51 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
a. CONTRACTOR shall provide self-acting pressure regulators at

various locations within these networks (Utility Water System &
Drinking Water System) as shown on respective P&IDs.
4.18.1.4 Toxic gas Detectors at HVAC intake duct
a. The HVAC unit at each building shall be provided with Toxic gas
detectors and all gas detectors shall be connected with DCS
I/O cabinet at ECC, admin Building. Refer associated Cable
Block Diagram, Cable Routing drawings, etc.
b. The cables from each building to ECC, Admin building shall

enter through Electrical room. From Electrical room to ECC room
within admin building, the cables shall be routed through cable
tray. Contractor shall follow electrical tray wherever possible by
adding Instrument tray at the bottom of Electrical tray.
c. The beacons / Horn cables shall be routed through Electrical

trench. The gas detectors and DDC cables shall be routed in
Instrument trench.
d. Per HVAC unit, separate Cables and Junction boxes are

considered for Gas detectors and Horn / Beacons to DCS
Remote I/O cabinets at ECC room. Some buildings are provided
with more than one HVAC unit such as Dining Building, Central
Maitenance shop, material co-ordination building, Relief valve
shops. For these buildings, Contractor can combine all analog
signals (Gas detectors) to one Junction Box and all Digital
signals (Horns/ Beacons) to one Digital Juncion Box and use
bigger cable run to ECC room instead of separate cables from
each HVAC units from the same building as per site conditions.
e. Gas detectors from Package-05 shall also be connected with

DCS I/O cabinet at ECC, admin Building. The gas detectors
within package -05 area will be wired to a common junction box
at package-05 limit. Further connectivity with DCS I/O at ECC by
ISF Contractor.
f. Field cables are armored type and direct buried in trench.

4.18.1.5 PCS Equipment
a) Engineering Maintenance Training System (EMTS) provided
by MTGP12 to be installed in the Maintenance Building in the
Page 52 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
ISF (MTGP13) by Contractor.
b) PCS Console and PCS Back-up Server cabinets supply by

MTGP12 to be installed in the Emergency Control Centre in the
Admin Building of the ISF (MTGP13). Installation assistance to
MTGP12 Contractor.
4.18.1.6 Other Activities

a. All interconnection wiring diagrams, Instrument Loop Diagrams,
gas detection wiring drawings are provided with temporary
terminal numbers at Panels/ DCS cabinets’ side. The
contractor to update these drawings with actual terminal
numbers after MAC vendor marshalling termination details and
LCP panel (for Fuel station) terminal details inputs.
b. Contractor shall estimate & supply structural steel supports,

pipes, angles, channels, bars, bolts/nuts for Junction Boxes and
panels, field instruments, Alarm and Beacons etc
c. Cable & Conduit sealing at Junction boxes, panels, instruments

shall be as per SAES- J-902.
d. All Erection & installation materials which are not specifically

mentioned in Specification sheets and drawings shall be supplied
which include but not limited to the following.
• Cable route markers

• Cable tie wraps
• Cable tags, labels
• Cable Ferruling taps
• Cable entry plugs
• Name plates
• Earthing / grounding wires
• PVC sleeves, pipes
• Resins and adhesives
• Bolts, nuts and fasteners
• Clamps, etc
4.19 Coating and Painting
4.19.1 General Requirement
4.19.1.1 CONTRACTOR shall include all Painting and Coating necessary to
Page 53 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
provide a complete, functional facility in accordance with the

Codes, Standards and Specifications as detailed in Section 8.0 of
this Scope of Work.
4.19.1.2 CONTRACTOR’s painting and coating WORK includes but is not
limited to the following:
a. Cleaning, blast cleaning, priming and painting of structural and
miscellaneous steel including such items as standard electrical
and instrumentation supports and any other items fabricated.
b. Finish-painting of items already applied with prime coat,
including repair to prime coat.
c. Touch-up and/or finish coat of items supplied finish-painted or
galvanized in order to ensure uniformity of all finish coatings.
d. Painting of road markings, barriers, signs and miscellaneous
piping and structures.
e. Coating of concrete surfaces below final grade (bottom of
concrete shall be protected by pouring on secure and intact
plastic sheets without laps, splices and/or damage).
f. Aboveground concrete surfaces shall be coated with APCS-1B
and below ground concrete surfaces shall be coated with
APCS-10, as per SAES-H-003, Para 6.1 and SAES-H-101V.
g. All new above ground structures and building wall surfaces
shall be prepared and painted as per SAES-H-001 and SAES-
H-003 unless otherwise indicated in the drawings in this Scope
of Work. All coating layers shall be inspected and approved by
a qualified coating inspector prior to applying successive layers.
4.19.2 Painting Schedules
4.19.2.1 The “PAINTING SCHEDULES” at the end of this section prescribe

the surfaces to be painted and the number and types of coats of paint
required.
4.19.2.2 Shop-Painted Items: Surfaces of items finish-painted by the
manufacturer or specified to be finish-painted under other sections of
the specifications are exempted from the requirements for surface
preparation and painting. Shop-primed items shall receive surface
preparation and finish painting as required by this section.
4.19.2.3 Other surface applications:
a. Interior and exterior concrete masonry (where shown)
Page 54 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
units/plastered surfaces to receive a smooth finish: The

substrate shall be prepared to receive priming. Fill minor
blowholes and/or minor cracks using block filler (Hempel
Water-based Block filler 380-SA or equivalent) after spot
priming such areas using primer sealer (Hempel Tropaline
Primer Sealer 2663 or equivalent). Apply topcoats total dft 2
mils minimum of acrylic emulsion (Tropaline Emulsion 5872 or
equivalent).
b. External concrete masonry units (where shown) are to receive
a coarse finish: The substrate shall be firm, clean, and dry.
Apply primer sealer (Hempel Tropaline Primer Sealer 2663 or
equivalent) and solvent based coarse texture top coats of
total dft 6 mils (Hempel Texture S.B. 562-SA or equivalent).
c. Gypsum board to receive a smooth finish: The surface shall
be free from dirt, duct or other contaminants, clean, and dry.
Apply white color primer (Hempel Tropaline Primer Sealer
2883 or equivalent). Apply intermediate and top coat of acrylic
emulsion total dft 2 mils minimum (Hempel Tropaline
Emulsion 5872 or equivalent).
d. Wood surfaces to receive stain and varnish: Prior to
application of coating, all treatment such as drilling, detailing,
etc. shall be completed. Remove wood resins with the use of
suitable thinner (Hempel Thinner 0811 or equivalent). Filling
shall be done using a suitable filler (Hempel Filler 332-SA or
equivalent) and mixing with the wood stain (Hempel Wood
stain 103-SA or equivalent) to receive the color desired.
Varnish finish shall be with semi-gloss urethane alkyd varnish
(Hempel Varnish 0225 or equivalent) with total dft of 3 mils
minimum.
e. Other than specified above, following paint listed below may
be used where applicable;
f. APCS Primer Middle coat Top coat 1B Hempel HB Primer
17300 zinc phosphate - Hempadur Mastic 45881 epoxy 1C
Hempadur Zinc 17360 zinc rich epoxy primer- Hempadur
Mastic 45881 epoxy 1D Galvosil 8571 / 15780 Inorganic Zinc
Primer Hempadur Mastic 45881 epoxy Hempathane 5521
acrylic polyurethane 3 CTE Mastic 35670 (356-SA)-- 4 ZP
Alkyd Primer 12090-Silvium 51570 6 ZP Alkyd Primer 12090-
Hempaline 5214 9 Hempatex 46330-- 10 Hempinol Hi-Build
10270 (102-SA)-- 12 Hempel HB Primer 17300-Hempadur
Mastic 45881 epoxy 26 Hempadur Mastic 45881 (4515)-
Page 55 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
Hempathane 5521. Above listed coating or its equivalent shall

be applied per SAES-H-001 requirement.
PAINTING SCHEDULE - A
APCS Type of coating Requirements
Epoxy primer one coat 2-4 mils, minimum-maximum; top

Epoxy Coating System for coats two or more coats 6 mils maximum per coat, color
APCS - 1B
Atmospheric Service as selected
Zinc-rich epoxy primer one coat, minimum-maximum

Epoxy Coating System for
APCS-1C 1.5-3 mils; top coat two or more coats 6 mils maximum
Atmospheric Service
per coat; color as selected
Inorganic Zinc primer solvent or water based, one coat

Epoxy/Polyurethane Coating 2.5-4 mils minimum-maximum; intermediate coat one or
APCS-1D
System for Atmospheric Service more coats 4-6 mils minimum-maximum; top coat one
coat 2 mils optimum
Self-priming, two or more coats, 12 mils maximum per

APCS-3 Coal Tar Epoxy Coating System
coat, color red or black
Pigmented Alkyd Coating System Primer two or more coats 3 mils maximum per coat, top
APCS-4
Aluminum coat one or more coats 1.5 mils maximum per coat.
High Gloss Alkyd Enamel System
Primer two or more coats, 3 mils maximum per coat, top
for Structural Steel, Machinery, and
APCS-6 coat one or more coats 2 mils maximum per coat, color
Equipment in marine and industrial
as specified or as selected for different applications
requirements
Primer one or more coats 2-3 mils minimum-maximum,

Chlorinated Rubber Coating System
APCS-9 top coat(s) one or more coats 2-4 mils minimum-
on metallic and concrete surfaces
maximum, color as selected
Bituminous Paint of buried and

APCS-10 Self priming
immersion services
Primer one or more coats 2-4 mils minimum-maximum;

Nonskid Epoxy Coating System for
APCS-12 top coats two or more coats 6 mils maximum per coat,
floors and decks
color as selected
Primer one or more coats 5-8 mils minimum-maximum;

Epoxy Mastic/Polyurethane Coating
APCS-26T top coat one coat 1-2.5 mils minimum-maximum, color
System for use outdoors
as selected
Page 56 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
PAINTING SCHEDULE - B
Subject Paint System
Hollow metal window frames. I-PRIMER

Hollow metal doors and frames.
1. One (1) coat HEMPEL, HEMPADUR
Note: Omit primer except to touch up PRIMER 1530
abraded surfaces on factory primed items. MDF: 2 mils (50 microns)
II-TOP COATS
Two (2) coats HEMPEL, HEMPADUR ENAMEL

5534
MDF: 2 mils (50 microns) per coat
All buildings Steel stairs /handrails and door I-PRIMER

landing platforms etc.
2. Steel cover plates and framing. One (1) coat HEMPEL's PRIMER 1530
MDF: 1.2 mils (30 microns)
Note: Omit primer on factory primed items
Stairs/handrails shall have SAFETY color paint
combination.
II-TOP COATS
Two (2) coats HEMPEL, HEMPADUR Hi-Build 4523
Structural steel members (columns, beams, I-PRIMER

purlins, supporting frames and structures,
etc.) (See Item 8 for intumescent coatings) HEMPEL’S, Zinc Chromate Primer
122SA or Hemalin Red Lead Q.D. 1237
Follow APCS-6
II-UNDERCOAT
3. One (1) coat Zinc Chromate Primer 122SA or

Hempadur
III-TOP COATS
Two (2) coats HEMPEL, HEMPALIN

ENAMEL 5214
Miscellaneous Metal MDF: 1.6 mils coats (40 microns) per coat
Follow APCS-6 I-PRIMER
4.
One (1) coat HEMPEL's PRIMER 122SA
Page 57 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
Note: MDF: 2 to 3 mils (75 to 100 microns)

a) Omit primer on factory primed items. II-UNDERCOAT
b) Omit top coats on permanently One (1) coat HEMPEL, HEMPELS Primer 122SA
concealed items.
III-TOP COATS
Two (2) coats HEMPEL, HEMPALIN ENAMEL 5214
MDF: 1.6 mils (40 microns) per coat
Galvanized steel (except underside of I-PRIMER

exposed metal deck), handrails, steel
5. members, lighting poles, etc. Mechanical One (1) coat HEMPEL’s
and electrical equipment and enclosure. HEMPADUR 4515
Galvanized metal downspouts. MDF: 5 to 8 mils (125 to 200 microns)
Notes: II-TOP COATS
a) Omit Primer on Factory Primer items. Two (2) coats HEMPEL HEMPALINE
b) Omit top coats on permanently ENAMEL 5214
concealed items.
MDF: 1.6 mil (40 microns) per coat
Under side galvanized metal deck
Four (4) coats HEMPEL, HEMPEL’s GLOSS

MARINE VARNISH 0222
(Thin 1st coat 25% as primer)
6. Woodwork
MDF: 1 mil (25 microns) per coat
TYPE 1
I-PRIMER
7. Gypsum Board
One (1) coat HEMPEL’s TROPALINE
PRIMER/SEALER 2663
MDF: 1 mil (25 microns)
II-TOP COATS
Two (2) coats HEMPEL, TROPALINE

EMULSION 5871
I-PRIMER
Steel Pipes One (1) coat HEMPEL's ZINC CHROMATE

8.
Follow APCS-06 PRIMER 122-SA
Page 58 of 59
SCOPE OF WORKS
Subject Paint System

II-SECOND COAT
One (1) coat HEMPEL's ZINC CHROMATE

PRIMER 122-SA
III-TOP COAT
One (1) coat HEMPEL's HEMPALIN ENAMEL 5214

9. CMU Wall Surface I-PRIMER
HEMPEL Black Filler 361-SA

II-TOP COATS
Two (2) coats HEMPEL ENAMEL 5214

10. Concrete Surface Below Grade Level. I-PRIMER
HEMPINOL HB 102-SA
II-TOP COAT
Two (2) coats HEMPINOL HB 102-SA

11. Fire retardant paint (walls inside I-PRIMER
telecommunication room) (Per ASTM D 2697 One (1) coat Hempel’s Hempalin primer 4246
and 09-AMSS-060) MDF: 1 mil (25 microns)
II-TOP COAT
Two (2) coats Hempel’s Hempalin cabin flat 5226
Page 59 of 59

Quality Policy of The Company

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Quality Policy of The Company

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MIP (MARJAN INCREMENT PROGRAM) – PKG13

INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES

Contract/BI No.: 660004453 / BI-10-09003-006 Period: 18-September-2019

Page 1 of 84 MIP-PKG13 Industrial Security Facilities - Project Quality Plan

Contract/BI No.: 660004453 / BI-10-09003-006 Period: 18-September-2019

b) Revision Description Sheet

Rev. Paragraph Revision Description

00/CO1 - First submission for SAPMT review and approval.

Additional Quality Objectives are added as mentioned below :

Add the following in PQP Clause 8.5.4 Preservation ;

The Contractor Shall plan , specify , implement ,measure , and Report

Corrected the Misspelled Word in section 9.1.3.2

Page 3 of 84 MIP-PKG13 Industrial Security Facilities - Project Quality Plan

Contract/BI No.: 660004453 / BI-10-09003-006 Period: 18-September-2019

1. PURPOSE & SCOPE .......................................................................................................... 8

Page 4 of 84 MIP-PKG13 Industrial Security Facilities - Project Quality Plan

Contract/BI No.: 660004453 / BI-10-09003-006 Period: 18-September-2019

7.1.3 Infrastructure ............................................................................................. 38

Page 5 of 84 MIP-PKG13 Industrial Security Facilities - Project Quality Plan

Contract/BI No.: 660004453 / BI-10-09003-006 Period: 18-September-2019

8.5.2 Identification and traceability...................................................................... 66

APPENDIX 1 PROJECT & QUALITY ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE

Page 6 of 84 MIP-PKG13 Industrial Security Facilities - Project Quality Plan

Contract/BI No.: 660004453 / BI-10-09003-006 Period: 18-September-2019

PLAN & TEST REPORTS

Page 7 of 84 MIP-PKG13 Industrial Security Facilities - Project Quality Plan

Contract/BI No.: 660004453 / BI-10-09003-006 Period: 18-September-2019

1. PURPOSE & SCOPE

a. Project Quality Plan (PQP)

Above documents shall be submitted to the Company Representative for

Page 8 of 84 MIP-PKG13 Industrial Security Facilities - Project Quality Plan

Contract/BI No.: 660004453 / BI-10-09003-006 Period: 18-September-2019

will be provided separately as the project proceeds and documents are

As per the contract, the scope of “Marjan Increment Program – Package 13

Page 9 of 84 MIP-PKG13 Industrial Security Facilities - Project Quality Plan

Contract/BI No.: 660004453 / BI-10-09003-006 Period: 18-September-2019

• Major Equipment Tools and Special Tools Yard

Page 10 of 84 MIP-PKG13 Industrial Security Facilities - Project Quality Plan

Contract/BI No.: 660004453 / BI-10-09003-006 Period: 18-September-2019

r. Instrumentation and Controls

Detailed Scope of Work is mentioned Saudi Aramco Issued Document CE-

Saudi ARAMCO Engineering Procedures:

SAEP-1638 – Site Acceptance Test Plan

ISO 9000:2015 – Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals & Vocabulary

Schedule Q – Quality Requirements of BI-10-09003-006

Page 11 of 84 MIP-PKG13 Industrial Security Facilities - Project Quality Plan

Contract/BI No.: 660004453 / BI-10-09003-006 Period: 18-September-2019

RTCC Corporate Department Manual (RTCC-QD-QM--05)

3. TERMS & DEFINITIONS

A binding agreement between Al-Rashid Trading and Contracting

Contractor Al Rashid Trading & Contracting Co. (RTCC)

Company The Client / SAUDI ARAMCO

Information and the medium on which it is contained. Control of

A strategic analysis to reveal areas that can be improved. It

Inspection or Test may not proceed without the QA/QC organization

Determination of conformity to specified requirements

An approved document containing a guide on the proper checking

Page 12 of 84 MIP-PKG13 Industrial Security Facilities - Project Quality Plan

Contract/BI No.: 660004453 / BI-10-09003-006 Period: 18-September-2019

Inspection A set of documents that include details of purchased

Person or organization that can affect, be affected by, or perceive

An act of the company to verify whether the various quality system

A formal examination of a project and its status, successes,